[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: DLID-page-001.jpg (1.25 MB, 3291x1849)
1.25 MB
1.25 MB JPG
The Dark Lord conquered the Ten Lands, spawning an empire of opulence and suffering across nearly ninety kingdoms.

Then, after his conquest, the Dark Lord disappeared.

Enter the fantasy world of a dark empire on the verge of collapse. Follow the lieutenants, servants and monsters of the Dark Lord as they are left to their own devices in His absence.

New Players welcome. Choose any existing character and roll 1d20 for their actions. Or make a new minor character and try and survive in the world of the Ten Lands post Dark Lord.

>The Story thus far

8 major characters have carved out their own kingdoms from the remnants of the dark kingdom. Now, in the greatest city in the ten lands, The Dark City, a siege between major powers is unfolding.
>>
File: 00001.jpg (885 KB, 1958x2137)
885 KB
885 KB JPG
General Isha- General Isha was formally a commander of the Dark Lord’s forces. She led her order, the Order of the Moon, as well as many other armies, across several of the Ten Lands in service to the Dark Lord. Her single-minded dedication, as well as her battle prowess, earned her the titles Isha the Unrelenting. After the Dark Lord’s disappearance, General Isha found her master’s great empire coming undone. She resolved to keep together the greatest of his works, the Dark City, and work from there to restore the glory of His kingdom.

Aeoch, Eater of Whispers- Aeoch is known as a Demi, a servant spirit to the great Miar. The most physically powerful of the Miar, the Dark Lord, killed his brothers and sisters after his transformation, as well as their Demi servants. Aeoch was able to convince the Dark Lord to spare him, and in return feverishly championed his cause. There is no question that the Eater of Whispers had an unfortunate effect on the Dark Lord, pushing the Miar to new depths of conviction and malice. When the Dark Lord, the last of the Miar, disappeared, Aeoch was determined to carry out his vision, with the help of his brother-Demi Jusdus, and the many armies and spies the Eater of Whispers commands.

Ragga the Conqueror- From the wild country north of Naus comes Ragga the Conqueror. Not quite a man, Ragga is strength and carnage and fury shoved into the body of a mortal and given a taste for conquest and battle. When Ragga in his youth heard tales of the Dark Lord, a being who was reportedly much like himself, Ragga set out south to put this to the test. Two years later Ragga arrived at the Dark City, causing quite a commotion until he earned an audience with the Dark Lord. The Miar beat Ragga in single combat after only a couple of moments. Having never lost a fight in his life, Ragga immediately swore loyalty and became a leader of men. Ragga was commanding armies in Hanna when the Dark Lord disappeared. Since the Dark Lord was the only foe to ever defeat him, Ragga reasoned his kingdom now belonged to him.

King Gaul- The orckin, creatures born of death and alchemy, are hated in the west were they were extensively used by the Dark Lord. King Gaul was one such orckin. He was not the strongest, nor was he the quickest. But Gaul’s mind worked in a way that was unusual for orckin. Where his brothers saw rage, hunger and malice, Gaul only saw possibilities and questions. Because of his nature, orckin found themselves naturally drawn to Gaul. After the disappearance of the Dark Lord, the orckin devolved into chaos. King Gaul decided to do as the men, elfs, fey and others had done, and form his own kingdom. He led his armies through Tambri, Fortilia and finally Sypta, making the latter his new kingdom. As he holds court in the fortress city of Bandeer, King Gaul’s ideas and ambitions grow by the day
>>
Mistress Hecate- Hecate is a witch, a woman who communes with spirits and forces beyond the mortal bounds, and who is knowledgeable of the secrets of the earth. Most witches were simple members of tribes and villages. It was Yesma, Hecate’s mother, under the direction of the Dark Lord himself, who brought together the witches of the Ten Lands into a singular order. The results were awe-inspiring. Hecate grew up during the supposed golden age of the Dark Kingdom. In her youth the Dark City prospered, the ten lands were strongly ruled, and the Dark Lord’s will was absolute. Most importantly, the Coven of He had great power to do as they pleased. This ended with the disappearance of the dark lord. The Temple of He hated the coven, and did their best to eradicate witches wherever they could find them. With Yesma dead, Hecate took it upon herself to found a new kingdom for her sister witches and allies. It would be this kingdom that would strike fear into the hearts of the Ten Lands, and reign supreme over its enemies.

Lord Xtatlak- The Dark Lord had much difficulty conquering Tambri, Fortilia and Imeria. But he did, there is no question. His armies smashed open every fortress and city of those three lands, and killed all who opposed him. When the Dark Lord turned his attention to Coppendyne however, he would find his ambitions abruptly halted. The Kingdom of Umbar, along with the southern Juxulan Empire, swept into Romaes and destroyed the Dark Lord’s city. The Dark Lord was understandably furious. Umbar could be defeated, but the Southern Juxulan empire was a super power, and not easily stopped. The Dark Lord’s solution was to release Xtatlak, a mummified sorcerer of the dreaded Malcoalta bloodline. Xtatlac agreed to aid the Dark Lord, and he turned the southern Juxulan empire to his control. Xtatlak then used his armies to help the Dark Lord conquer Coppendyne, Bal and finally Hanna. But after the Dark Lord disappeared, Xtatlak was delighted. For there were none as skilled in the Arts as he. And the lands were ripe for the taking.

Prince Orion- Orion is a descendant of a bloodline known as the Panytr, or the fey fathers. They have ruled in Messa for centuries, acting as an emissary between mortals, fey-born and spirits. Orion grew up in the court of his father in Layyold, and was convinced by the Dark Lord to kill his father and every other royal family in Messa. Orion did this in exchange for king’s-right to the Loma wood. This would have given Orion power over life and death itself, but the Dark Lord disappeared before the promise could be fulfilled. Enraged, Orion has reconquered Messa and intends to take the Dark Lord’s empire for himself, so that the Loma woods and its kingship is his.
>>
Boohyah
>>
High Priestess Kinsee- Kinsee spent her life in the Dark City, growing up in the Temple quarter as a priestess of He. It is unclear what she is, at times being a beautiful human woman, and other times taking the form of a serpent creature. One thing is clear; Kinsee is absolutely single-minded in her love of herself. Though to her foes she may seem equally self-obsessed and uninterested, Kinsee managed to weave her way through Temple politics and ascend to the title of High Priestess. Her predecessor, the high priest, ruthlessly pursued perceived enemies of the Temple of He up until shortly after the disappearance of the Dark Lord. The high priest died, and Kinsee took control of the massive kingdom that was the Temple of He. She immediately moved the capital of the temple to RaMeen in Abassa and allied herself with the Kingdom of Qarzen. A strange move that turned out to brilliant, the Temple of He is very much still a threat to all the Ten Lands and its people

Brother Simon- A good man in a broken world, can he lead his battle brothers to rescue the June Child?

June Child- A magical child that has not been born in a thousand years. She is the life-giver in a world that has little life left.

Lord Ruskiev- Can a simple lord rule a kingdom in these trying times?

Grand Marshal Baroque- The true Grand Master of the Black Legion, one of the only standing armies in the ten lands. Can he defeat the pretenders to his title?

Lord Attelus- A sealord on an ocean rich with plunder

Prince of Valpeso- A strange creature of the night who rules over a kingdom in turmoil

>And many more, new players are always welcome
>>
File: The Coming Siege-page-001.jpg (1.1 MB, 3299x2081)
1.1 MB
1.1 MB JPG
Sunlight pours through wall-sized windows. The light turns to blue, red and green as it passes the ornate glass. Each window was hand-crafted by the greatest artisans the Ten Lands have to offer. Few appreciate such beauty in the Dark City. After all, opulence is everywhere in the inner rings.

Gathered in the multi-colored sunlight is a diverse group of people and creatures. In front of a group of Moon Knights waits General Isha, one of the Dark Lord’s greatest lieutenants. Isha is dressed in blue armor, as if battle could break out in the very room. Her knights are likewise armed and armored.

Across from the General stands a man wearing a heavy black cloak. Black chains holding peculiar objects are draped across his body. Behind him stands another man wearing a dark cloak. The second man is more disheveled, but a gleeful wickedness seems to emanate from his dark garments. The first man is actually a Demi; Aeoch, Eater of Whispers. The man behind him is his brother-demi, Jusdus. Aeoch commands many armies in the Dark City, as well as armies abroad. He served the Dark Lord, and will continue to do so in whatever capacity he chooses.

Between General Isha and Aeoch stands Grand Marshal Tarvis of the Black Legion, and his blind brother Persevel. They are well-dressed in the fineries of Inner Ring fashion, though both of them have ornaments of the legion on their person.

The final member in the center of the room is a man dressed in the objects of office of the Temple of He. The objects seem out of place, especially because the man is also wearing the mask and smock of a Butcher-Sewer.

“So,” General Isha says, eyeing the man with the mask. Her voice cuts across the great room, echoing off marble. “You represent the Temple of He?”

There are more than just the four groups in the room. The massive columned chamber is ringed by a gathering of various noble-looking people and creatures. They are all staring intently at those in the center.

The man in the temple garb nods. “I am Amedden, a butcher-sewer of the Lussite clan. I have been promoted as of late, to High Priest of the Temple of He in the City of He. As such, I will be representing the Temple’s will in all matters pertaining to the defense of the city,”

“Hm,” Grand Marshal Tarkin says, viewing the butcher-sewer with thinly veiled contempt. “At least it talks,”

“Where is the cabal?” General Isha says, looking around at those gathered against the wall.

“They will not leave their towers,” Aeoch says, his voice a dry whisper. “They believe themselves safe in their quarter,”

“They seem more sane than us at the moment,” Grand Marshal Tarvis says. He shifts his purple cloak about him. “An army coming for the Dark City, really. What force could possibly contend with the capital?”
>>
File: The Dark City.jpg (388 KB, 1024x768)
388 KB
388 KB JPG
“Try a hundred-thousand soldiers,” General Isha says. She steps forward from her Moon knights to where a round table stands in the center. On it is a large, finely detailed map of the city and the surrounding country. The general leans over the map, peering at the markings.

“Just a hundred thousand?” the Grand Marshal says. “Might I remind you that this is a city of two million?”

“Two million,” Aeoch says, his voice echoing from his cowl. He steps forward, joining Isha at the map “Yesssss, two million. But not even a tenth of them warriors. A hundred thousand can kill a million very quickly if they are all trapped like rats in a cage.”

“They’ll never get past the first wall,” Grand Marshal Tarvis says. He does not approach the table, but does glance at the map from where he stands. “The logistics of feeding an army a hundred-thousand strong? Impossible,”

“Bal has seen a miracle harvest this season,” Isha says, tracing her finger across the map.

“And the crusaders have supporttttt,” Aeoch says. “From certain kingdoms,”

“Very well,” Grand Marshal Tarvis says, approaching the table. The High Priest Amedden does as well. “What are our forces?”

“Let us first begin with the Legion,” General Isha says, her voice taking a commanding tone. “What forces will the Grand Marshal be giving in service of the Dark City?”

“I have four legions here,” Tarvis says, sounding disinterested. “That’s twenty-thousand soldiers,”

“Plus my forty thousand,” General Isha says. “Master Aeoch, you have the same I believe,”
Aeoch nods.

High Priest Amedden points to the Temple district on the map. “Plus the Temple’s twelve thousand,”

“That’s as much as the fools attacking us,” Tarvis says, making a sound of delight. “That means we win, problem solved,”

“Noo,” Aeoch says.

“The problem is not solved,” General Isha says. “The invaders were a hundred-thousand in Coppendyne. There’s no telling who else will join them as the lay siege to the City,” General Isha gestures at the map.

“Who is attacking,” High Priest Amedden says, squinting at the map. “Which kingdoms?”

“Bal, Hanna, Coppendyne, take your pick,” General Isha says. “They’re all sending fanatics here,”

“Yes, that’s right,” Grand Marshal Tarvis says, rubbing his chin. “Isn’t it because of our cloaked friend here that this attack is even happening?” Tarvis stares at Aeoch. “You took what was it, a June Child? And now the peasants are revolting.”

“It’s true that Master Aeoch is half the reason they’re gathered at our gates,” General Isha says, shooting a look at the Eater of Whispers. “But the child is also the only thing that is feeding this city,”

“Hm?” High Priest Amedden says. “What do you mean?”

“I mean that without our Lord and King, we are no longer getting the tributes of food that supplied this city,”
>>
“Two million mouthssss,” Aeoch says. “Two million stomachssss”

“So it’s a magic child,” Grand Marshal Tarvis says, raising an eyebrow. His brother Persevel leans over the table, listening intently.

“Something like that,” General Isha says. “But now you understand the position we’re in, it’s time to talk how we’re going to defend ourselves,”
>>
File: 1513724092870.jpg (3.95 MB, 1356x1267)
3.95 MB
3.95 MB JPG
In a massive tower, nestled between walls and houses, stands a girl peering from a window. The window is narrow, just barely letting in a sliver of sunlight into the black stone chamber.
The chamber is finely decorated with tapestries and furniture. Not that they can do much to lessen the harshness of the black stone.

The child who is in the room is named Laessea, and she is the June Child. Also in the room, and standing by the door, is an elf. Laessea has never seen an elf before. It’s diminutive nature, as well as its rocky skin, unnerve her. Its beard is made of lichen, and its clothing is similar to others Laessea has seen in the tower.

There’s a knock on the door, and the elf moves aside as it swings open. A woman breezes in, dressed in fine silks and wearing a blue and white headdress.

“Hello hello dearie,” The woman says, coming up to Laessea and looking her up and down. “My my, aren’t you just the most beautiful little girl I’ve ever seen,”

“Who are you?” Laessea says, glancing at the elf still standing by the door.

“My name is Maldry. You’ll have to forgive,” Maldry curls her lip and gestures vaguely at the chamber. “All of this. The Eater of Whispers is not used to anything other than warriors and rocks, but he’s done his best to make you comfortable,”

Laessea stares hard at Maldry, finally nodding. “You seem nice though,”

“Don’t let me fool you,” Maldry says, putting a finger to her lips. “I’m a bitch and there’s no question. But for the time being, I am your bitch,”

Laessea flinches at the common curses. She is surprised to hear such language from a woman who is dressed so well.

“Do you know when I can go home?” Laessea says, recovering and glancing out the window. A sliver of the massive city is visible below.

Maldry cocks her head, looking flustered. “Ah, yes, about that. I will do my best to make this room more, amicable to you. Because you might be here for a while,”

Laessae takes a moment to process this, then nods and sits down on a bench covered in velvet. She holds her finger to herself. “They keep pricking me and putting my blood into vials,”

Maldry doesn’t respond. Instead she comes over to the bench and sits with Laessae. “I know this can be,” Maldry gestures fruitlessly in the air. “Difficult for you. But I want you to be brave. Your blood, um, makes things grow I think? And we need food in this city, so,”

“I wish my blood didn’t make things grow,” Laessae says. “I wish I was back in Bal with the nice knight and his brothers,”

“Well, if it’s any consolation,” Maldry says. “There’s going to be a big battle, and I think your nice knight will be in it,”

“Do you think he’ll come here and rescue me?” Laessae says, looking up hopefully at Maldry.

Maldry does her best to smile through her teeth. “Sure little one, I’m sure he will,”
>>
File: Doc1-page-001.jpg (1.03 MB, 3299x1985)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB JPG
On the border of Neitam and Breveka is a massive host. One hundred thousand peasants, warriors and knights are spread out in the fields around the city of Hanchra. Their tents criss-cross and line the fields like a never-ending parade of flags and colors.

It is a misty morning. The mist clings to the wet grass as the sun rises. Brother Simon trudges across the wet grass, headed towards a ring of tents. Behind him is a single Trollog, the monster standing at nine feet and twice the width of a man. The Trollog’s name is Url, and he and his brothers have followed Simon all the way from Bal to siege the Dark City.

They are not alone of course. When word of the June Child spread, the people of Bal and Hanna had hope for the first time since the rise of the Dark Lord. When the June Child was taken, fifty thousand men and women answered the call to siege the city.

And that was only the people who followed Brother Simon’s banner. Simon has thrown in his lot with two others, a man named Ragga the Conqueror and a Prince by the name of Orion.

Brother Simon arrives in the central ring of tents. Ragga, a large, beastly man with bulging muscles and a piercing gaze, is already there. A woman named the Blood Queen is also present, as is an Arts users by the name of Fenwald. Both the Blood Queen and Fenwald represent Prince Orion.

“Good,” Ragga says, beating his chest. “That is all the leaders of men. Let us now plan for war!”

The Blood Queen and Fenwald nod. Simon comes to a stop before the others and unrolls a parchment on a wood table that’s been set in the wet grass. He finishes unrolling it, setting rocks on the corners to keep in place. Everyone gathers around the table.

“So,” Simon says, sighing. “This will not come easily to us. Our numbers are about equal at the moment, and as I’m sure you’re aware, a siege is not won if the defenders have the same sized army. And, in order to get over these walls, we’ll need all manner of siege equipment,”

“Prince Orion has promised three siege ramps,” The Blood Queen says.

“Siege ramps?” Simon says.

“They’re giant ramps. As wide as streets and tall as the walls,”

“That is big,” Simon says, tapping at the map. “And you say you’ve got three of them?” The Blood Queen and Fenwald nod. “Well then, that takes care of the first wall,”

“It takes care of all the walls!” Ragga say, pounding the table. “We only need crest the first wall, than my axe and my soldiers will fill the streets with blood until the rest buckle and cave!”

“An interesting plan,” Fenwald says, shifting his staff to his other hand. “But it is not enough. Might I suggest establishing objectives for this siege, so that we might have goals?”

“Mine and those with me have one goal,” Simon says. “Rescue the June Child,”
>>
“Ragga desires death and glory!” Ragga says. “I will be this city to the ground if it pleases me!”

“Hm,” The Blood Queen says. “As for us, the Prince Orion simply desires power and knowledge, and finds it in his best interest to aid the both of you,”

“So,” Brother Simon says. “It is agreed, we assault with the ramps and then work our way from there. But we need to do it soon. This camp is a hotbed of sickness and plague waiting to happen,”

“There is also the matter of food,” Fendwald says. “We all appreciate the generous rations of food you have provided,” The sorcerer tilts his head towards Simon. “But just how long can this siege last?”

“As long as it takes,” Ragga says, smiling and revealing his pointed and blood-stained teeth. Living soldiers or dead soldiers, it matters not to Ragga, for he can command them all!”

“Keep that to a mimimum,” Simon says, pointing hard at Ragga. “I will ally myself with you, but only for a time, and only to rescue the hope for the western’s land future.”

“Very good then,” Fenwald says. “Then we will need to assault soon, while we can still feed the living. Let us further plan then for when we get past the first wall,”
>>
That's it for the intro posts, I'm going to take a two hour break to give everyone time to get in the thread. Veteran players, you know what to do. Anyone who's interested in joining simply choose an existing character or bounce an idea for a new one

I'm going to try and post the new army PDF to my twitter, if someone wants to update the pastebin. Otherwise I will when I get back
>>
Gonna have to stay up late. I'll update the pastebin, if you want me to keep managing it
>>
I'm here boys.
>>
>>2273426
I've been waiting for this wonderful moment, time to bring the house down!
>>
>>2273429
I appreciate it, new pastebin is in Twitter if you feel like copying it onto the old one. Otherwise I'll do it when I get back
>>2273465
Welcome brother
>>
>>2273465
We gonna tear this place down

A good plan, I think, is to send the undead in first, to establish a bridgehead. Undead don't fear and can soak up missle fire

Then we secure the port entering the city so the inhabitants starve more
>>
>>2273472
Already done copying pastebin by the way
>>
>>2273474
Hmmm....

Undead may soak up the damge, but undead are weak, vulnerable.

Ragga agrees to the plan nonetheless.
>>
>>2273472
Question, how fast can a courier deliver a letter to the Dark City?
>>
>>2273496
Besides, sending out the undead alone to soak the damage will cheer up the human soldiers

Also I just realized Ragga could potentially revive dead civillians and enemy troops to fight mid-battle, that sought to cause dread
>>
>>2273513
I don't like where this is going, mister skellington.

>>2273516
Ohoho, I guess we have Askelias to thank for being a fucktard and betraying me.

(I also know his name is actually Askelies but fuck you, Askelias is better)
>>
Speaking of the pastebin, it's here

https://pastebin.com/p5G8MhQK

Still missing quite a few dudes, hope they won't miss today's thread expecting one tomorrow
>>
>>2273513
Depending on the recipient, it could be instant if xtatlak uses sorcerory. Otherwise three weeks by fast rider or one week by carrier bird
>>
>>2273551
Also, you should make a Discord for this so we could communicate and meme outside the threads as well.
>>
>>2273426
I am ready to break the Pretenders and restore order to the Black City!
>>
>>2273519
Oppurtunities open up and I'm just trying to take advantage of them. I see you're as savage as ever Ragga.
>>
>>2273556
Naaaah I'd say no for discords meself

>>2273551
Shall we decide on battle tactics yet? Simon would say some words of a plan he has in mind, for taking the first set of walls
>>
>>2273561
I'm ambivilinant to discord, either or works for me

As for plans, I'd say discuss them and then when you're satisfied, roll for them. I'll be here for questions but my plot responses won't come for another hour
>>
File: 1517507061782.jpg (115 KB, 547x398)
115 KB
115 KB JPG
>>2273574
"My lords, it is of the utmost importance that we are not delayed in the taking of the walls. Thus I propose the following plan:

We shall fill the siege ramps with Ragga's undead. They do not flee, fear and are resistant to arrow fire. Moreover, sending them out first will ease some of our human men.

To ensure the siege ramps are not held down by enemy siege engines, we shall send out both of my white dragons alongside the bone dragon that Prince Orion so generously sent us. They will harass the defenders so that the ramps may proceed smoothly.

Once we have the walls, I propose our next step be to take the port. With access outside completely locked, the defenders shall starve."
>>
File: Darkcitysi.jpg (384 KB, 1024x768)
384 KB
384 KB JPG
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2273574
The Black Legion will move with great haste using their alliance with the Art's Cabal to move quickly and secure a forward camp.

With the gates open they could move and quickly secure a gateway to the allied Cabal territory linking up with both supplies and men.

Those who inhabit our new sector would have three choices: service, death or expulsion.
>>
>>2273585
Bugggger, not off to a great start.
>>
>>2273585
Simon has no love for the black legion, who he has fought many battles against in the past

Just clarification that the attackers wouldn't let them through unapposed
>>
>>2273590
Considering your forces are on the other side of the city there is not much you can do.
>>
Rolled 19 (1d20)

>>2273597
Uh I guess

Anyway rolling for my action here >>2273578
I assume Ragga and Orion get to roll with me?
>>
>>2273551
Ooooo I do love sorcery
Will my army be able to reach the Dark City in time for the siege?
>>
>>2273606

If you army sails from Mahaji off the Syptian coast, which is where I believe you left them, then yes you'd get there in about a week.

An army marching from Yopotchl, specifically Juxulan, would take about a month.

Sieges can last a damn long time, of course it's all truncated for us, spread out among posts
>>
>>2273603

Yes Ragga and Orion well state what they're rolling for and roll as well. In this instance all your rolls will generally aid each other, even if you're not rolling for the same thing

>>2273585
Are you sending just the 15,000 legionaries or the auxiliaries too?
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2273628
Look for and revive any spare corpses before sending all the undead up the ramps.
>>
>>2273628
Just Legionaries, auxiliaries will secure a camp and way out of the city if things go south.
>>
Kinsee here
>>
>>2273649
Did the dark city fall yet?
>>
>>2273649
Kinsee, pun buddy!

Are you ready for this fight?
>>
>>2273657
Siege literally starts this thread which hasn't even begun, bro pay some atenshun
>>
>>2273665
Kinda main reason why I came is to evacuate citizens before the siege happens
>>2273666
That's going to be hard for me
>>
File: Legion-page-001.jpg (905 KB, 3299x1821)
905 KB
905 KB JPG
>>2273657
Welcome brother, not yet, the battle has only yet begun

Today we're taking it pretty slow so everyone and any new players have a chance to jump aboard, I'm going to give it till this evening for people to figure out what they want to roll for. We'll obviously pick up the pace over the weekend
>>
>>2273675
Till this evening? Are you delaying the startup further?

Would like to know, time shortages and all that
>>
>>2273387
And so it begins! Yes!
>>
File: mec58_preview3.png (249 KB, 590x250)
249 KB
249 KB PNG
>>2273676
That's right I forget you're on a slightly different time zone, if its night over there I'd say go ahead and sleep, I'm really taking Thursday slow for new players and because it was a month long hiatus and people might need time to reorient themselves in the world.

I'll post once this evening to address everyone's rolls, and also be posting to answer questions and help anyone new, and then we're back at it again early friday morning central america time
>>
>>2273684
A prisoner was told how he’ll be executed. Needless to say, he was shocked.
>>
>>2273684
Oh darn. It's my sister's birthday tomorrow, so I will be unavailable most of the time. I'm sort of a minor character so the plot shouldn't require my presence, anyways. I'll drop in when I can.
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>2273410
Get my turn out of the way
The priestess in the actual city sets up caravans from the city to RaMeen for anybody who does not want to get murdered while also sending messengers to all who are loyal to the religion to pick up arms and come to the dark city to help defend.
>>
>>2273711
A 20
Looks like there is some hope in this siege
>>
>>2273693
I should mention all players should roll an action. The DLID threads are 60% images and get deleted from the archives, so I do not know what anyone's last roll was from last thread
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

>>2273743
Sorry
>>
Well, I need to go to bed for now but i'm pretty sure I won't miss anything important.

See y'all tomorrow!
>>
>>2273771
See you tommorow pun buddy
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2273776
With whatever sorcery Xtatlak has in his disposal he will send a message to the leaders in the dark city offering his aid in return they will give him a vial of the June Child's blood and territory in the dark city including their great library full with magic books.(If my memory serves right I think there was a mention of the library)
>>
>>2273747
My forces somewhat worse for the wear, I head back to our base of operations in Messa that Orion so kindly allowed us to make use of, with all the loot we could carry from the site of the battle. Once back, we shall go about recruiting new crew to replenish our losses, and, if we can, purchase new vessels as necessary.
Further plans shall be laid when we arrive.
>>
>>2273955
>>
>>2273942
Don't know about that Skelly boy
>>
>>2274071
My aid or conditions?
>>
I think I was preparing to move west? Use human slaves to create more orckin while getting the army ready to move out east, give a speech about making all of Syptia an orckin empire then eventually everything else.
>>
Rolled 6 (1d20)

>>2274103
>>
gonna start updating soon
>>
>>2274103
You moving east or west?
>>2274075
I don't know yet
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

Isha
Train and prepare your defenses
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

Hecate
Train with your sisters and raise some defenses
>>
File: Raphael.jpg (244 KB, 989x1408)
244 KB
244 KB JPG
>>2273631
>>2273603

Joshri, son of Lamful, fidgets with his belt. His sheath and sword continue to bash against his leg, and Joshri struggles to adjust it so he stops tripping.

A man dressed in both plate and mail comes up to him. The man raises his visor, pointing at Joshri’s belt. “Fela mo sero’jama?” The man says.

Joshri stops adjusting his belt and gives the man a look. “That sounded like Ohmrik,” Joshri says. He shrugs. “I don’t speak Ohmrik, me,” Joshri points at himself. “I’m from Dhami,”

The man nods. “Ah yes, Dhami, I speak it. Many in the west do. Myself, I am from Lahnnam,”

Joshri nods. “Southern Bal, right?”

“Yes, my name is Podarus, in the service of Lord Rennaqilt,”

“Joshri, of House Imil-Sudur,”

The two knights hear a noise and turn. In the distance are the fields of Breveka, stretching out in all directions. Dominating the skyline however, is the Dark City. It rises like a mountain range. Smoke billows from behind the walls. Joshri can smell the strange mixture from where he stands.

The noise came from three colossal siege ramps. Beasts of burden grunt and strain to drag the ramps forward. Podarus shields his eyes with a hand and peers at the wooden structures. “You know,” Podarus says. “I was surprised when my lord followed the sword brother here,”

“You do not believe in the June Child?” Joshri says, staring at the ramps as well.

Podarus shrugs. “I don’t know about any child. But Bal, the northern kingdoms, we do not get along with each other.” Podarus points to a section of the field with bright tents and massive banners. “Those are men from Worhiem. It is any wonder they have not tried to kill my lord yet,”

Joshri nods. “I’m not sure what to think of the child either,” Joshri points his gauntlet at the Dark City. “But that right there? That abomination? I want to tear it down, brick by brick.”

“You speak of abominations,” Podarus says. “But you have not yet seen what follows the siege ramps,”

“Hm? What do you mean?”

Podarus leans in closer to Joshri. “The one they call Ragga? They say he commands the dead,”

“What?” Joshri says, looking affronted. “I cannot believe such a thing! Brother Simon of the Sword Brethren is said to be an honorable man!”

It is Podarus’s turn to shrug. “This thing,” The knight gestures at the Dark City. “It is not about honor or dishonor. It is war, nothing more. They say the child, she will bring food to all. They say her blood feeds our army even now.” Podarus turns again to the siege ramps. They are rolling closer to the wall. “I do not know if it is true. What I do know is that I have spent my whole life fighting in Northern Bal. And now I do the same here.”

“Yes well, I fight for the future,” Joshri says.
Several knights appear from behind a tent.

“Joshri!” One yells.
>>
File: 1423687944836.jpg (1.75 MB, 1248x1743)
1.75 MB
1.75 MB JPG
>>2274306

“Yes yes, I’m coming,” Joshri says. He turns to Podarus and bows. “May we both find honor on the battlefield,”

Podarus smiles, bowing in return. “May we both live to see tomorrow,”

Joshri jogs off with the other knights. He unslings his shield from his back and buckles it to his left arm.

“Are you ready?” His fellow knight says, jostling him in the shoulder.

“Aye,” Joshri says, grinning. “I’m ready,”

An hour later Joshri finds himself at the bottom of a massive ramp. The walls of the Dark City rise so high they blot out of the sky. The ramp rises as well. Joshri grows nervous just looking at it.

“Listen up!” Barrowlot, the elder knight says. His sword is drawn, and he points up the ramp. “There’s fourteen thousand corpses on that wall! By all accounts they should have overrun it! We’re going up there and securing the gatehouse!”

“ARROWS!” A voice yells.

“ARROWS,” Others voices join in.

“Shields up lads!” Barrowlot says.

Joshri raises his shield and crouches. He hears the arrows as they whistle from the wall. They hit his shield, some bouncing off, others embedding in the wood and metal strips. Joshri hears a gurgle and turns to see the knight next to him. An arrow sticking out from his eye. The knight falls back into the mud.

The arrows stop and Barrowlot straightens up. “That’s it, let’s go let’s go!”

Joshri stands up and charges up the ramp with the other knights. They all cheer, but it dies out quickly as they ramp rises. Joshri does his best not to look down, but the wind buffets him the higher he seems to climb.

Finally, after what seems an eternity, Joshri and at least three hundred other knights reach the top of the ramp. Joshri is on the brink of fainting, as they are at a dizzying height. He can’t though, as sudden adrenaline fills his veins. The group of knights behind him let’s out a cheer and a roar, and Joshri does the same.

At the top of the ramp Joshri jumps down onto the wall. It is as wide as a street, and covered in corpses.

“To the gatehouse!” Barrowlot says, pointing at a massive stone structure as big as a castle. It rests in the middle of the wall.

The knights jog along the wall. Joshri hears whistling again, and instinctively brings up his shield. His instincts save him, as bolts tear down from the gatehouse onto the top of the wall. Several knights grunt and collapse. Joshri’s shield catches a bolt, which goes through and bounces off his breast plate. Joshri grunts in pain, but keeps running.

There are at least a hundred undead at the wall-door to the gatehouse. They’re smashed up against the gatehouse, climbing on top of each other in a strange pyramid of bodies.
>>
File: 1423714517645.jpg (331 KB, 1524x1169)
331 KB
331 KB JPG
>>2274313

“Dammit all,” Joshri says, gazing at the undead before him. “They’re blocking our way!”

Barrowlot surveys the scene, his face turning into a grimace. “No they’re not,” He says. “They’re our path into the gatehouse.” Barrowlot points his sword at the undead. “Climb those bodies men, we go to the top!”

Joshri hesitates for a moment, then runs after Barrowlot and the other knights. They reach the undead and clamber on top of them. Joshri stares at the undead soldiers groaning and mashing against each other, then the knight plunges in.

He climbs on his hands and knees up the bodies. He reaches the top, where both undead and knights are climbing over onto the gatehouse. Joshri climbs over the gate himself, tumbling down onto to stone. He stands and is immediately hit by a warhammer. Joshri’s world spins, and he slams against the wall. His vision clears, and Joshri sees an enemy. He raises his sword, and charges forward.

Three hours later, Joshri stands amid heaps of corpses. His face is smeared in blood, as is most of his armor and tunic. Joshri has lost his right eye, or his headwound is bleeding so much Joshri is merely temporarily blind. He can’t tell. Joshri is one of ten knights to have survived the assault on the gatehouse. Barrowlot is dead, Joshri remembers seeing him get stabbed in the neck by a halberd. There are several undead milling about too, technically survivors.

Joshri walks over to the edge of the gatehouse and peers down into the city. The gatehouse is open, and Ragga’s or Simon’s or Orion’s troops pour inside the outer ring of the city.

“Heyyyy!”

Joshri turns to pinpoint the voice. It is Podarus, standing on the wall. “Greetings,” Joshri says, waving. “I see you survived,”

“And you as well,” Podarus says, pointing at him and grinning. “I can tell by your face this was your first siege. It does not get any easier friend!”

“We have won the walls,” Joshri says.

“We have won some of the walls.” Podarus points out at the expansive stretch of city down below. “This is just the first ring, you can see the second wall easily from here, it is almost bigger than the first!”

Joshri knows it to be true. The crusaders have only taken one gatehouse, and the city is larger than anything he has ever seen in his life. It like conquering a kingdom unto itself.

“Still though,” Podarus says. “It is a good start. Come on down from that gatehouse. Let us leave these walls and get to the battle below,” Podarus clears his throat. “Or perhaps we call it a day and drink back at camp, eh?”

Joshri smiles. “Why yes, I think I rather like the second option,”
>>
File: 1490276670865.jpg (174 KB, 564x749)
174 KB
174 KB JPG
>>2273585
>>2273711
>>2274290

“Where are they!” General Isha demands, sweeping into the chamber. “Where are they!” She yells again. Her comrade, brother Pram, follows her, as does two other Moon Knights.

Inside the chamber is Aeoch’s brother-demi, Jusdus, as well Amedden the High Priest. Isha stops in front of a table with a map of the city.

“Where are those black legion cowards!” Isha says.

“You mean the Grand Marshal?” High Priest Amedden says. “I do not know,”

“We will no longer be able to count on the service of the legion,” Jusdus says, his raggedy garments swaying as he talks. “Another Grand Marshal has entered the city with legions, apparently in league with the Arts Cabal. The new Grand Marshal is currently in the cabal’s quarters, and Grand Marshal Tarvis is laying siege to it,”

“Now?? NOW??” Isha slams the table before her, overturning a temple goblet full of wine. It splashes over the map, then pools at the corners. “What are those fools thinking! We have enemies outside the gate, in the city even! And the Black Legion decides to have a civil war??”

“That is,” The High Priest Amedden says, nodding. “Most unfortunate,”

General Isha puts both hands on the table and leans heavily over the map. “They’ve taken a gatehouse,” She says darkly. “They’re pouring into the city,”

“A single gatehouse,” Jusdus says. His voice does not hiss like his brothers. It is almost worse in its clarity. “The crusaders can only enter through a single point,”

“We’ve noticed they’re attempting a river assault as well,” High Priest Amedden says. He points at the spot on the city map where the waters run past the first ring. It’s smeared with wine. “Our temple guard is holding them off for now. They continue sending pontoons full soldiers,”

General Isha stares at the map. “Can you keep the city ports secure?”

High Priest Amedden nods. “Our temple guard are in their element. Four thousand of them are more than enough to secure the docks,”

Isha straightens up from it and crosses her arms. “I’ve been contacted by the emperor of the Juxulan empire,”

“Xtatlak,” Jusdus says.

“Yes,” General Isha says. “As you know, the empire is a considerable force. A powerful ally. The city is in need of allies,”

“Xtatlak cannot be trusted,” Jusdus says. “My brother will not have it,”

“I will need to consult my mistress as well,” High Priest Amedden says. “I do not now what High Priestess Kinsee will say,”

“Where is Aeoch,” Isha says, pointing at Jusdus. “Where is your master, I will not speak to his lapdog,”

“I am no lapdog general,” Jusdus says. “The Eater of Whispers is busy with urgent matter,”
>>
File: 1508450991159.jpg (355 KB, 1430x1800)
355 KB
355 KB JPG
>>2274343

“Urgent?” General Isha says. “What is more urgent than this? Here is what I say. We have just lost twenty thousand soldiers, soldiers we needed. I am inviting Lord Xtatlak into this city, and we are killing every invader we can get our hands on,”

"If we are not united," Jusdus says. "We fall,"

"At least give me the time to consult the High Priestess Kinsee," Amedden says.

General Isha stares from Jusdus, to Amedden. Finally she nods. "Tell Aeoch that if the High Priestess agrees, no matter what Aeoch says, we will have Xtatlak's armies aid us,"

"Very well," Jusdus says. "In the mean time, I suggest we plan our counter attack,"

"Yes," General Isha says, looking down at the map. "High Priest Amedden, if you can continue to hold the docks, I believe my armies, as well as Aeoch's, will be more than sufficient for neighborhood and street fighting in the outer ring."

"Very well," High Priest Amedden says, bowing.

"Lapdog," General Isha says, turning to Jusdus. "Let us take back our city,"

Jusdus chuckles. "Careful general, but yes, let us plan the counter attack,"
>>
updating next batch of characters after a quick break
>>
>>2274389
Was kinda hoping for my call of my own crusaders to help out
Looks like the religion is really dead after all
>>
>>2274400
Oh they're coming, trust me, the Dark Lord still has many fanatical followers. It's going to be a strange conflict between June Child believers, He fanatics, and pissed off people with long memories.

It will take some time however
>>
>>2274408
But what is this religion even about and who is the god? Can I make the June child our god?
>>
>>2274426

Your religion centers around worshiping the Dark Lord. It's more a way to tax the ten lands than anything using temples, but the temple is a mighty powerful organization because of it.

You could make the June Child your god, but it would cause a hell of a shit storm. Perhaps making her a prophet, or naming her a saint, or working her into the religion somehow
>>
>>2274443
The dark lord is dead
Dark lord is god
Dark lord dead
Dark lord=dead religion
June child=alive
=make June child part of the religion so people like me
>>
>>2274450

Like I said, it could definitely work. At the moment you've spun the Dark Lord disappearing story into your religion as well, but Kinsee has always been about radical, unusual moves.

You'll have a fight on your hands from some of the temple members, and others, but it'd be an interesting move. Hmm yes, I think it could work.
>>
>>2274457
Kinsee is weird one of her first moves was to move a temple to another land and that worked out great
Also how is RaMeen doing? How many people are there?
>>
File: The Meeting-page-001.jpg (1.11 MB, 3273x1849)
1.11 MB
1.11 MB JPG
>>2273942

Laesea stands at her window in the tower, staring down at the distant smoke. Her tower is in the middle ring, but from her height she can still easily spy the outer ring. She knows there is fighting, she can hear battle horns and drums, and screams.

The June Child understands at least a large part of this is her fault. Just this morning, Maldry and two other women comforted her as a strange priest took another vial of her blood. They do not do it often, only once every couple of days. Still, it is a barbaric task that Laesea dreads.

She hears a loud boom, and stares out the window. A thick column of smoke rises in the distance from a section of the city.

“It’s gunpowder,” A voice says.

Laesea turns and spots a strange figure perched near the window. It is a creature with the body of a man, but a skull for a head. The body is marked in strange and frightening tattoos.

“It’s a very expensive black powder,” The skull man continues. “You won’t see much of it, too hard to make. But the explosions,” The skull man turns to the window, taking in the billowing smoke.

The June Child stumbles backwards, her mouth trying to scream. The skull person puts a finger to their lips.

“Do not scream now,” It says. “You are the only one who can see me,”

“W-who,” Laesea says, slowly getting to her feet. “Wha-what are you?”

“I have many names,” The skull man says. “But you may call me Xtatlak,”

“Zat-lack?”

The skull man nods. “Lord Xtatlak, of the southern Juxulan Empire. Though in my days, it was known as Taxotalican,”

“Why are you in my room, Lord Xtatlak?” Laesea says, taking a step closer. “Are you a ghost lord?”

Xtatlak hisses. It takes a moment, but Laesea realizes it is laughter.

“No,” Xtatlak says. “I simply wished to introduce myself, and see what all the chaos is about,”

Laesea slowly nods. “I do not wish to be the center of chaos,”

“And yet you are,” Xtatlak says. "The life of the living tends to run such courses,"

"If I could, I would not bear this burden,"

"Hm," Xtatlak says, hissing again. "I am sure one such as you is pained to see such bloodshed," His form starts to fade. “My armies are poised to save this city, it all depends on a High Priestess. Perhaps we will meet each other in-person soon,”

“Perhaps,” Laesea says frowning. “And if not, will you continue to visit me in this strange, ghostly visage, Lord Xtatlak of the Juxulan?”

Xtatlak’s skull breaks into a smile as he fades away.

“Perhaps,”
>>
>>2274459

RaMeen is doing very well, the city continues to grow, as does the kingdom Abbassa which RaMeen lies in. Kinsee's alliance with the Ivory Lord is also still going strong
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

>>2274365
This is a risky move but it's worth a shot
Amedden Sends couple elite soilders over to the captured gatehouse the idea is that it seems that a huge force is attempting to retake but actually it's only a few dozen while this is happening a larger force attacks the now confused guards in a attempt to recapture the gate house and deal a serious blow to the attackers
>>
>>2274472
who are Kinsees Parants and why is it that she is sometimes a women and other times a snake?
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

>>2274365
Isha
Head out with the men and take back the gate
>>
>>2274504
A woman and a snake, obviously.
Duh.
>>
>>2273747

Allatuis's fleet crests wave after wave on the mighty seas west of Messa. The sky is dark, with clouds billowing in at a distressing rate.

The Sea Lord is undaunted. He stands on the deck of his ship, spyglass in hand. His sailors run around behind him, tightening ropes and securing cargo.

"Captain," First Mate Jin says, coming up to Allatuis. "We've spotted Rellingcove,"

Rellingcove was the new name of Allatuis's sea base. The Prince Orion gladly gave him the town after Allatuis ferried Orion's Armies to Lower Romaes.

The town is somewhat destroyed, having suffered the attack from the merchants guilds farther north in Bal.

Still, it is a place to moor the ships, repair, and rest. The Prince Orion has even sent two hundred men, women and children to repopulate the town and better serve the Sea Lord.

"Good," Allatuis says, closing the spyglass and handing it to his first mate. "Beach the ships, fix them out, get out as much rum to the crew as you can afterwards. We need a good rest,"

Allatuis leaves his flagship and watches as his sailors pull the ships and beach them outside of Rellingcove. He takes a long, deep drink from a jug of wine, then tosses it aside.

He turns and heads back to Rellingcove, to meet with his captain and plan his next move.
>>
File: sf121_axe.jpg (57 KB, 620x453)
57 KB
57 KB JPG
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2274343
Great powers aisled the city, monsters and abomination of powers beyond comprehension. In the great Art’s Cabal the Dark Lord had gathered art users, artifacts and beasts from across the world!

He was only one man and would need more power to destroy these usurpers, he would seek powerful artifacts from the Cabal to arm himself and his army.

He would also see what powerful art users and beasts that the Cabal has to help destroy the traitor.
>>
>>2274510
Beastility
This is why kinsee is the way she is
>>
>>2274103
>>2274107

King Gaul rests in the fortress city of Bandeer, the capital of the Kushluk empire. The former Kushluk empire that is, now, it is the kingdom of the Orckin.

The orckin king rests on his throne, in his court. The wind demon is there as well, leaning against the ornate and mosaic walls of the king’s hall. There are also orckin captains, and generals gathered before Gaul’s throne.

Standing in front of the captains are men in strange garb and odd staffs. They are alchemists, ones King Gaul has called upon to make more orckin.

“Forgive us, my king,” The alchemists say, getting on their knees and bowing to the floor. “We have been unable to make strong orckin. We have many terrifying creatures they we have made in error, but the orckin form eludes us!”

King Gaul nods, pressing a goblet to his lips. “And why have you deemed it acceptable to fail me?”

“Please,” The alchemists say, pressing themselves into the ground. “We simply need alchemists, scholars of the Arts, from the Dark City! They were the ones who created the Orckin, it is they who can give us the secrets!”

“Hmph, yes,” King Gaul says. “Alchemists from the city, to replace the ones here before me!” He spits, gesturing at them. “Take them away, I will figure out what I wish to do with them later,”

The alchemists plead as they are dragged away. King Gaul turns to three of his captains. “Get me alchemists from the Dark City, I will have my orckin armies,”

The orckin captains nod.

“Yes my king,”
>>
Rolled 1 (1d20)

>>2274511
It is likely that, with so many soldiers off at the siege of the Dark City, their lands, families and homes will be vulnerable. This means that there's money to be taken, goods to be stolen, and general acts of questionable morality to be committed. Once this storm clears and the ships and crew are ready to go, we'll go on the biggest pillaging spree yet, targeting larger villages along the coast than normally we would. Of course, the odd unprotected cargo ship wouldn't go amiss either...
>>
>>2274529
Can you drop your twitter?
>>
File: how i feel right now.jpg (144 KB, 800x1200)
144 KB
144 KB JPG
>>2274546
I shouldn't have drunk that wine, should I?
>>
File: 1516846194523.jpg (116 KB, 564x693)
116 KB
116 KB JPG
>>2274294

Hecate, mistress of the Coven of He, stands on the ramparts of the city of Narrowfast. It is a strong city, one her forces have just captured. She is considering making it her capital, for her new kingdom.

“Mistress,” A witch says, coming up to the walls and bowing.

“Look at that view Amila,” Hecate says, breathing deeply of the air. “Another city into the fold,”

“Yes mistress, it is beautiful,” Amila says. “But there is a messenger from the south, you should hear his words,”

Hecate nods, following Amilia down the steps and into the city of Narrowfast. The streets are wide and cobbled with jagged stones. Hecate does her best to weave around the particularly dangerous ones.

In the center of the city rises a manor. It is ringed by another thick stone wall, as well as towers. Inside the walls, Hecate enters the Manor.

The stench of animal shit and rotting food assault’s Hecate. She does not mind it, passing through the main hall and into a side chamber. It is there a man in cloaks waits, clearly out of his mind with impatience.

“Thank goodness!” The man says, rising. “You must be the witch queen,”

“Sit,” Hecate says, coming to a chair and taking a seat. The man does so.

“Forgive me,” The man says, bobbing his head. “I was rude,”

“It is fine,” Hecate says, accepting a glass. The man is given one as well by Amilia. He drinks from it. “Now,” Hecate takes a sip herself. “What is it?”

“An army has sailed in from the south, landing in lower Romaes!”

“Hm, the Dark City yes? I hear there are all sorts of battles happening down there,”

“No, well, yes” The man says. “But this army is from Messa, from Prince Orion! It marches north, and the rumor is they wish to kill you witches!”

Hecate doesn’t respond for a moment, then sighs. “Hm, yes. It seems everyone wishes to kill witches these days. No matter, I will prepare for another war,”

The man nods eagerly, then clears his throat. Hecate rolls her eyes.

“Yes yes, thank you for the warning. Amilia, give the man as much gold as he can carry, the gods know we have enough of it these days,” Hecate stands. “Ah, and gather my commanders,”

“Yes mistress,” Amilia says, bowing
>>
>>2274547
lopofthewoods
>>
That's it for me tonight lads, thanks for rejoining the adventure. We'll resume tomorrow morning and address rolls, and I'll be here a while longer tonight answering any questions

>>2274547
lopofthewoods

>>2274552
1's are just opportunities in disguise. I mean its bad don't get me wrong, but not the worst

>>2274504
That's a Temple mystery few know, and Kinsee hardly cares about

her mom was a Miar, or at least half miar
>>
Rolled 7 (1d20)

>>2274589
Hecate
Gather witches and get ready for the fools who dare to attack you.
>>
>>2274610
Darn it this is me.
Also, see you later I won't be able to make it in until later tomorrow
>>
File: 1506128563725.gif (955 KB, 360x360)
955 KB
955 KB GIF
>>2274468
Time to corrupt her mind, body, and soul! Great post as always
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

"DEUS VULT!" Simon and 100 of his elite sword-brothers alongside many other crusaders, spearhead the assault of the port from both sea and land now that they have entrance to the city
>>
File: 1515668973515.jpg (606 KB, 456x628)
606 KB
606 KB JPG
>>2274815
My luck's ran out here, help me out attacking the port Ragga my man
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2274589
>>2274819
Here we fucking go boys.

Ragga, in a not so sane fit of rage and battle frenzy, personally rushes through the city, his best warriors close behind and a sea of moving corpses far behind, shuffling towards them.

"BURN, BURN IT ALL!"

The Port is the target, of course.
>>
>>2274529
I guess I do have a reason to go to the dark city, time to raid!
>>
Rolled 3 (1d20)

>>2275159
>>
Let us take a moment to admire the rolls of Allatius

How many times has he rolled above 10? And how many rolls were 1-2?

Truly dice god does not favor him.

Anyway I'm setting up a seperate pastebin that is all about the dark city siege, now with fancy spacebar technology
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

Oh boy, if it isn't my favourite fantasy shitfest.

I'll continue my campaign in Tembri, I think? I don't even know, the last thing I remember is me sieging some fortress. So, lets do it.
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>2274563
Dang it Lop! You said the 2nd ,not the first! Why didn't you put anything on the twitter!? I'm here now so let's get the ball rolling.

Send the the forces who sailed from the south towards the witches wood. Try to convert the wood spirits to our cause. Claiming that the woods be ours by right!
>>
>>2274546
Remember the slaves Allatius. The slaves!
>>
>>2275362
>Why didn't you put anything on the twitter!?
But he did
>>
>>2274589
If anyone hasn’t conquered or claimed it yet, would it be possible to create a new minor character from Oggan? He’d be a minor noble of the giant kingdom looking to claim the throne and then expand outwards.
>>
>>2275415
I'm pretty sure it's already owned by the Black Legion. So very far away from all the action as well

I'd encourage you to play Aeoch, dude is one of the main characters and his player has been absent.. for like forever
>>
>>2275431
Yup I just read up on Oggan in the twitter and it's defo Black Legion territory
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2274468
>>2274343
Do they know my demands?

Xtatlak will task Mala and his military strategists to see which option would be better, wait for the perfect oppurtunity to attack from behind pretty much surrounding him or go the dark city to defend. After giving the task, Xtatlak will visit Laesea to have another conversation about taking her "burden" for himself out of kindness.

>>2275415
We also have Aeoch needing a player if your'e interested.
>>
>>2275436
Foolish Xtatlak, you can't surround a force nearly three times your size.

Should Simon be aware of Xtatlak flanking, he would harass them with dragons and knights, lion riders and other mobile forces, lop
>>
File: 1436762514585.jpg (18 KB, 160x160)
18 KB
18 KB JPG
>>2275436
Well damn, you win some you lose some.
>>
>>2275444
I was thinking when most of the army is in the city clashing with Aeoch and Isha's forces I can come from behind and face whatever part of the enemy army is at the back.
>>
File: 295.jpg (128 KB, 1125x765)
128 KB
128 KB JPG
I wonder if I can make a tidy profit from this little siege. Maybe send some scavenger bands, loot the dead and then resell the weapons and armour to fighters.
>>
>>2275461
Doesn't sound practical at all. It's a long way south, and whoever wins will kill your dudes probably. Remnant defenders or the corpse city that Ragga would turn it into
>>
>>2275466
You contact some criminal groups, use them as proxies, don't waste your own men and make a lil' bit of coin. Also, it should be useful to have some spies in the City.
>>
>>2275474
Ruskiev's a bad boy. Simon ought to take his crusader host north later and make sure his homeland is free of heresy
>>
File: 1408377586433.jpg (1.71 MB, 2560x1440)
1.71 MB
1.71 MB JPG
>>2274492
>>2274509

Joshri, of House Imil-Sudur, stands in a street of the Dark City. In the distance the walls of the outer ring and middle ring rise up like an ever-present canyon. The street itself is a canyon, with houses crammed and stacked on top of each other like sacks of grain thrown by a dock worker.

Joshri is surrounded by soldiers from the Kingdom of Mancha. His own companions, warriors of Imil-Sudur in Dhami, are nursing their wounds back in the crusader’s camp. All forty of them, the only ones who survived the initial assault. Joshri’s head is wrapped, but he himself is no worse for wear. He could not stay in camp either, no matter how mugs of mead Podarus shoved his way.

He cannot help but feel restless. The first time he stood on the gatehouse, and took in the city, it was a marvelous thing. Joshri cannot stay away now. He must stand in the street, pushing ever further inward. In another life he may have done so as a traveler. Today, he does it as a conqueror.

Joshri shares the street with the Manchan soldiers. They wear bucket helms and wield wicked-looking halberds. On the other end, behind stacks of carts and other make-shift barricades, are city soldiers. They release bows and crossbows down the street, keeping Joshri and the others at bay.

“Stand aside, stand aside!” A voice yells. Joshri turns and spots several carts on wheels being shoved down the street. He scrambles to the side of the road, as do the Manchan soldiers. The carts rush past, being pushed by other Manchan warriors.

“Follow the carts!” A sergeant yells. The men with halberds cheer and run after the carts. Joshri does the same.

The carts slam into the barricades, and the Manchan soldiers scramble over them. Crossbows and arrows knock several soldiers off the barricades, but the momentum is with the attackers now.

Joshri reaches the barricades and runs up them, sword held high. He leaps over the other side, landing on a soldier and sending him to the ground. Joshri punches him twice with his gauntlet, then struggles to stand back up.

Another city soldier stabs at Joshri with a knife. It sticks in Joshri’s armor joints, and the knight swings his sword at the soldier. The soldier goes down, and Joshri stabs him again.

There are more and more Manchan soldiers pouring over the barricade. The city soldiers start to break, running off down different side-streets. The Manchan’s cheer again and give pursuit.

A horn sounds. Its harsh call echoes down the building-lined streets. Joshri and his Manchan comrades pause.

At the far, far end of the street, appears a blue shimmer. Joshri squints, then realizes the shimmer is moving. As he and the other soldiers watch, the street fills with fully-armored knights on horse-back.
>>
File: The outer ring-page-001.jpg (1.29 MB, 3297x2081)
1.29 MB
1.29 MB JPG
>>2275500

They’re charging right for Joshri and the Manchans.

“Clear the street, clear the street!” The Manchan sergeant yells.

Joshri runs to the side of the road where the buildings form a wall. He slams his shoulder into a wooden door, caving it inward. He tumbles inside the building just as the knights tear by.

Their horses slam into the barricade, splintering it and sending Manchan soldiers flying. The soldiers behind the barricade raise their halberds, but the knights have lances and their horses are bred for the charge.

Joshri slowly gets up from his hands and knees. He struggles to his feet, then picks his sword up from the floor. He stumbles to the door and peers out into the street.

There are more knights rushing past on horseback. Joshri ducks back inside, then moves to the side to peer out a window. The knights are followed by soldiers. The soldiers rush past the shop, casting shadows against the floor.

Finally, after an agonizing time, the army passes. Joshri peers out of the shop and looks around. He can see the gate from where he is.

The city forces are swarming over it. Joshri takes off down the street, running as fast as his legs will carry him. He nears the gatehouse and the outer wall, and sees the back of the city army. He ducks down a sidestreet and runs towards the wall.

He finds the small staircase that he and Podarus used to first get down from the gatehouse and wall. He charges up it. Joshri knows that city forces are surrounding the gate, but they might not have taken the wall and the ramps yet.

After an exhausting climb, Joshri reaches the top of the wall. He stumbles up the last step, and looks around.

The knights and blue are on the wall, as well as the gatehouse. There are crusaders as well, but they are being slaughtered by the knights. Joshri watches in shock, then snaps to his senses. He runs towards the ramp, which is thankfully still in one piece.

Once he gets on the ramp, he turns back to look at the gatehouse. The knights have captured it, and are raising their flag. Joshri squints, and spots a woman beneath the flag. She is in full plate armor, surrounded by the other knights.

“All hail General Isha!” A knight commands.

“Hail! General Isha!” The knights reply.

“I’ll be back for you, bitch,” Joshri mumbles under his breath. He does the sign of forgiveness for swearing, then runs down the ramp back to camp.
>>
>>2274909
>>2274815

Brother Simon and a hundred of his sword brothers stand on the shores outside the Dark City. There are thousands of crusaders around them. In the water before them, are thousands of pontoons. Crusaders are working quickly to lash them together.

A crusader runs up to the sword brothers. “They are almost done, Brother Simon,” the crusader says, bowing.

“Good work,” Simon says, drawing his sword. He turns to his brothers. “We will take the docks, we will forge a path into the heart of the city. We will crush that vile heart, and we will rescue the future. Are you with me brothers?”

“Crush the heart!” The brothers yell, raising their swords in the air.

“Signal our comrades, let the assault begin!”

The crusaders raise their weapons and gather in the shallows. The pontoons are pushed out into the waters. One after the other slips out. Soldiers on the pontoons throw ropes to each other, securing each piece together. As the first pieces are tied together, Brother Simon leaps onto the first pontoon.

“Forward brothers, forward!”

The pontoons are now all lashed together. The far end is headed straight for the docks inside the outer wall. Thousands of crusaders clamor onto the pontoon bridge. The bridge bobs violently into the water, but it is wide and long enough that it does not sink.

Brother Simon yells as he beats his feet across the bridge. Thousands yell behind him. The Temp Guard realize what is happening, and rush to intercept the bridge. Arrows begin to rain down.

Simon reaches the other side and leaps onto the dock the bridge bumps into. He charges across it, meeting a score of temple guards with spears and swords. Simon’s brothers are behind him.

The battle rages. More and more crusaders pour off the bridge. Some are struck by arrows en-route, plummeting into the waters. Simon cuts, hacks and slashes. He fingers are bloodied, his armor torn. He does not stop. There are few swordsmen who have had so long to practice war as Simon.

The arrows grow thicker, and the Temple Guard begins to rally. They are steadily pushing Simon and the crusaders back towards the waters.

Shapes appear from the depths. Bubbles sprout up from the water, then heads. The first body to climb out of the water is Ragga the Conqueror. Behind him, thousands of undead grip the docks and pull themselves up.
>>
File: 1457568755936.jpg (207 KB, 1081x1452)
207 KB
207 KB JPG
>>2275509

“Holy mannnnnn!” Ragga bellows, pointing his axe at Simon. “I grew impatient waiting for the bridge, here is Ragga now to slay our enemies! Come meet your death my foes!”

Ragga charges across the dock and leaps feet-first into a crowd of Temple Guard. He knocks two of them to the ground, then stands up and cleaves a head from its perch with his axe. The undead shuffles after him, closing in on the temple guard.

One of Simon’s sword brother’s leans in towards him. “I do not like this brother,”

“Nor I,” Simon says. He raises his sword again and starts walking towards the Temple Guard. “But much in life displeases me, I will fix as much as I can before the Gods call me to rest,”

With the addition of Ragga and his warriors, the Temple Guard are slowly pushed back. After several more hours of fighting, a beachhead is established, and for now, the docks belong to the crusaders.
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2275512
Simon leaves a garrison of sorts at the docks. He will launch his assault of Aeoch's citadel from it one day.

"The damned traitor Knights of the Moon will undo all of our progress. It is vital that we kill them - or at least, kill all of their horses."

He gathers all of his elite sword brothers - they have been unhorsing cavalry in cities since the start of their career. With crusader support he intends to push them out of the gate

He will also duel Isha if the opportunity arises
>>
File: 1423583667269.jpg (145 KB, 567x800)
145 KB
145 KB JPG
>>2274513


The inner ring quarter between Aeoch and Isha’s district is in chaos. Black armor is everywhere, as are black and red flags. Bolts and arrows, boiling oil and rocks, all fill the streets.

And of course, worse things as well. For the army that attacks this quarter, attacks the quarter of the Arts Cabal. Learned men and women who may call on powers above that of the common person.

The people surrounding the quarter lock their doors and shutter their windows. They believed themselves to be safe. Merchants and craftsmen, tradesmen and land-owners. All who lived in the inner ring believed the siege would never reach them.

What they did not realize, is that the Dark City was large enough to host two sieges.

The black legion under Grand Marshal Tarvis throws itself at the Cabal’s quarter. Inside are legionaries under the command of Grand Marshal Baroque

By the frenzy and frequency of the attacks, Grand Marshal Baroque can tell Tarvis is offended that Baroque’s forces are inside the city. Grand Marshal Baroque is not the kind of man to smile at such a thing, but he can’t help but curl the corner of his mouth.

Baroque stands on the balcony of one of the Cabal Towers. Below the battle rages as Tarvis’s forces put ladders to the quarter’s walls. Next to Tarvis is an old woman named Segooie. She is rumored to be among the best of the Arts scholars, and Baroque wishes to see her rain death on Tarvis’s soldiers.

Segooie finishes mumbling something, then cuts her hand with a knife. At this height, the wind is fierce. Segooie lets the wind take her blood away. She then closes her eyes and utters a single word.

A bolt of lightning arcs down from the sky. It impacts on the street, in the middle of a legionnaire column. They’re sent flying, their bodies hitting the buildings that line the street.

The thunder follows.

“How precise,” Baroque comments, then turns away into the tower.

Inside waits an apprentice Arts user. He bows.

“Grand Marshal, I bring word from the Cabal master of tools,”

“And?”

“I am afraid we have nothing that may arm an army. Only knowledge, and scrolls for learned men,”

“Hmph,” Grand Marshal Baroque says. “Then we will have to devise a different strategy.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2275526
It was time to call an all out offensive, gathering the Cabal Art Users, his own Legion Sorcerers and the Shamans of Rhata Ghast they would summon a blizzard of such size the world had never seen.

With this the auxiliary troops would move forward and join with the Black Legion for a brutal push against the traitors.
>>
>>2275548
Holy shit man 2,4,2
>>
>>2274546

Allatuis’s ships are fixed in good order. The sea lord and his crew retire to the town, newly rebuilt, then spend the night in rest in relaxation.

This of course means drinking.

The pirates and the new villagers get along well enough. The villagers can hold their drink, and give the pirates a run for their money in boasting. The sea people have also gotten a hang for drinking, and often drink the pirates under the table. This of course is seen as a challenge, and many games and boasts are had as a result.

Allatuis watches from his seat on the far end of the village’s tavern. Several of the village women have approached him with offers of drink and other things, but Allatuis has sent them away. His mind is on his plans, and the routes that would seem most beneficial.

Allatuis wakes the next morning still in his seat. A man is shaking him.

“My lord, my lord!” The man says. “Come to the beach, quickly!”

Allatuis gets to his feet and snatches his hat off the chair. The pirates and villagers are passed out all across the tavern hall. Allatuis runs over their bodies and follows the man out of the tavern.

Outside, Allatuis is greeted by the village, the beach, and in the ocean, twenty ships. His heart sinks.

He slows to a walk and approaches the beach. In the sand are gathered at least a hundred men. They’re standing in loose circles around Allatuis’s beached ships. The sea lord nears the group, and spots a man sitting on a crate. The man is dressed in peacock finery; feathers, medals, jewels and silks.

“Well well well!” The man says, opening his arms wide. “If it isn’t captain Allatuis!”

“Tobi,” Allatuis says.

“That’s King Tobi to you boy!” The man says, standing. He jerks a thumb back at the beached ships. “Those are nice ships you got there,”

“I’ve grown fond of them,” Allatuis says.

“You may be wondering why I’ve come to this backwards shithole of a coast, all up on your beach and in your business hm?”

“The thought crossed my mind,”

“Well boy, by the fact that I now expect you to call me King, you can probably gather that I’ve come up in the world as of late. That’s right, I’m a pirate king!”

“And how did you swing that, I wonder,” Allatuis says. He gazes at the men gathered on the beach. They stare back. The twenty ships bob silently in the harbor beyond.

“Well there’s a new boss on the seas, see?” Tobi says, hooking his thumbs in his lapels. “You best do well to remember that. His name is the Wave God, and he’s appointing pirate kings left and right. And as a pirate king, I have the right to pressgang whoever I want into my fleet!”

“That so?”

“It is boy,” Tobi says, staring darkly at Allatuis. “So get your crew, and these pathetic ships, and get them in the water. You’re joining the flotilla of King Tobi!”
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2275512
>>2275521
Hollering in victory, Ragga quickly leaves Simon and the Docks behind to ravage, raid and pillage his way through the first layer of the city, Slytongue taking advantage of the City's poor food situation to recruit citizens with promises of food, glory and 'The chance to see their dead relatives once more.'

There is also a copious amount of insults and challenges towards Aeoch, calling for a duel with Ragga. Most of this comes from the Conqueror himself.
>>
>>2275560
Me, Ragga and Orion here, we have the best rolls in town folks. You won't find any higher or better quality rolls in the whole country, boy I tell you that
>>
>>2275557


“And where are we headed, King Tobi?”

The pirate king smiles, waving his hand in the air. “The Dark City boy! The Wave God wishes to get a piece of the pie! The pie being the city!”
Tobi lets out a roar of laughter and walks away. Allatuis watches as the men head back to their ships. He looks one more time at the fleet, then turns back towards the village.
>>
>>2275415

You can be a noble from Oggan if you wish, you'll just be in direct conflict with the Black Legion. But considering the Black Legion has territory everywhere, that's not saying much.

There's also other kingdoms that are similar to Oggan
>>
>>2275560
>>2275566
Shit, forgot to put trip on but it's fine.

Also, fuck yeah, we're the best.

ALSO, despite this being fun as fuck, i'm kinda thinking of making or playing as a minor character just for shits and giggles.
>>
>>2275576
Yeah but don't abandon Ragga bro what will we do without you
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2275580
Of course not, Ragga will never be lost, I mean, what the hell would you do without him?

Also in addition to>>2275560
I'm just gonna roll again to see if Ragga can get a personal wardog.

He shall be named Scooby.
>>
File: 1497097626661.jpg (267 KB, 1280x752)
267 KB
267 KB JPG
>>2274610
>>2275362

Mistress Hecate walks among the fields of Moeel in southern Ghomas. The reeds bend in the wind, and dark clouds roll above her.

“Hecate,”

The witch turns to see Ekeen, her friend and the greatest rune-writer in the ten lands. At least in Hecate’s humble opinion.

“Ekeen,” Hecate says, walking over to her. “How goes the words on the wind,”

“You need to come with me,” Ekeen says. “I’ve just gotten word, the Roma woods are in turmoil,”

Hecate hikes up her cloak and chases through the field after Ekeen.

“What happened,”

“The children of the forest have broken into all-out war,” Ekeen responds. “That prince from Messa, Orion, he arrived in the woods and allied himself with the Lydda court,”

“The Lydda’s?” Hecate says, furrowing her brow as she runs through the field. “In the south?”

“Yes, there were several other minor courts who joined as well. They’ve all marched into the Eddo court lands and have killed anyone they come into contact with,”

The two witches reach the edge of the field. Four-hundred knights mill about, some leaning on their horses, others sitting on the ground. Hecate runs to where a soldier has her horse, and takes the reins from him.

“Mount up!” Hecate says. The knights scramble to get on their horses. Hecate points at Ekeen. “Our kingdom is strong, we will cleanse these rebels and invaders. Gather what forces you can to the north,” Hecate signals the knights. “We ride for the Roma Woods!”
>>
>>2275603

As the four-hundred ride to join other forces, the Roma woods to the south are deadly silent. Orion, prince of Messa, strolls among the woods with his greatwolves behind him. Blackfur is there as well, keeping pace as he chews on a forest child body.

“They do not relent easily, do they,” Orion says, stopping to study the body of a fey. It is pinned against a tree with a spear.

“The little forest people hate each other almost as much as men do,” Blackfur says. He finishes chewing and spits the body to the side. One of the greatwolves behind him scoops it up and eats it in two bites.

“This war will take too long,” Orion says, gazing around the woods. “There are too many trees, to many hollows. Too many holes in the ground with which forest children can hide. They will fight among themselves for years,”

“Then let us leave these woods, and go after the witch,” Blackfur says. He leans against a tree and cleans his teeth on a branch.

“I agree old friend,” Prince Orion says, surveying the forest. “Perhaps we will stay here a bit longer and kill more fey. Perhaps we will move on. I will think on it,”
>>
File: 1.jpg (143 KB, 1280x654)
143 KB
143 KB JPG
>>2275160

Captain Bulduj wipes his nose with a gnarled finger. His fangbeast pants beneath him, itching to collapse on the soft grass.

There are a thousand other fangbeast riders behind Bulduj. They’re all ridden by orckin, and all are tired. Before them are the plains of Breveka, and beyond that, the black smear of the Dark City on the horizon.

The orckin riders have nearly killed their mounts cross the Syptian deserts, and then the south-spire mountains. But they’re unrelenting pace has paid off. They are in lower Romaes, and their target is before them.

A cry goes up from the rear of the pack. Bulduj looks behind him. A band of riders and soldiers is closing in behind them. Bulduj looks over their heads, and concludes they must have come from the woods.

The fangbeasts are near-exhaustion. On the other hand, the fangbeasts are starving. One of them cackles, and the others join in; their hunting call. The orckin know to grip tightly and let the beasts do what comes naturally.

The attackers rush to meet the orckin. They are armied with all manner of spears, halberds, pikes and maces. The fangbeasts are animals though, predators. And the orckin have weapons too.

The battle is quick, then men quickly break away. Buldju wishes to run them all down, but he knows the fangbeasts cannot take it.

It seems he will need to camp before he can raid the Dark City.
>>
Rolled 5 (1d20)

>>2275603
Hecate move as quickly as you can prepare your best spells
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2275500
Isha
repair the defenses and hold it with your men
>>
Rolled 1 (1d20)

>>2275512
retake the docks using the same stratagy as the gatehouse
>>
File: 1516847312440.jpg (257 KB, 1200x867)
257 KB
257 KB JPG
>>2275276

The kingdom of Drolga and the Golden Cities marches forth into Tambri, against the city of Amayon in the kingdom of Sinobast. Siege slings and catapults hurl rocks and stones over the walls of Amayon, and soldiers rush to get ladders near the wall.

Lord Ruskiev watches from his stead, along with his guard. An explosion sounds behind the wall, fire wallowing up.

"Hmph," Lord Ruskiev leans back in his saddle. "What manner of devilry is going on behind those walls,"

"Likely they're storing powder," A knight says, lifting his visor. "The eastern lands are known to dabble in such alchemy,"

"Well it didn't pay off for them, did it," Lord Ruskiev says.

A sergeant comes running up to the knights.

"My lord, my lord!"

"Speak," Lord Ruskiev says.

"They're pushing us back, we need more soldiers to overcome the walls!"

Lord Ruskiev spurs his horse forward. He turns to one of his knights. "Go call one of the men at arms bands, I want that battering ram up here, we're starting an assault on the gates."

Two hours later, and much viscous fighting, the gates threaten to buckle in. The lord-mayor of Amayon waves the flag of surrender, as do many of the defenders. The city belongs to Lord Ruskiev
>>
>>2275575
I’ve reconsidered, I’ll take Aeoch since he’s in need of a player and it’ll get me into the action quicker. If that’s alright.
>>
>>2275436

Smoke surrounds Xtatlak. Bowls burn, and the distant sounds of screams waft inward into the stone chamber.

The mummy lord sits cross legged on a stone block. As the smoke thickens, the chamber shimmers, and changes.

Leasea’s room comes into focus. Xtatlak can see her humming as Maldry brushes her hair. The mummy lord ponders whether to wait or come back later, when the room shimmers again.

Instead there is only darkness.

“Xtatlakkkkk,” A voice hisses.

The mummy lord smiles, he knows that voice. “Aeoch, Eater of Whispers,” Xtatlak says. “The last of the Demi,”

“You thought to creep around my tower like a thief,” Aeoch says. “Perhaps you wished to visit the child?”

“Perhaps I did,” Xtatlak says. “I do not see it as any of a servant’s business,”

“Even the lowest of Demi are greater than the greatest of your kind,” Aeoch says. “See how you profess to being the lord of sorcerers, and yet I have you here inside a dream,”

“An excellent trick to be sure,” Xtatlak says. “But I will crack your tower soon enough,”

“See that stay far away from me and my will, which is that of the Dark Lord’s,” Aeoch says. “Or I will drink the whispers from that skull you call a head,”

The blackness disappears, and Xtatlak is back in his stone chamber. He slowly gets to his feet.

“Next time, the spells will have to be stronger,” he clicks with his teeth.
>>
>>2275654

That is a-okay, remember you can always change your mind later once you get a feel for the world.

On that note though, since I've answered everyone I think, I need to take a break and go to work, since that's a thing now. But I will resume tonight, as we continue on in the story
>>
Rolled 15 (1d20)

>>2275651
Very good, things are going according to plan. Send word to the other lords of Sinobast and demand them to swear fealty to me. I offer stability and trade, something which the lords of this trading hub would surely like. Else, I'll get what I deserve the hard way.
>>
>>2275654
help us kick these barbarians out
>>
>>2275654
Welcome bruva

>>2275675
Ay who are the barbarians here
>>
>>2275675
The land is rightfully mine, since I am the most powerful.

But all of us are pretty good.

Simon can fuck around with Isha, Aeoch's mine, Orion can deal with your religious types and the Grand Marshal can, uh...He'll be eaten by my undead.
>>
>>2275690
[An unexpected player appears!]
>>
>>2275698
I can beat your ass after Aeoch's too.
>>
Judging by the rolls, Orion will soon have his wolves swallow Hecate whole. Or force send her witches fleeing out of their kingdom somewhere

Go gettem tiger. Consider invading Xtatlak with your navy afterwards since he's going to leave it basically empty soon
>>
>>2275690
i dont care about the city i care about the civilians
>>2275680
you also thinking of making June child part of religion so i can get more believers
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2275557
>>2275567
Bastard. I am well aware that the wave viper could probably eat this upstart's entire fleet and still want dessert, but the things the man says trouble me. A wave god? The hell is a wave god? The men of the seas worship no god, and the only lords they answer to are themselves (especially this particular Sealord). Any human pirate knows that.
Any HUMAN pirate.
I will come with this boisterous buffoon for now. Maybe I'll even come with him all the way to the Dark City, and fight a war in the name of a magical little girl like the idiots the peasants inland call "rulers". But when the time is right, this King Tobi is going to die, by my hand. I'll take his title, his ships, his crew and his crown. In the meantime, I'll find my sea people and ask them if any have heard of this so-called "Wave God", and we'll see if he values men with ambition and cunning more than arrogant fools.
>>
>>2275711
Me thinking about what? We are both have a different religion. Both of which seem to exterminate one another

Also Kinsee is supposed to be a selfish bitch so that "rescue civillians thing" sounds un-like you
>>
>>2275723
kinsee heart grew a few sizes also the "you" was standing for the barbarians the rest was me just forgot the coma
>>
>>2275725
Aaaah you got me fooled for a moment there Kinsee. You'll ship those civillians from danger... only to sacrifice them for your dark goals! Devilish Kinsee

Also I gotta say, if the defenders win this one they will instantly fall to civil war. Meanwhile the attackers have their alliance sorted out
>>
>>2275727
no sacrifices and i do not care about the others they can kill each other for all i care all i want is civilians
so i can ship them to RaMeen and get more population over there
>>
File: 1421484916566.jpg (1.65 MB, 3050x2000)
1.65 MB
1.65 MB JPG
>>2275727
There's so many factions vying for control it's any man or woman's game at this point, I do enjoy your guys' playstyle, as this has always been an enjoyable setting for me
>>
>>2275735
kinsee is a nice person looking for ways to make peoples lifes happy
>>
>>2275733
Just when I think you outdid yourself... bringing the civilians to RaMeen where they are unused to the harsh climate, and will slowly die from heat and starvation! My god Kinsee you absolute devil!
>>
>>2275727
>implying that the attackers won't just use their newfound power to try and subvert the other attackers, bringing in a cold-war style game of political intrigue rather than open war
>>
>>2275743
I dont think so. It doesn't seem like the attackers' goals contradict each other. Simon wants the june child and thats it. Orion wants "power and knowledge" so he'll probably take a pick of arts users. And Ragga just wants to pulverize, and since he gets what's left out of the city.. he'll have lots to smash. Simon would probably part with a dragon if need be, giving it to Ragga
>>
>>2275743
>That entire greentext

What do you think Ragga is, gay?

Open war is the only thing he'll participate in.
>>
>>2275675
I’m going to do my best

>>2275680
Thank you, but now it’s time to get you away from my citadel!
>>
>>2275755
motives change and power corrupts. Power is what the attackers shall have, if they win.
>>2275757
Yeah, he seems pretty gay to me desu
>>
>>2275772
Come on Allatius, you dont have to take out your frustration on us. We totally feel you getting all those.. 1's and 2's lmfao
>>
>>2275741
Stop making me look like the bad guy here atleast over there they don't have to worry about getting killed in a battle every minute
>>2275769
Give me June child?
>>
>>2275772
Despite your double dubs, I must return the insult and as such say:

Says the dude who's out in the sea for so long he's probably resorted to shagging men to satisfy his needs. Now go back to rolling 1s.
>>
>>2275780
He literally can't, he's got a deal with some sort of creature of nightmares or something. I forgot who it was
>>
>>2275788
HERESY
>>
>>2275785
>Allatius
>being gay
Nah, he's confirmed straight. He has definitely banged at least one (and probably a whole lot more than that) tavern wench during his pirating career, and the dude's still pretty young.
I'll go back to rolling single digits now.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d20)

>>2275512
Aeoch, seeing an opportunity slowly smuggles a force from his citadel. Men slowly filtering out and avoiding detection, their arms and armor hidden under roughshod clothes or in carried baskets.

He would have them hold until it was a force large enough to take the garrison that Simon had left to guard the newly established beachhead at the port. He would bide his time, waiting for Simon’s troop to engage Isha and her knights of the moon and waiting for Ragga’s forces to disperse as they pillaged and raided the first layer of the city. He would even wait for the high priestess’ forces to engage the garrison and if they were successful he would join his forces with hers, if not he would enact his plan.

He would have his forces launch an attack to wipe out the garrison, pouring forth from positions of cover from all around the beachhead. If Aeoch’s forces eliminated the intruding force, they would have orders to don the arms of armor of the dead and pretend to be the garrison. Then lay in wait for the next stage of his plan.
>>
>>2275820
Welp... it might have been a good plan.
>>
>>2275648
>>2275820
Kek, good luck, guys.
>>
File: 936.jpg (79 KB, 680x497)
79 KB
79 KB JPG
>>2275820
>all these terrible defender rolls
>>
File: 1505983195414.gif (1.63 MB, 360x270)
1.63 MB
1.63 MB GIF
>>2275820
Don't worry everyone rolls a one on their first roll!
>>
>>2275826
We need a lot more then that
>>2275828
Yeah
>>
>>2275828
Also this, it happens so often it can't be a coincidence
>>
>>2275831
It's a curse
>>
>>2275828
>>2275831
I’m sure it’s just the dice god’s way of reminding us that we need to make the appropriate sacrifices.
>>
>>2275843
No sacrifices the dice gods can suck a dick
>>
>>2275845
Well that’s why we’re rolling 1s!
>>
>>2275851
Dice gods are cunts and they only like to see people suffer
>>
>>2275845
Have fun with your 1's then.
>>
>>2275854
>Says the priestess of He, the guy everyone calls the Dark fucking Lord
>>
>>2275858
I'm going to kill my self so I can find the dice lords and beat them and then come back
>>
>>2275840
>>2275843
Except for Ragga. Ragga rolled 20 for his first two rolls. Ragga is fucking unstoppable
>>
All I can say is may the dice gods be in my favor :^)
>>
>>2275860
Well thanks for telling me I joined the wrong side too late!
>>
I propose we play this like we do golf, the lower the roll, the better.
>>
>>2275864
It's ok we can defeat ragga in one way or another
>>2275868
>defenders start getting 20s
>>
>>2275820
Don't feel bad, that's a DLID tradition for most new players
>>
>>2275860
My predecessor was a great man, and I believe i've earned the name 'Ragga'.

>>2275864
Come fight me and if you put up a good fight, you may be spared.
>>
>>2275876
>spared
>ragga
>>
>>2275876
>>2275883
>spared
You sure you earned it?
>>
>>2275883
>>2275888
By no means do I mean "Free Man" when I say spared.

He will be Ragga's bitch.
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2275666
Prepare the troops to march and ready themselves for a opportunity to launch an attack from behind!
>>
>>2275891
Exactly enslave all you want as long as I get to keep my religion and RaMeen I'm happy
>>
>>2275623
Search for a place to camp to wait for reinforcements and rest while capturing the enemies for information
>>
>>2275896
Well...

If you accept to be Ragga's side bitch, you will also be spared.
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2275897
>>
>>2275898
No lewding of kinsee
>>
Where my boy Orion at, he needs to screw Hecate and then attack Xtatlak's unprotected kingdom
>>
>>2275902
Lewding is not involved in the job contract.

The 'Ragga's bitch' position is exclusively a combat, support and underling position.

The lands of the employee will technically be under Ragga's control, with most of the taxes and tithes going to him, along with the power to order people around in that territory. Aside from that and an obligation to answer the call to battle, the employee will be free to seek any personal projects they want, though they shall report them to Ragga beforehand.

If you want to be lewded, apply for the 'Ragga's hoe' position.
>>
>>2275915
I will take the first position
>>
>>2275922
So what is Kinsee's plan? Take all the civilians she can get and pull back to RaMeen?

Or are you going to become Ragga's bitch now
>>
>>2275928
Both
Trying to make RaMeen a magical place for culture and education
>>
>>2275933
So are we memeing right now or are you actually interested?

If so, I am willing to start negotiating.
>>
Also where's Lop goddamn. He taking a break? Thats perfectly fine but would be good to know
>>
>>2275942
In the woods, presumably.
>>
>>2275942
Sorry im phoneposting from work
>>2275668
Updates later tonight
>>
>>2275936
Actually interested with a bit of meming
>>
>>2275950
Later tonight? As in how many hours?

It's friday so I got all night but knowing is always nice
>>
>>2275933
>Kinsee is absolutely single-minded in her love of herself.
Seems ooc but whatever floats your boat mane
>>
>>2275952
Suddenly switching sides sounds very un-kinsee like, especially since she's gonna become a bitch

I have doubts lop would leddis happen but we shall see
>>
>>2275961
Excellent.

State your terms.
>>
>>2275956
Much later, it's a 8 hour shift so 10:30 my time
>>
>>2275961
If she is so self centered and she believes the other side will win, I see no reason why she shouldn't switch sides.
>>
>>2275964
>>2275966
Well except Simon wants the entire Temple of He torn down so it's no bueno for him

Don't expect him to cooperate with Kinsee's forces. And if Ragga offers the june child for her then he'll ruin everything that's been established in the alliance so far
>>
>>2275957
More workers=more power
>>2275964
I want to own syptia
Leave my temples alone
Rights of owning all trade in syptia
Build me more temples
Want more snakes
Snake people have equal rights as everyone else
>>2275966
Yup
>>
>>2275976
>I want to own syptia
Hold the fuck up
>>
>>2275985
My part of syptia
>>
>>2275973
Don't have any use of her except for religions means
>>2275976
Ignore the build me more temples part I can do that on my own
>>
>>2275987
Well there's only room for one ruler of Syptia, you're lucky I wasn't able to march west
>>
>>2275988
Well as long as Simon gets his child he won't fuck over Ragga or Kinsee. But don't expect Ragga-Simon relations to improve from Kinsee joining the attackers
>>
>>2275976
Problematic, since I still need my boy Simon's forces.

I can allow you everything else freely but you can only build a very restricted amount of temples, say 5 grand ones.

Any that are still there will be left alone but under close watch by Ragga's loyal guards to make sure no fuckery goes down.

If Simon wishes for them to be destroyed, he'll have to do it on his own.

The Conqueror wishes to see if his subjects are strong enough to fight and win for what they desire.

Also, June Child goes to Simon. Any attempts to touch her will result in complete fucking obliteration.

>>2275999
As for our relations, you did say you'd swear loyalty to Ragga should he help you sufficiently in rescuing the child, no?
>>
>>2275997
We have a entire desert and aswell we have been peaceful so far
>>2275999
Yeah but Kinsee-Simon releations will go up
>>2276005
I am very loyal
And just 5? Can I rebuild/ repair the ones simon attempts to take down?
>>
>>2276005
It wasn't that simple as "help me out and I'll swear fealty". Besides, the way lop wrote Ragga-Simon interactions I don't think he would even let such a thing take action

Simon and Kinsee as allies are incompatible. Can't have everything
>>
>>2276013
In time it will happen
>>
>>2276015
Noooo man Simon wants to destroy everything dark lord. Allying with his worshippers is just not something that would ever happen

You either pick Simon as a big ally or maybe even vassal someday, or you get Kinsee

that's Ragga's choice
>>
>>2276009
Like I said only room for ONE ruler
King Gaul already proclaimed Syptia as My empire, there's no changing his mind. He'll fight till the end to meet his goals!
>>
>>2276019
*as his empire
>>
>>2276016
Was going to make June child part of religion after this city siege is over
Idea was going to make dark lord bad guy and June child good so I get more followers
>>2276019
But you do have a part of syptia so that proclamation is done
>>
>>2276026
There's nothing you can say to change my mind
>>
>>2276031
But what happens if I use actions to change your mind?
>>
>>2276031
Psst hey Gaul. Kinsee sent like 20k of her men into the dark city. Her lands are vulnerable

You get where I'm going at?
>>
>>2276016
As a minor character, i'm not sure how much better you'd be than Kinsee but I trust you more.

Hmmm...

Decisions, decisions...
>>
>>2276038
Please don't encourage him.

>>2276026
Anyway, this seems quite interesting, would you be willing to go along with this, Simon?
>>
>>2276038
No it's 12k most of my forces are still in syptia
>>2276039
Kinsee is very trustworthy
>>
>>2276039
Simon has one of the biggest kingdoms and literally the biggest army out of all. Without Simon Ragga will lose - kinsee only has 20k men in the city, and she already lost some 4k temple guard. You decide how much better he is

You're my top bro right now but bros come before hoes. I ain't working with kinsee
>>
>>2276043
there all peasants
>>
>>2276037
Just maybe bit highly unlikely

>>2276038
My army marches as we speak, King Gaul sent a raiding party to capture more alchemists his main army is in Syptia
>>
>>2276048
Dragons, Trollogs, knights, dudes on lions and zealous crusaders - Simon's got them all
>>
>>2276052
From Orion
>>
>>2276053
Orion sent us 6k Thistle Goblins and a bone dragon. The white dragons are Simon's

Yar outmatched here Kinsee
>>
>>2276059
I also have dragons
>>
>>2276052
I'm just trying to take the whole fucking world over.

Why is this so goddamn difficult?

If Kinsee swears on her temple's honor to do whatever she says here>>2276026, will you work with her?
>>
>>2276061
Well I guess it's Ragga's choice in the end - Simon or Kinsee

Both have pros and cons I suppose
>>
>>2276065
Very difficult apparently
>>
>>2276065
Simon's life goal is to undo the dark lord. He won't work with Kinsee under any circumstances

This is one of those video game dilemmas
>>
What is lop's thought in this matter?
>>
>>2276069
Simon- shit tons of troops
Kinsee- troops and syptia
Also i called on my own crusaders apparently people still believe in this religion I rolled a 20 on that
>>2276074
Even if I'm making the dark lord satan and telling the followers to disrespect him and ra place him with June child?
>>
>>2276074
So you're telling me that even if the snake lady was baptised in the holy waters of your almighty lord and saviour or whatever the fuck, along with renouncing the Dark Lord in favor of the June Child, you'd still reject the idea?
>>
>>2276079
You just contradicted yourself. You summon nat 20 of fanatical dark lord worshippers and basically disassemble the Dark Temple of He at the same time lol, they're gonna turn on you
>>
>>2276093
I never thought that far ahead
It's ok they will leave us alone
>>
>>2276087
Oh if she did that then maybe not. But you guys are seriously contradicting what OP stating about Kinsee, I don't think he'll allow this

I guess we gotta wait for Lop to comment on the matter
>>
>>2276098
Kinsee is very self centred and cares about herself if she feels as if the other side is winning she would be happy to join them
>>
>>2276101
Yeah well I'm pretty tired now discussing this. Guess we'll see later
>>
>>2276107
We will
>>
>>2276107
We shall see.

I think this is the start of a wonderful friendship, yes?

>Inb4 Ragga just befriends every other leader into helping him
>>
File: 1439346917260.gif (568 KB, 200x136)
568 KB
568 KB GIF
It'll be an intresting turn of events if Kinsee does switch sides, still feels a bit all of a sudden and ooc imo
>>
>>2276125
Yeah that's what I feel as well

If I was her and I lost hope in the city I would pull back to RaMeen to stay safe and preserve power
>>
>>2276120
>tfw it works
>>2276125
I feel that kinsee would do this at one point or another
>>
>>2276134
My other option was that but when Gaul is threatening me to the east and the city has fallen to the north with hostile there it would be a 3 v 1 scnerio
>>
>>2276134
to be honest, a city of the size and scale of the Dark City's defenses should be practically impossible to penetrate, I'll be surprised if you lot win.
>>
>>2276134
It is a bit sudden but i'm not complaining.

More firepower for the both of us, plus you get to make the Church Of He disappear without having to lose manpower destroying it.
>>
>>2276142
Ragga can always revive the dead, and Simon can call upon more crusaders. Plus there's Orion who might show up from the north

It can be done
>>
>>2276151
I'm not saying it can't.

With the three of us, we could take her, easily.

Just saying it'll be quicker this way.
>>
>>2276154
There's also the matter of having an interesting story. People throwing away their convictions just to tip the balance in their favor slightly doesn't help, we have to stay true to the guys we're playing as
>>
>>2276157
True, but at this point, Ragga's character is 'Make everyone my bitch, take over the Dark City and then the known world'.

This is pretty in character for me in my opinion but if Lop doesn't allow it, then we'll just have to completely destroy her.
>>
>>2276164
save me lop
>>
>>2276180
I think Kinsee backstabbing the Dark City would make perfect sense, she can wipe out opposition and make herself richer.

Really I have a harder time thinking she would stand by the city.
>>
>>2276180

I haven't had a chance to check the thread yet. Rest assured if anyone's ever feeling outmatched or cornered, the world strives for balance and things aren't as bad as they seem.

That being said eventually there will be winners and losers, depending on your definition of winning and losing
>>
>>2276477
In my books the losers are dead, the winners are in power, and the rest are alive and free.
Of course, these definitions will vary.
>>
File: 1419054047326.jpg (58 KB, 400x400)
58 KB
58 KB JPG
>>2276477
I won't care if I'm outnumbered or in the brink of death because this is an awesome quest!
>>
>>2276692
It really is
Also a bit of speculation for the endgame threat I belive it's going to be the return of the dark lord
>>
Sorry Simon. I was on a date, I'm back to make the world a Hecate free one. I haven't read the posts yet, so.... What'd I miss?
>>
>>2276792
Dark city siege is happening
>>
File: 1494799983861.png (17 KB, 600x500)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Rolled 10 (1d20)

It's time to conquer the Roma Woods. If all the Thistle boys aren't dead have them change course to the Wood. Slaughter all fey under the protection of Hecate and surround the wood. Have the golems erect a wall around a grove to use as head of operations. We deus vult now!
>>
File: 1457566578507.jpg (536 KB, 1024x726)
536 KB
536 KB JPG
>>2275521
>>2275560
>>2275637
>>2275648
>>2275820
>>2275893

The sun sets, dipping below the walls and giving the Dark City its namesake; shadows that stretch across the entire city.

Joshri sits on an overturned battering ram outside the city. He’s cleaning his sword, his expression hardened.

“Well shakal ma smars!” A voice says.

Joshri turns and spots Podarus coming up along a muddy path with a handful of other knights.

“Hail, Podarus,” Joshri says, pausing his cleaning. “Off to battle?”

“Aye yes,” Podarus says. “The damned city has taken back the gatehouse, and we’re down to one siege ramp ever since they burned the other two,”

“Pray tell when did they burn our siege ramps?”

Podarus dismisses the notion with a wave of his hand. “A day ago maybe, right after they took the gatehouse. You could see the fires for miles, where were you?”

“Asleep most likely,” Joshri says. “I have not slept in weeks it seems,”

“And yet we’ve only been here a couple days!” Podarus says, breaking into a grin. “And what now?” The knight motions at Joshri and his sword. “You are still resting?”

Joshri stands, sheathing his sword. “No friend, just waiting for a group that I can go back into the city with,”

Podarus opens his arms wide. “Come with us Sarr Joshri, it is time you fought side by side with the Lahnams!”

Joshri jumps down from the battering ram and joins the knights. They walk off together towards the towering walls of the Dark City.

“Are we taking the ramp?” Joshri says, peering at the setting sun.

“No no,” Podarus says. “There are plenty of crusaders to take the ramp. That is what they call us by the way, crusaders, you know the word?”

“Yes,” Joshri says. He gestures fruitlessly in the air. “You know, gentry and peasants who go on a crusade,”

“Yes crusade, this is Dhami for war?”

“Hm yes, but more like, righteous war,”

“Righteous, what does that mean?”

Joshri and the other knights pass a field being used for corpses. They’re being laid out in rows and covered with clothe. Joshri heard that they were set there in case Ragga the Conqueror decided to raise them.

“I’m not sure what righteous means anymore,” Joshri says, his voice distant. He seems to snap back. “This is my first battle you know, this siege,”

Podarus and the other knights look at each other, then break into laughter.

“Ha ha!” Podarus says. “What is the words, shit on my head? This is a hell of a place to have your first battle my friend! This city, it is not like any other. Too big! Too many people! Most of them not even trying to participate in the battle! What is this, a game? We can kill these people, but not these people! These people just happen to live here. This thousand is different from this thousand!”
>>
File: 1483697111943.jpg (472 KB, 911x1224)
472 KB
472 KB JPG
>>2277612

It is Joshri’s turn to laugh. “Yes, I don’t ever think I’ll be the same again. I don’t know if I want to leave, even when the battle’s over,”

Podarus claps Joshri on the back. “You don’t have to Sarr Joshri, just make sure you make it to the end,”

“And the same to you,”

The knights approach a massive throng of people. The walls of the Dark City now rise over them like mountains. The throngs are crusaders, chanting and yelling as they push against the main gatehouse with a battering ram. Joshri unslings his shield from his back, and lowers his helm.

“ARROWS!” A voice yells.

“ARROWS!” Another voice says.

Joshri raises his shield, as do the others. The others come down like heavy rain, thudding into men and shields alike. A body collapses into Joshri, pushing him back into the mud. He hears screaming.

Joshri gets back up to see oil pouring down like sheets of water. The sticky hot substance scalds and splatters across the men holding the battering ram. They fall and writhe on the ground.

More crusaders rush forward to replace the ones who fell. They pick up the battering ram and resume their rhythmic swings.

Joshri keeps his shield up. A crack is heard, then the doors bend inwards.

“Ropes, ropes!” Voices yell. A dozen ropes with hooks on it are thrown against the gate. Some miss and bounce off. Others hook the bent gate.

“Pull! Pull with all your might!”

Joshri picks up a part of the rope himself. Hundreds of other crusaders do the same. They all heave on the ropes, again and again. A horrid, wretched sound of bending iron is heard.

“Pull! Pull now with all your might!”

The gates give, and tumble down. Joshri is sent sprawling, but quickly gets to his feet. He starts running, then another hail of arrows and oil clatters down around him. Joshri’s head shakes violently. He stumbles, then tears off his helm. An arrow protrudes from the metal. He tosses his helmet away, and charges through the gate.

Inside is chaos. There are knights, warriors, soldiers and fanatics everywhere. Joshri pushes against a sea of bodies as people cry out and the sound of metal rings around the streets. After much shoving and pushing, Joshri comes face to face with a knight holding a mace. The knight swings at Joshri, who ducks and lunges in with his sword. He catches the knight in the neck, leaving a deep, fatal hole.

The next several hours pass in a blur. Hot blood flies through the air, sticking to everything. Bodies are trampled into the cobblestone. Fires are starting, one after the other, sending smoke billowing into the air.

Eventually Joshri is pushed farther and farther by the fires. They’re everywhere now, engulfing entire neighborhoods. At an intersection, he catches sight of Podarus.

“Podarusssss!” Joshri calls. The knight spots him and runs over.
>>
File: 1511185092702.jpg (347 KB, 1920x886)
347 KB
347 KB JPG
>>2277615

“Joshri, Joshri!” Podarus says, coming up to him and clasping his shoulder. “You must help me find Brother Simon of the Sword Brothers, he is one of the leaders of our armies!”

“What’s happening!” Joshri says.

“An army from Juxulan has appeared in the south! They threaten to attack the camp!” Podarus points down the road. “You go that way, I shall go the other way!”

“Right,” Joshri says. He points to Podarus. “Stay alive, Sarr Podarus,”

“And you as well, Sarr Joshri,”

Joshri takes off. After several streets, he finally leaves the neighborhoods that are on fire. He comes out to a large plaza. It’s an intersection of sorts, with streets and buildings trailing off in all directions.

In the middle of the street are two figures; Brother Pram of the Moon Knights, and Simon Paltrov of the Sword Brothers. Around them crusaders and moon knights fight violently.

“Turn back now,” Brother Pram says, leveling his staff at Simon. “You cannot stand against us here,”

“Where is your master?” Simon says, gripping his sword. It’s clear he’s been fighting for hours. Every bit of his armor is torn and haggard.

“She is elsewhere,” Pram says. “Fear not, the fight you seek is right here,” He motions in the air, murmuring. Simon has lived long enough to be familiar with Arts, and immediately charges.

He reaches Pram, driving his sword into his shoulder. A bright light flashes, sending Simon backwards. His clothing is in flames, and crusaders rush to tear the armor off him.

A horn sounds, and Pram looks around. He grips his shoulder where he was stabbed. “That is the horn to fall back!” Pram yells. “Retreat brothers, retreat!”

Joshri watches the plaza empty of the city soldiers and knights. He jogs over to Simon. The battle brother has stripped of his armor, wearing just his tunics and mail.

“Brother Simon?” Joshri says, coming up to him.

“Hm,” Simon says, looking up from a burn on his chest.

“I bring word that an army from Juxulan has appeared from the south. We have taken the gatehouse, but much of the city near it burns.”

“The fires won’t last,” Simon says, standing. “But thank you good knight, you have done well. Juxulan will not strike at our camp, as we number too many. They will likely go around and get into the city by another means,”

Simon turns to one of his knights. “Find me Ragga, I know he’s off rampaging somewhere, find out where,”

“Sir,” The crusader says, bowing.

“What’s your name,” Simon says, turning to Joshri.

“Sir Joshri, sir,”

“Well Sir Joshri, it seems most of the city forces are retreating into the middle ring for the moment. And I need a good number of men to go back to our base at the docks.”

“You can count me in,” Joshri says.
>>
File: 2.jpg (167 KB, 540x781)
167 KB
167 KB JPG
General Isha sits heavily in a chair. She is in the map chamber of her fortress. Normally the room would be lit by candles, but as night grows deeper, the room is bathed in darkness.

General Isha still wears her armor. It is dented and smeared with blood. The general has a new scar across her stomach for the day’s battle.

A dark figure strolls into the map chamber.

“Who goes there,” General Isha says. She does not move in her seat, however.

“A friend,” The voice replies. It is a silky sweet voice. Isha recognizes it.

“Lady Evalan,” Isha says, sighing. “I’m afraid you’ve found me at a bad time,”

“Oh yes,” Evalan says, lighting a candle. She moves on to the next candle and lights it as well. The room begins to grow brighter. “I understand, but we haven’t talked in so long, I thought I might pop in and see how you’re doing. Do you remember the first time we met? You had just come to the city,” Evalan smiles as she lights another candle. “You were just a brute back then, a young, reckless girl. A wisp of a thing! It’s any wonder you could lift your sword,”

“Lady Evalan-“

“I know, I know,” The noblewoman says, finishing lighting all the candles. The room is now bathed in a warm glow. “I just like remembering. Do you remember your first ball in the Dark Lord’s citadel? Kings and legends and monsters, all dressed in the finest of clothes. And you, General Isha, in her battle armor!”

Isha can’t help but smile. Her voice softens. “Evalan you thistle bird, what are you doing here,”

“I grew tired of the inner ring,” Evalan says, sitting down across from Isha. “You know almost every kingdom in the ten lands has their king or a lord or someone important still living in this city. And they’re all cooped up in the inner ring, which mind you is still bigger than half the cities in the ten lands, but I simply can’t stand it!”

“Well you’ll have to get used to it,” General Isha says, sighing. She spies a decanter of wine and pours herself a glass, as well as Evalan. “The invaders have burned a slice of the outer ring, and they’ve taken the outer docks,”

“Oh you’ll figure it out,” Evalan says. “I’ve every confidence in Isha the unrelenting! You know after that first ball every second son and princeling wanted to wed you,”

Isha shakes her head, her smile still there. A knock sounds on the door.

“Enter,” Isha says.

A moon knight pokes his head in.

“They’re here, General,”
>>
File: 1498164610283.jpg (213 KB, 600x800)
213 KB
213 KB JPG
>>2277619

Isha stands, draining the rest of her cup. “Lady Evalan, it was kind of you to visit,”

Evalan smiles. “Come visit me in the inner ring some time Isha, the last time you were there killing the elfs you didn’t even bother calling,”

Isha laughs as she leaves the room. “Fair enough Evalan, enjoy the other kings in the inner ring,”

The general strolls down the hall, her smile fading as fast as a blown candle. She pushes through a set of double doors, entering into a chamber.

Waiting in the table is Jusdus, Aeoch’s brother Demi, as well as the High Priest Amedden.

And one other. Mala, Isha’s sister.

“Mala!” Isha says, genuine shock freezing her body.

Mala smiles and waves. “Hello sister,”

“What in the nine hells are you doing here,” Isha says, her shocking turning to cold hatred.

“I’m here on behalf of Lord Xtatlak of the Southern Juxulan Empire. Who, if I’m remembering correctly, you yourself summoned,”

“My brother is none too happy,” Jusdus says.

“Silence,” Isha says, pointing at Jusdus. “Where is your master! Where is the Eater of Whispers! This is twice now he has missed these meetings!”

“He is busy,”

“With what!” General Isha demands.

“You must have faith, general,”

“A little stressed,” Mala says. “Are we sister?”

“Enough, enough,” General Isha approaches the table where a map of the Dark City lays. “High Priest Amedden, did you manage to take back the docks?”

“I’m afraid our Temple forces were beaten back,” Amedden says, bowing his head slightly. “The Temple has retreated its forces into the temple quarter for the time being,”

“Almost all city forces have been pulled back into the middle ring,” Jusdus says. “The crusaders may have taken the outer ring, but they will find the middle…far more difficult,”

“Our situation is temporary,” General Isha says. “We are safe in the middle ring, but I do not wish to be safe. I wish to take the outer ring back, and rid the city of these invaders. Mala,” Isha looks at her sister. “Where is your army camped?”

“It is taking the long way around,” Mala says. “My lord has no desire to fight the crusaders outside the city,”

“His armies are not welcome in the city either,” Jusdus says.

“Well somebody will have to make room for us,” Mala says, shrugging. “We’re here to help you, after all,”

Isha rubs her temple as she stares at the map. “What of the Black Legion, are they still fighting in the Cabal’s quarter,”

“Indeed,” Jusdus says.
>>
>>2277622

“Mala,” Isha says. She pauses, as if still getting used to saying her sister’s name. “You may enter one of the northern gates, and take up camp in the northern outer ring. It is far away from the fighting, and will give your forces time to prepare,”

“Very well, I will go inform our general,” Mala moves around the table, pausing as she passes Isha. She leans in close to the general’s ear. “It was good seeing you again, sister,”

“Go back to the mummy, Mala,”

Mala smiles, then leaves the chamber.

“Charming sister you have,” Jusdus says.

“Listen up,” Isha says, staring back down at the map. “As soon as Juxulan’s armies enter the city and prepare, we’re retaking the outer ring. The fires make battle by the gatehouse impossible for now, but we must prepare to take the docks back before the crusaders get a better foothold. High Priest Amedden, I'll send word when we're preparing the counter-attack,"

"Of course, you can always count on us," Amedden says, bobbing his head.

"Jusdus, tell your brother I want him here next time, and prepare your own forces,"

"Very well general, I will let him know,"
>>
File: 1489956157401.jpg (460 KB, 742x994)
460 KB
460 KB JPG
>>2275634
>>2277027

Orion and Blackfur plunge through the trees. Cries and screams echo through the woods. The sound of splitting timber is heard.

The prince and his Great wolf companion come across a gulch surrounded by massive trees. Thousands of fey fill the gulch, stabbing at each other as the two sides push back and forth.

“So this is where that racket was coming from,” Orion says. “Call the others,”

Blackfur tilts back his head and lets out a long, low howl. In the distance other howls greet it. Some of the forest children hear the howl and start clambering out of the gorge.

“Stay in your hole,” Orion says, swinging his mace. It catches a forest child in the side of the head, caving it in and sending the body flying. Orion brings down the mace twice more, and two more bodies fall back into the gulch.

The trees tremble, and Orion’s thistle goblins appear in the treeline riding wargs. The Great Wolfs are behind them. Orion simply points into the gorge, and his army surges forward.

The fighting in the valley is fierce and brutal. There is little space, bodies slammed against each other and slowly ground under foot. The great wolves and thistle goblins, being mounted, make short work of the fey creatures.

After the air clears of the mist from spilt guts, Orion and his forces, as well as the allied forest children, climb out of the gorge. Orion wipes the blood and sweat from his brow, and finds Blackfur.

“Another good fight,” Orion says.

“It will never end if we stay here,” Blackfur says.
>>
File: ambattle.jpg (67 KB, 500x313)
67 KB
67 KB JPG
>>2277692

Orion spies his golems edging out of the tree line. He signals them.

“Bring up a wall!”

The golems pause, then start swaying. Trees and roots slowly sprout from the ground. Other trees quiver and fall over. Life for life, a thistle wall in exchange for the surrounding woods.

“We make camp here!” Orion says, marching into the newly erected compound. His army slowly follows.

Several hours later, Orion and his forces are well fed. The Great Wolfs ate on the corpses of the fey, and to Orion’s surprise, his allied fey did as well. All were satisfied.

“My lord!” A forest child says, running up to the prince. “A large host approaches!”

Orion stands and walks to the thistle wall. He strides up the vine stairs to the ramparts, then peers over them.

Thousands of thistle goblins follow him up, bows in hand. In the distance the sun sets, casting the forest in darkness. Silhouettes appear in the tree line, more and more.

A single shape steps forward.

“Messan prince!”

“Who speaks,” Orion calls back.

“Hecate, of the Witches Kingdom,”

“Ahh, you are the one the trees hate so,” Orion calls down. “I have come here to kill you, little witch,”

“And I, you,”

“Than shall we do away with words and commence with battle?” Orion says, beating his mace once on the wall.

“I find that agreeable,” Hecate replies.

Thousands of arrows spring forth from the woods. Orion ducks, as do the thistle goblins. The arrows imbed in the walls, some finding targets, others sailing overhead.

“Release!” Orion yells. His thistle goblins pop up and let their arrows fly.

That battle rages through the night. Hecate’s forces do not approach the walls, simply firing from the treeline. Orion’s forces fire back.

As the clouds clear and the moon shines down, the forest is bathed in light. Tens of thousands of arrows protrude from the thistle wall, as well as the trees that Hecate’s forces are in.

For now, both sides seem to rest.
>>
Rolled 12 (1d20)

>>2277612
Simon knows that with reinforcements, the defenders will have the numbers to keep them too busy to advance.

Thus he gathers all the mobile forces - mounted warriors, knights, giants and dragons even and raids Xtatlak's army as it advances, intending to bleed and exhaust it
>>
>>2275669

Lord Ruskiev sits in his tent. It is a large ten, wide and filled with furs and burners. The burners keep away the harsh winds of Sinobast, and the furs make the rugged ground bearable.

Lord Ruskiev’s armor hangs from a stand in the middle of the tent. The lord himself sits at table that has been placed on the furs. His quill scratches out numbers, figures that he shall send back to the Golden City. Trade with the Black Legion in Morhus and the witches to the south is proving prosperous for the Golden Cities. People just want stability, and bread on the table, at the end of the day.

“My lord,” A soldiers says, ducking into the tent. “The emissaries from the lords of Sinobast are here,”

“Excellent,” Ruskiev says, resting his quill in the holder. He stands, drawing his cloak about him, and leaves the tent.

Outside the wind cuts across the camp. Lord Ruskiev walks over to another tent, wide and low. He passes inside.

Four men wait on furs inside the tent. In the middle is a low burner, heating the room with small coals.

“Thank you for coming,” Lord Ruskiev says, speaking his best Sassalian. “Have you been offered drink?”

The men nod. Lord Ruskiev sits on an empty spot on the furs, and accepts a mug from a nearby servant.

“As you know,” Lord Ruskiev says. “I am lord of the Golden Cities. Who do you men represent?”

“Lord Vanosa,” The first man says. The others name lords as well.

“Here are my terms,” Lord Ruskiev says. “You have seen my camp. You have seen my army. You know that I will continue into Sinobast for as long as it takes to get what I want,”

“And what is it that you want?” One of the emissaries says.

“Commerce,” Lord Ruskiev says. “Trade routes, stable roads with which goods can travel between one town and another,”

“These are good things,” An emissary says. “You wish to do trade with our lords?”

“Indeed, though do not mistake me good sirs. That is in addition to the tax you will pay for my army’s protection of your lands,”

“Ah,” An emissary says.

“Indeed,” Ruskiev says. “Those are my terms, take them back to your lords. If I do not hear from them in a week’s time, I will visit them personally, one by one, for my answer,"
>>
File: 1440960497661.jpg (26 KB, 241x650)
26 KB
26 KB JPG
>>2275720

Allatuis stands on the deck of his ship. The sun is slowly rising over the waters, streaks of orange turning the ocean to fire. The sealord’s other three ships sail behind his.

And beyond them, a good eighty ships of varying sizes.

Allatuis has never seen such a fleet amassed and sailing as one before. There are at least two other so-called pirates kings in the flotilla, besides king Tobi. Allatuis has heard tale of at least four other pirates kings with fleets of their own.

This troubles the sealord. He resists the urge to take out his spyglass, instead turning away from watching the flotilla.

On the main deck waits his first mate Jin, as well as one of the sea people. Allatuis signals for them to follow him into his cabin.

Once inside, Jin shuts the door, and Allatuis sits slowly into his chair.

“A strange sight, this,” Jin says.

“I agree,” Allatuis says, resting his chin in one of his hands. He is deep in thought. Finally he looks up at the sea person.

“What is your name?”

“Siiia,” The sea person replies. Her voice is strange, almost a whisper.

“Siiia, have you ever heard of a wave god?”

“No more gods,” Siiia says. “All gone, all gods, land and sea,”

“Hmm yes, that’s been the general census for some time. Do you know how long I’ve been sailing Siiia?”

The sea person shakes her head. “Noo captain,”

“Since I was able to walk. My father was a bastard, sold me at a young age to a captain. But you know in all my years on the seas, and that has quite literally been all my years, I’ve never heard of a wave god either,”

“Nor I, captain,” first mate Jin says.

“I’ve lived this long going by my gut, and my gut tells me something strange is afoot,” Lord Attalius says. He stands. “For now, strength in numbers. I don’t mind being part of an eighty-ship fleet. But keep your eyes peeled. If you see a ship joining the fleet and hear the wave god is on it, I want to know,”

“Aye aye, captain,” Jin and Siiia say.

"Oh, and Jin," Allatuis says. "I've heard that a certain ship bearing a red flag with three feathers on it is sailing in this fleet. If you see that ship, flag it down. It's an old friend of mine,"

"Aye captain,"
>>
>>2275548

The sun rises, but its rays can not be seen yet in the Dark City. The walls are so high, sunlight does not reach some streets until noon.

Grand Marshal Baroque has a problem. He mulls it over as he stands on the balcony of one of the Cabal towers. His problem is below him, in the streets outside the quarter’s walls.

There are tens of thousands of people armed with staves, knives, clubs and hammers. According the Cabal spies, Tarvis has bribed some of the outer ring people to take up arms against the Cabal and Grand Marshal Baroque. Tarvis is allowing them to live inside the middle ring in exchange for fighting.

Baroque knows most of them will die. Tarvis must know this too. Grand Marshal Baroque’s legionaries, as well as his newly arrived axillaries, are making short work of them.

But the problem is they are exhausting his forces. Every time a levyman is cut down, another takes his place. They might overrun the quarter by sheer numbers alone.

Grand Marshal Baroque is not phased. He is not holed up in some castle in the wilderness. He is in a tightly packed fortress full of Arts users.

Grand Marshal Baroque leaves the balcony, intent on seeing which, if any, of the Cabal members can rain death down on his enemies.
>>
File: Carolingihan-Armour.jpg (28 KB, 260x351)
28 KB
28 KB JPG
>>2275901
>>2275897

The alchemists tremble in fear.

Eight of them decided to make the journey. The Dark City was under attack in two of the three rings. The alchemists had the misfortune of being one of the million and half souls who lived in the outer ring. They knew it was time to leave.

East seemed like a good idea. Fortilia or Tambri would do.

But the alchemists never made it that far. They’d grown up in the city, under the tutelage of the alchemy guilds. They didn’t know they weren’t supposed to wear their alchemy robes when fleeing. Or bring all their books, and other heavy objects which they’d have to lug around.

They only made it a couple miles outside the city when they were stopped by a band of patrolling crusaders.

“Well well well,” One of the soldiers says, readying his axe. “What do we have here?” Some city rats, trying to escape judgement?”

“We’ll pay you what you want!” One of the alchemists says, dropping the book he was carrying and holding up his hands. “Please!”

“Oh we’ll take everything you’ve got,” The soldiers says, smiling. “And you’ll be joining us for a game of legion stacks,”

“Legion stacks?” One of the alchemists says.

An hour later, Samd the alchemist wishes he had never asked what legion stacks was. He sits, tied up on the ground, as do the seven other alchemists. Six actually, one has died.
The crusaders are on the ground as well, playing a card game while they rest.

“I bet a finger,” A crusader says.

“I bet an ear,” Another soldier says.

A third soldier stares at his cards, then finally nods. “An eye,”

The crusaders laugh.

“Pretty confident, eh Brutus?” one of them says.

“Alright lads, show your cards,”

The soldiers do, and stare at each others cards.

“Dammit it all to hell!” A crusader says, throwing his cards on the ground. The others laugh.

“Alright Tangis, you bet a finger!”

“Yeah yeah,” Tangis says, grabbing Samd the Alchemist’s hand. He raises his knife and cuts off Samd’s thumb. Samd screams, but it’s muted by the cloth stuffed in his mouth.

“Shit Tangis,” One of the soldiers says. “You keep losing card hands like that, and your guy is going to look like Brutus’s!”

The alchemists Brutus has tied up is missing one of his ears, and the fingers on his left hand.

“Ain’t nobody as shit at cards as Brutus,” Tangis says.

“Beat you that hand I did,” Brutus says grinning.

“Welp,” Tangis says, standing up. “I’m going to go take a piss,”
>>
>>2277807

He turns around, and his tackled by a fangbeast. The other crusaders yell, but more fangbeasts tear into the clearing. Orckin riders kill the twenty crusaders quickly, loping off heads and trampling bodies.

Samd and the other six alchemists cower on the ground. Samd looks up.

“Oh thank the heavens,” He says, looking around. “We’ve been saved by,” He looks up at one of the riders. “Oh mercy Dark One mercy, it’s orkcin!”

The other alchemists shake in fear. Captain Bulduj dismounts his fangbeast and stoops down near the cowering alchemists. He straightens back up.

“They were playing legion stacks!” He says, laughing. The other orckin laugh as well. Bulduj stops laughing and leans back down. “You lot know how to make orckin?”

“Its-its-its what we were tr-trained to do,” Samd says.

Bulduj claps the alchemists on the back. “Congrats boys! Not only are you saved, but if you serve the king well, you’ll be treated far better in the city of Bandeer!”

“K-king?”

“That’s right,” Bulduj says. “King,”
>>
File: 1470048296285.jpg (465 KB, 1280x835)
465 KB
465 KB JPG
I think I got everyone, but let me know if I missed anyone.

We'll be resuming tomorrow after I get some sleep. I know some players were discussing complicated plans, I'll allow whatever, because as I've mentioned the world tends to balance itself out. If you agree with another player to do something just indicate it when you roll your action. I mean nothing too crazy, but you get what I'm saying.
>>
>>2277814
I don't think Aoech's nat 1 assault on the port was adressed
>>
>>2277828

I meant to include a line in the first three posts where Jusdus mentions it failed. Very much so obviously. At the moment I'll just leave it as knowledge everyone already knew
>>
Rolled 10 (1d20)

>>2277814
I only got a cameo.

Feels bad man.

Anyway, Ragga sends his undead, ALL of his undead along with the two headed giants to advance on the second wall and swamp down the defenders so that they may be slowed down.

In the meanwhile, he, his North Tribe Warriors and his Naus Mounted Warriors support Simon, more to satisfy their collective urge to loot, pillage and destroy while also helping in the war effort.

Also, do I get the doggo I wanted in >>2275585?
>>
>>2277716
>>2277964
S-Simon...

Our rolls, they're...

LOWERING!
>>
>>2277966
No! We are masters of the dice!

DICE GODS I CALL UPON THEE, DAMN THE DEFENDERS WITH NAT 1's
>>
>>2277970
I SHALL PERFORM ANY SACRIFICE NECESSARY TO GRANT US OUR LUCK ONCE AGAIN!

COME, BLESS US AND I SHALL DO ALL YOU ASK!
>>
File: Ice.jpg (1.06 MB, 1382x576)
1.06 MB
1.06 MB JPG
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2277779
Barouqe would gather the Cabal members, Black Legion Sorcerors and Shamans of Rhata Ghast. He wanted ice, he wanted death, he wanted a blizzard that would freeze the very bones of these levies. The cold was his home now and he wanted the whole city to feel it
>>
>>2277734
Start making plans for a more organized army, something which can be called a standing army. Also, contact Sept'arga about possible trade deals.
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2278122
Forgot to roll.
>>
Rolled 7 (1d20)

>>2277622
Kinsee gets a great idea and starts going on a recruiting spree getting more manpower buying beasts and attempting to get some skillful commanders to help out
and place them in RaMeen if they were not already their
>>2277985
Not a roll under 2 I'm surprised
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2277814
When we are ready to counter attack then unleash Kol, show that our armies are to be feared, and irritate Aoech and the rest of the leaders with Xtatlak's presence. I mean sway the june child again
>>
Rolled 15 (1d20)

>>2277809
If anything start marching West I guess unless we can continue the raid, ask the ones we capture where to find more unless they want to continue the game
>>
Rolled 12 (1d20)

>>2277758
I can wait, at least until the battle, to see this "Wave god", whatever he is. If he can give me power, I may hear him out.
In the meantime, I will bide my time. Keep looking for my old friend, keep looking for more information on this god.
And during the battle, perhaps all of these upstart pirate "kings" will find my rapier through their neck, or perhaps find themselves pushed off a battlement, or even drowned! A battlefield is a dangerous place...
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2277702
Have the Lycanthropes Ambush supply routes of the witch in the dead of night. While Fenwald plants trees in the Oasis that bear fruit to feed our armies. If anything this will replenish the dead trees we used for the wall. This will turn into a war of attrition, and I aim to win.
>>
>>2278259
Well, at least it wasn't me this time.
>>
>>2278267
Who is next?
>>
>>2278270
Probably me. Again.
>>
Rolled 7 (1d20)

>>2278298
Allow me to clear the next roll for you
>>
>>2278307
Much appreciated, friend.
>>
>>2278319
Your welcome
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

>>2277612
Aeoch is frustrated by the failure of his troops to remove enemies so close to his doorstep. He will order his troops to mass along the edge of the middle wall and pour forth when his allies do so in an attempt to take the outer layer of the city back. His tricks will have to be saved for the future. Strength of arms will carry them though this day
>>
>>2278459
Bah, at this rate we'll win just by holding out from counter-attacks. And we're supposed to be the attackers
>>
>>2278477
Agreed, if they just stayed behind the walls and let you guys throw yourselves at them, they'd win.
>>
>>2278485
But they did not do that, not to mention Kinsee probably, maybe, sorta, kinda thinking about joining us.
>>
I currently have the highest roll between those who are participating in the siege
>>
Think we're just waiting on Isha/Hecate and then I'll start updating
>>
Maybe Allatius could pick up Isha in addition? Allatius seems very insignificant right now, and this is the biggest happening so far

Hecate can be on autopilot maybe
>>
>>2278506

If Isha/Hecate player disappears that's totally fine, but I do want to give them some time to answer bc they've been playing since the inception of this quest
>>
File: CtTTXtGUsAAWYp9.jpg (90 KB, 577x1024)
90 KB
90 KB JPG
>>2278521
Leave them. More chance for me to gain what's rightfully mine.
>>
>>2278497
Yeah what about that? We still going to do that or what?
Religoues reforms happening next turn to make simon happy
>>
>>2278535
Let's fucking do it.

>>2278502
Can we do that this turn or next one?
>>
>>2278539
Also what happens when you take over the world? You going to create a centralized goverment? If so I call being minister of civilian affairs
>>
>>2278546
Uh, basically...

Probably gonna involve a lot of fuckery tho.

Ragga ain't down with gay 'Peace' shit, ya feel?
>>
>>2278535
Nah actually don't bother

Simon will cooperate with Kinsee the way she is right now but after he has the June Child he's leaving for Bal, and he also gets Umbar and Hanna from Ragga

These r my terms they sound good?
>>
>>2278551
Uh, did we agree to this before?

Pretty sure giving you my territories wasn't in the job description.
>>
>>2278539

Ive already got your action rolls for this turn, just so I'm not scrolling all over the thread while I write result posts, let's save your plans for the next roll
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2277702
Hecate
Bring down the wall with magic
>>
>>2278555
I simply offered you another offer that will get rid of all the headaches of having Simon and Kinsee cooperate, at the cost of your most faraway lands

But if you don't like the terms well then
>>
Rolled 12 (1d20)

>>2277625
Isha
Get ready to push into the forces in the outer ring and leave a sizeable defensive force behind.
>>
>>2278565
I shall take the headaches.

Ragga will be the parent that wrangles you two fucks into working together if he has to.
>>
>>2278575
That's going to be hard
>>
>>2278599
It has to be done, and thus, I will do it.
>>
>>2278606
When I create this new reformed religion do I get the privlage of creating more temples?
>>
>>2278606
>>2278608
If you force Simon to do stuff like this the only thing you'll force him to do is abandon your cause

He's not trusting Kinsee in any way. Nuh-uh. dats final
>>
Now that isha/hecates posted gimme about an hour to draft up responses based on rolls
>>
>>2278610
>>2278608
I don't need trust, I need teamwork.

As long as you don't mutually try to murder me, then do whatever.

As for the temples, yeah sure.
>>
>>2278628
Why would I ever betray you?
>>
>>2278630
Just setting some boundaries, yeah?
>>
>>2278640
Yeah
>>2278614
Can I build some ships and attempt to find unexplored lands?
>>
To be completely honest, holding the Dark City is economically inefficient. Sure, it probably has a great weapon and slave industry but the cost to actually uphold this industry requires constant conquest which will eventually stop when there's nothing left to conquer. So, you crusaders should destroy the whole city.
>>
>>2278658

The Dark City works wonderfully when all Ten Lands are supplying you with food, people and skilled labor. Which they were under the Dark Lord. Now though, the only possible way to keep it running is either miracle management by a genius or maybe the June Child. Or someone reasserting the Dark Empire over the Ten Lands.
>>
I have a very cunning plan in mind. Something after the siege, that is

It should fix all my problems and set up me up for the future
>>
>>2278667
I am slightly worried about these plans, considering my position.
>>
>>2278667
What abo the dark city?
>>
>>2278672
*about
The people to be precise
>>
>>2278669
>>2278672
Simon doesn't care about the dark city, actually. He'll let Ragga have it. Simon will keep his end of the bargain, after all

Ragga should be careful not to piss of Simon with the whole Kinsee thing though
>>
>>2278679
Goddamnit dude, the woman said she'll become a nice christian housewife or whatever the fuck, what more do you want from me?
>>
>>2278684
We've been over this already... she's some devious serpent thing.

What you should consider is that Kinsee isn't in the dark city herself. You could just kill all her men in here and be like "oops" when you meet her in RaMeen, ally her then
>>
>>2278688
No don't do that I actually like my men
>>2278684
>christan
Now that's a pretty good idea
>>
>>2278688
My nigga, I get that she's a horrible monster and all but what the fuck do you think Ragga is?

Everything is being taken into account.

This time, unlike with your thing, she will have to swear loyalty.

By herself.
>>
>>2278706
I shall do it
And what is raga exactly?
>>
>>2278706
Man Ragga I grow tired of us debating this. Lets just focus on rolling over these defending mofos, its what we do best

What comes tomorrow comes tomorrow, today we rolling high
>>
>>2278506
I'm insignificant right now, yes. But if my plan goes correctly I'll soon have at least 80 warships under my command. Assuming that these are the average size of a typical ship-of-the-line, each of those could have up to 300-400 men crewing it. That totals out to be at least 24000 men. This is without taking into account the "wave god"'s role in things, of course. I feel fairly certain that I will have a fairly large part to play, if not during this event, certainly in whatever follows.
>>
>>2278709
Asshole Demigod who beats people's asses because fuck you, that's why.

>>2278717
Well, they're starting to catch up to us in rolls, but I believe we can do this easily.

HURRAH!
>>
>>2278721
If you get all these ships and men considering signing up with Simon. He holds the docks and the attackers could use a new ally themselves. Also Orion is with us too.

Not to mention that you could loot the city as much as you want on the attackers side
>>
>>2278751
I've already got sort of a privateer contract arranged with Orion iirc, so it would be in my interests to help him out. And the Dark City does probably have some sweet-ass loot, as well.
But there is the chance that I'll fail and get banished to the abyss by an ocean god, or get killed by the pirate kings, or something else. So we'll have to wait and see.
>>
>>2278755
Kek, well, you're welcome to join in.

Ragga's always willing to get more people in the raids.
>>
>>2278755
Or go lone wolf like me
>>
>>2277716
>>2277964
>>2278172
>>2278459
>>2278571
>>2277985

Joshri of Imil-Sudur sways in his saddle as his horse climbs over a mound of dirt. The knight from the Kingdom of Dhami spurs the animal lightly, wishing to catch up with the other two.

The other two are Ragga the Conqueror, and Simon Paltrov. The two men are also on horseback, and behind them, are six-thousand knights and Naus riders.

The army is trailing along the Breveka country-side, outside the Dark City. In the distance is the massive Juxulan host, headed for one of the northern gates.

Joshri catches up to Ragga and Simon, and settles into a pace beside them.

“What is that,” Simon says, his face unreadable.

“What,” Ragga says, doing a slow pan of the countryside.

“That,” Simon says, pointing at a beast trotting besides Ragga’s horse.

“That is my war dog, Scubae!” Ragga says proudly. “I found him in a pit in the city, and released him so that he may run by my side!”

“That is not a dog,” Simon says simply. “That is a warg, or possibly a dire hyena,”

“I know not these words,” Ragga says. “But I know that Scubae shall make a fine dog companion. Scubae, fetch!”

Ragga rustles a severed arm from his pack and tosses it across the field. The creature Scubae takes off after it, snarling and letting out unnatural howls.

“Good Gods man,” Simon says. “Is that what that smell was? A damned severed arm?”

“Scubae eats not but limbs from my fallen foes,” Ragga says, shrugging. “He is a good dog,”

Joshri stares ahead, then points. “My lord Simon, Lord Ragga,”

The mounted crusaders have just crested another hill, and are now in range of the Juxulans.

“Form up!” Simon says, drawing his sword. “Form up!”
>>
>>2278800

Mala’s horse snorts as it carries her along the soggy earth. Each hoof leaves a sizeable print in the mud.

Behind Mala are twelve ornate carts, with a coffin chained on each one. As well as an army 20,000 strong, some on beasts, others marching in columns.

Two children run past Mala. They speed with which they’re moving should be impossible, but they shoot by none the less.

“Loxtl, Ama!” Mala calls. “Quit your play and come hither!”

The two agents of Xtatlak stop moving, then bound over to Mala and her horse. It only takes them three leaps.

“Mala!” Loxtl says, grinning.

“Mala,” Ama says, bowing.

“Tell me what you’re doing running around out here, instead of working inside the city,”

“We needed fresh air,” Ama says.

“The city stinks!” Loxtl says.

“Be that as it may,” Mala says, leaning down in her saddle towards the children. “I want a nice cozy bed when I get in the city, and I only get that if you two do your jobs,”

“Have no worries lady Mala!” Loxtl says. “We will find you this bed!”

Ama points at the distance. “Lady Mala,”

Mala turns in her saddle. In the rear of the army, where the Juxulan warriors march, charges a large host of riders.

“Shit,” Mala says, turning her horse and spurring it onward. “Koah!”

The creature slithers out from where it was resting under Mala’s hood. It stands on her shoulder.

“What is it wild one,” Koah says, its voice oddly deep for its small form.

“Go kill for me,” Mala says, pointing at the riders. Koah leaps off her shoulders and grows ten times his size. “Riders of Juxulan!” Mala yells. “With me!”

Five thousand riders break away from the column, turning widely to join Mala as she races her horse to the back of the army.

Koah slithers through the air gleefully.

“Come, come little knights!” Koah says. “Come to my mouth!”

Koah is tackled sideways out of the air by two white dragons. The three creatures tumble and tangle in the air, the dragons trying to overpower Koah, and Koah trying to grasp their necks with his mouth.

Mala and the other Juxulan riders raises their weapons. The crusaders are nearing the column, but at a command from one of them, the crusaders change course, headed for Mala and the other Juxulan riders.

Mala gulps.

She has never, in all her years of travel, heard tale of a battle where two large columns of riders charge into each other. The two sides near each other. The riders get closer. Closer.

“Fuck this,” Mala says. She stands on her saddle and leaps with all her might.

The two sides crash into each other. Horses scream. Men go flying. Weapons splinter and flip through the air.

Mala is caught in the air by Koah. He slings by the ground and drops her, before being tackled again by the two white dragons.

Mala grips her sword and looks at the carnage. The riders that weren’t killed by the impact of the charges are now fighting viciously
>>
File: tibetmastiff.png (640 KB, 500x390)
640 KB
640 KB PNG
>>2278803

“Rider!” Mala says, waving. A juxulan rider turns his head towards her. “Ride back to the army and tell them to get into the city! We’ll hold them off here!”

The rider nods, taking off towards the rest of Xtatlak’s army. Mala charges towards the fray. A crusader knight turns towards her. She leaps on his horse, stabbing him and ripping him from the saddle. She takes the horse and rides into the fray.
>>
File: 1457566217455.png (654 KB, 611x806)
654 KB
654 KB PNG
>>2278806

General Isha stands on a balcony in her fortress, surveying the city. Her eyes are trained on the southwest gate where the crusaders first entered. At the moment, thousand of her and Aeoch’s soldiers are pushing through the burned wreckage of that part of the city. They will have the gatehouse by nightfall.

The docks are a different matter. The crusaders have worked hard to secure the docks and their pontoon bridges, and it’s threatening to turn into a viable highway for the crusaders to move in and out of the city.

“General,” A voice says. Isha turns and spots one of her moon knights. “One of Aeoch’s servants is here,”

“I know which one,” General Isha murmurs. “He may enter.”

Jusdus walks through the room and comes out to the balcony.

“General,” He says.

“Jusdus. I am beginning to think you have killed your brother and replaced him,”

“Though that would be amusing, I am confident in saying that is not so,”

“Xtatlak’s forces have entered the city,” Isha says. “Our forces are retaking the gatehouse.”

“But the crusaders still have the docks, yes,”

“They’re building more pontoon bridges,” Isha says. “Every day they construct more means to overcome the water,”

“In time General, we will deal with the docks in time,” Jusdus says. “It is a large city. There are two sieges going on after all,”

General Isha is about to answer, then feels cold spots on her face. She puts a hand to her cheek, then takes it away.

“Is this, snow?” Isha says, furrowing her brow.

Jusdus and Isha look up in the sky. Heavy snow begins to fall. The winds pick up.

“What in the nine hells?” Isha says.
>>
File: 1438926165784.jpg (171 KB, 900x1273)
171 KB
171 KB JPG
>>2278808

Grand Master Baroque surveys the streets outside the Cabal’s quarter. His legionaries, as well as the Cabal’s mercenary soldiers, stand in groups around him. The neighborhoods are blanketed in snow.

All along the streets are bodies. Frozen bodies. Corpses. Grand Marshal Baroque again has to resist the urge to smile.

“How many do you imagine are here,” Baroque says to his standard bearer.

“Not accounting for the city levies, I’d say two thousand frozen, and six thousand killed in the subsequent fighting.”

“You’re running out of soldiers Tarvis,” Baroque says, more to himself than anyone. “I know you, you’re getting desperate. You’re about to make poor choices,” Baroque turns away, bringing his cloak in about him. “Let us see if you manage to hurt more than just yourself when you make them,”
>>
brief break then I'll resume with the rest of the characters
>>
Rolled 6 (1d20)

The attackers can always supply from Bal, by land or by ship. It matters not. As for the defenders...

Simon sends his dragons alongside knights to burn and raze all the fertile fields owned by the enemy, as long as caravans and foraging parties.

With lands being burnt and no ships to aid starvation should tip the balance in the attackers' favor
>>
>>2278825
Fuck Ragga, at least you get a good roll advancing further into the city
>>
Rolled 5 (1d20)

>>2278811
Tarvis was a coward, he would not lead his men in battle, he would cower in the Black Towers waiting for death like a dog.

In this campaign the Yeti Clans of Rata Ghast had proved invaluable, they massive muscle and claws allowing them to scale walls with ease and rip apart sentries with one swipe. He would task a group of their most brutal warriors to steal across the city and rip Tarvis from his tower. The Grand Marshal would tell them of all the secret passages of the Black Legion and the Cabal would cast their most powerful concealing spells on the Yetis. The Traitor legion patrols would be stretched thin and now was the time to strike.
>>
>>2278833
Gosh darn it, every clever plan I make I get shit rolls
>>
>>2278837
Then make shit plans
>>
Rolled 5 (1d20)

>>2278800
Lop, you cannot imagine how happy I am that an entire post was almost completely dedicated to my doggo.

Anyway, now we push further into the city taking a little less time to loot and raid in favor of moving forward with speed , doing a couple hits to the second wall to lower the enemy's morale and damage them.

Ragga also secretely asks around for an audience with Kinsee, the Dark Lord's high priestess.
>>
>>2278849
Simon.

Why?
>>
Kek, the dice gods have moved on from bullying me to bullying the others.
It shouldn't be this satisfying to watch.
>>
>>2278563
>>2278259

“Open the gates, open the gates!” The thistles goblins yell.

The strange wooden walls open slightly, letting in a single rider. He comes to a stop in the middle of the wood wall fortress.

“Fenwald!” Orion says, approaching him with Blackfur in tow. “How goes the siege?”

“The blood queen leads our forces well,” Fenwald says, dismounting with the help of one of the forest children. “We have not made much progress beyond the outer ring, but the battle has only lasted a week,” Fenwald brushes at his robes and straightens up. “How are things here my prince?”

“Well enough,” Orion says. He walks towards the wall, with Fenwald following. They climb up to the ramparts.

The outside of the wall is bristling with arrows. Orion points to the treeline at the edge of the clearing. “There is where the enemy hides,” Orion says, gesturing at the treeline. “They have done naught but fire arrows at us,”

“Strange,” Fenwald says. “Why have they not assaulted the fortification yet?”

“It matters not to me,” Orion says. “Each of my thistle goblins can craft ten arrows in the span of a half day. We will not run out of things to release their way,”

“No,” Fenwald says, rubbing his chin. “Something strange is afoot. The witch is waiting for something,”

“Re-enforcements,” Orion says. It’s his turn to go deep into thought. “They’ll outnumber us eventually,”

“No,” Fenwald says, suddenly looking up. “She’s not waiting for more soldiers. She’s waiting for her witches!”

No sooner have the words left Fenwald’s mouth then the wall erupts into flames. Thistle goblins screech and fall off, while the fey and soldiers on the ground start to run around in confusion.

Orion grabs Fenwald and leaps off the walls, landing easily on the ground below. He sets down Fenwald.

“Grab me my horse!” Orion says. It’s brought to him, and he climbs on top. “With riders and wolf brothers! We kill witches this morning!”

The wolves howl, the men cheer. The soldiers pour out of the fortress.

Hecate’s forces rush to meet them. They spill out from the treeline, waving spears, pikes and shields. The two sides meet, soldiers screaming in pain and fury.

More sheets of fire fall from the sky. They land on the earth, skipping around as if alive. Thistle goblins burns and great wolves howl as their fur is singed.

“My prince!” Fendwald yells from his horse. “We must retreat! Their arts are too powerful!”

“Bah,” Orion says, reigning in his horse. “Very well, we will retreat to the city of the Lydda court, and regroup there,” Orion signals to a Great Wolf, who howls into the air. Orion’s army breaks off from the fighting, retreating deep into the woods.
>>
>>2278860
A few bad rolls won't end us. We will see to the end of this, Ragga
>>
>>2278872
Actually, maybe Orion's roll could salvage this round. He has troops and advisors here, after all
>>
>>2278872
Nothing is going to fucking stop us.

Nothing.

Just saying that it's getting a little frustrating to see our luck turn around so suddenly.
>>
>>2278878
The dice gods always enjoy seeing people suffer
>>
>>2278884
True.

So, we cool?
>>
It will be interesting to see what happens when the horde of pirates arrives. If I haven't bumped off the leaders and taken control before then, it's possible there will be an entirely new faction, which fights both sides. As if this wasn't enough of a clusterfuck already.
>>
>>2278886
Yeah
>>2278887
Why don't you take some of your ships and colonize a new land?
>>
Rolled 18 (1d20)

>>2278868
I'll focus most of my troops to bring vengeance for the Wood Father.
Pull back all forces from the city and have them come to me! We March for the witch!
>>
>>2278901
You really don't like that witch
>>
>>2278897
That would be interesting, I've always had an imperialist side. After this whole siege business is over, that may well be what I do.
>>
>>2278901
Aw shit Orion with the save!! Some of his luck should rub off on us. His borrowed bone dragon helps out torching the fields maybe?
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2278800
Prepare to defend the city and send Loxtl and Ama to destroy their food supplies before going back into the city
>>
>>2278910
While his rolls are great, i'm slightly concerned in the fact that he's taking his troops away from us to do his own thing.

I trust him, it'll all be fine.

More importantly, what do you think of my doggo?
>>
File: 1465863658884.jpg (497 KB, 1029x1280)
497 KB
497 KB JPG
>>2278124

Lord Ruskiev sits in his chambers back in castle in the Kingdom of Drolga. He is surrounded by advisors and commanders. Scrolls, parchment and maps cover every surface. Scribes are hastily scribbling down whatever the advisors and commanders tell them too.

“My lord,” A man says, coming in. “The representative from the Black Legion is here,”

“Ah yes,” Lord Ruskiev says, gesturing in the air with his quill. “Send him in.”

“Lord Ruskiev of Drolga and the Golden Cities,” The legion emissary says, bowing. “I thank you for your summons. As I serve the Grand Marshal Baroque, I will do my best to serve you,”

“Yes thank you, please come forward and have a seat,” The man does so, sitting across from Ruskiev’s desk. “The reason I wrote your Grand Marshal and asked for you, is I wish to undertake a task,”

“A task?”

“Indeed,” Lord Ruskiev says. “Do you know why Drolga has done so well in these times, where others have not?”

“Please enlighten me, good Lord Ruskiev,”

“Before the Dark Lord, Tambri and Fortilia grew wealthy by lending coin to whoever needed it. After the Dark Lord, Southern Bal, North Romaes, Messa, all have kingdoms that grew richer beyond imagination through slavery,” Lord Ruskiev rests his quill in its holder and crosses his fingers. “But Tambri and Fortilia were conquered, their lent money never returned. And there is no more demand for slaves now that the Dark Lord is gone. So what is left to make men wealthy?”

The legion emissary leans forward. “What my lord?”

“Simple trade,” Lord Ruskiev says, leaning back in his seat. “The Dark Empire’s ongoing collapse has soured the land. I offer the simple things of ages past; trade and stability. And now Drolga is the one who is growing wealthy.” Lord Ruskiev clears his throat. “As such, I have decided to continue securing our future. I grew of age in the so-called “golden times” of the Dark Empire. I witnessed firsthand the Black Legion. It excelled in squashing dissent and rebellion. I have no need for brutes, only a standing army. Will you teach me the ways of the Black Legion, so that I may build an army of my own?”

The emissary thinks for a bit. “It is difficult my lord, the Black Legion struggles even now to sustain itself. You will not to change many things,”

Lord Ruskiev nods to his commanders and scribes, then turns back to the emissary. “Please, explain further,”
>>
>>2278920
Good doggo
Kinda want to get a snake for kinsee
>>
>>2278920
Scubae Scubae Coo, where art thou. We got some killing to do now

You know we got a city to siege so Scubae-Coo, be on your act. dont hold back
>>
>>2278937
Wut I meant Doo why is there a C
>>
>>2278927
Well, ask Santa-I mean Lop and i'm sure he'll grant it to you!

But man, this is fucking crazy. I particularly love how our relationship started by you offering an alliance to my predecessor, where he ignored you and thus made you salty enough to send a magic middle finger at him.
>>
>>2273387

Do you got an archive?
>>
>>2278905
All in the name of the spirits! This all would have been dandy if the witch didn't 'Accidentally' kill the Wood Father.
I just wanted a trade empire full of citrus and spices.
>>
>>2278953
Alas the archives were a fail for some reason, something to do with images. Or maybe we just forgot to archive

The first two threads werent easy to read if youre new I found though. We can answer any questions you have
>>
>>2278953
>>2278963
seconded
>>
>>2278963
Trade is fucking cool
>>
>>2278958
Peace is wonderful
>>2278942
Was do you mean?
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

>>2278924
Listen what the man has to say and start the army reforms. We will have a proper army.
>>
>>2278976
Back in the first thread, Kinsee tried to talk with Ragga and was promptly ignored. She then sent a magical middle finger to him out of pure salt.
>>
>>2278177

Captain Bulduj leans in his saddle. More fangbeast riders from Sypia joined their army last night, bringing his numbers to three thousand mounted orckin. He spent the night questioning the alchemists and plotting his next more.

He sent fifty riders back with the alchemists to Syptia. From what he learned, the majority of alchemists have been claimed, captured or hired by every faction imaginable in the Dark City. There are plenty of apprentices however as well in the city, those who’s education ended after the Dark Lord’s disappearance. They have been snatched up as well, though many of them remain in the outer ring.

Captain Bulduj spurs his fangbeast forward, and the other Orckin do as well. They head for the southeast gate.

The orckin captain can see across the bay of the Dark City. On the other side, the crusaders’ camp stretches far into the horizon. Strange wooden contraption stretch across the water, leading inside the first ring of the Dark City.

After some time crossing the south Brevekan plains, the Orckin come to the east gate. There are two soldiers at the massive gate and towering gatehouse built into the wall. Captain Bulduj comes to a stop outside the gate and looks up. He can see thousands more soldiers peering over the walls above.

“Halt,” A skinny man with a reedy voice says. He sticks his spear in the dirt. “Be you crusaders? There shall be no crusaders allowed into this gatehouse,”

“I am an orckin,” Captain Bulduj says, sniffing and wiping at his nose.

“And?”

“Orckin are not crusaders,”

The thin man leans over to his companion. “Do the crusaders have any orckin?”

His companion shakes his head. “I don’t think so,”

The thin man straightens back up. “Well if you’re not crusaders, who are you?”

“Orckin serving under the command of King Gaul,” Captain Bulduj growls. “We’re here to capture alchemists,”

“Hmph,” The thin guard says, looking over the nearly three thousand riders. “Well this particular gate is jointly owned by the Metal-Workers Guild and Buree Lending House. The toll is forty canares for persons entering the gate, but because you are on animals it’s going to be eighty canares.” The guard looks at the gathering of orckin. “That’s per person, by the way,”

“There’s a siege going on,” Captain Bulduj says. “And you’re going to let us in with a toll?”

“The siege is happening on the west side of the city,” The guard says, looking confused. “That has nothing to do with us,”

Captain Bulduj stares at the guard, then without breaking eye contact motions at one of his orckin. The orckin steers his mount beside Bulduj, and hands him a bag of gold. Bulduj tosses the bag to the guard.

“Keep the change,”

The guard looks in the bag, smiles, and waves excitedly at the men on top of the wall. The gate slowly opens.

“Welcome to the Dark City boys,” The guard says. “Happy hunting!”
>>
>>2278991
Wonderful
My predecessor was very good
>>
>>2278993
I should mention the walls of the Dark City are tall, very tall, but not nearly as tall as that picture implies. The picture here>>2273410
is the best representation of the city.

>>2278953
I wish, you can gather a bit about the world from the intro posts and character bios, as well as my twitter if you really like back-lore. But the archived threads got pruned for being glorified image dumps
>>
>>2279002
Is that minis ithil?
>>
>>2278993
Ayyyyyy, welcome to the siege, pal!

>>2279000
Seems both of our predecessors were quite the characters, and I believe we've become equal to them in greatness as well.
>>
>>2279011
No, or at least I don't think so. Looks more like Minas Tirith to me, mostly because of the green fields and stuff.
>>
I wonder if I can properly organize my soldiers. Having a organized late medieval army with a slavic theme would be pretty fucking cool.
>>
>>2279020
Minis tirith? I have not seen this name before please enlighten me
>>2279014
We have become better then them
>>
>>2279044
Minas Tirith, capital of Gondor. you know, battle of pellenor fields? King Theoden's charge?
>>
>>2279044
Minas Anor? It's from the Lord of the Rings, the same franchise from which Minas Ithil is from, so I sort of assumed you'd know what it was. Sorry.
>>
File: 1515259207425.jpg (645 KB, 1500x1587)
645 KB
645 KB JPG
>>2278145

The High Priestess Kinsee reclines on a cushioned bench. Nearby servants fan her with oversized fans, keeping the harsh RaMeen heat at bay.

“High Priestess,” A temple priest says, entering the large and open-air chamber. “The Ivory Lord has arrived,”

Kinsee rises from the bench and allows a servant to throw a silk gown over her shoulders. Another affixes her headdress of office, and she steps lightly across the floor.

Outside the chamber is a walled garden with fountains and greenery. Standing in the middle of the garden is the Ivory Lord, wearing his falcon helm.

“Welcome Ivory Lord Sabbodon,” Kinsee says, offering her hand as she approaches. The Ivory Lord accepts it, raising his helm to kiss it. Kinsee hooks her arm in his, and the two walk along the garden.

“How goes the war in the north,” The Ivory Lord says.

“Well enough,” Kinsees says. “I have yet to make up my mind on which side I support. For now, the Temple guard remain in the Temple quarter,”

“Will the invaders take it?”

“The city, or the quarter?” Kinsee says. She stops by a large, leafy tree, and clicks her tongue. A serpent the size of five-grown men unfurls from one of the branches. Kinsee clicks again, and the serpent drapes itself around her shoulders. “Possibly the city,” Kinsee says, itching the snakes chin. “But the Temple quarter will not fall. Not without the blood of forty-thousand men,” Kinsee untangles the snake from her shoulders. Her feet turn into that of a snake’s tail, and she rises into the tree to set the snake back on a branch. She lowers back down and her feet return to normal. “How goes things in your lands?” Kinsee says, rehooking her arm into the Ivory Lord’s.

“Good, we prosper as RaMeen grows,”

“And it shall continue to grow,” Kinsee says. “Even now I bring learned men into the city, though it will soon grow impossible if I do not look to the east,”

The Ivory Lord stops, unhooking his arm and turning to Kinses. “And my offer? Has the High Priestess decided whether she wishes to unite our kingdoms through more than just an alliance?”

Kinsee smiles, turning away from the Ivory Lord. “I have much work to do Lord Sabbodon, keep such princeling fantasies to yourself for the time being,”

The High Priestess Kinsee takes leave of the Ivory Lord, returning to her chamber.

“High Priestess,” a servant says, coming to her. “It is as you say, the learned and wise men can be found in the east. Those of the Dark City are difficult to get a hold of,”

“Hm, very well then,” Kinsee says, laying back down on her cushioned bench. “We shall look to the east then,”
>>
>>2279044
I truly believe we have.

Now, do your post and let's get the negotiations underway between the two of us.
>>
File: 1440999738020.jpg (339 KB, 1600x790)
339 KB
339 KB JPG
>>2278249

Sealord Allatuis is roused from his slumber by his first mate Jin.

“Sorry to bother you captain,” Jin says. “But that ship with the red flag and three feathers has sided up next to us, and is requesting to come aboard,”

Allatuis gets up, throwing on his coat and affixing his hat. “Good, show them into my cabin,”

A few moments later, the doors open and a woman steps inside. She’s wrapped in cloth and bandages to the point that she is undiscernible as a woman. Allatuis only knows from shared history.

“Captain Visys,” Allatuis says, motioning at an open chair. “Please, join me for a drink,”

“The sun has not even risen yet,” Visys says. The sound is muffled through her bandages.

“Well I wasn’t sure of the time,” Allatuis says, pouring himself a glass. He pours one for Visys, and she accepts it. “I must say, I was heartened to hear you were in the same fleet as me,”

Visys moves the bandages covering her mouth. Allatuis spies the scars underneath, before turning his gaze away. Visys takes a long drink, then sets the glass down, leaving the bandage where it hangs.

“And I was heartened to hear the Sealord Allatuis joined as well. Though I must confess I was surprised.”

“Temporary, I assure you,” Allatuis says, raising his glass before taking another drink. “I’m more curious than anything. Heard you anything of a Wave God?”

“Only that he has the mysterious power to anoint kings where there should be none,” Visys says.

“Yes, that troubled me,” Allatuis says. “There are no gods or kings on the sea. Not anymore. So who is he, I wonder?”

“None have seen him,” Visys says.

“I’m sorry?”

“None have seen him,”

“So let me get this straight.” Allatuis says, leaning forward in his chair. “We’re following kings we don’t like, appointed by a man we’ve never seen?”

“You have to admit he has the drop on us,” Visys says, raising her own glass. “And the numbers,”

“For now,” Allatuis says, taping his goblet. “Any other news?”

“We’re making a brief stop in Zaylota to do some raiding. Practice I suppose for the Dark City,”

“Hm,” Allatuis says, pouring himself and Visys another glass. He brings his up. “Well, to interesting times, and excellent opportunities,”

Visys nods, raising her glass. “I’ll toast to that,”
>>
Alright, I think that's everyone, let me know if I missed anyone. I've got another long shift tonight at work, so I'll address everyone's replies later tonight, probably around the same time I did last night. Thanks for playing as always, and any new players are still welcome to join
>>
>>2279048
Don't know who I said minis ithil
>>2279058
Accept the audience from ragga
With this kinsee starts building roads,schools,hospitals,etc in RaMeen to increase the appeal of it aswell fortifying her eastern borders against Gaul if he wishes to attack
Also kinsee wants a pet snake name the snake jake and name her two dragons (remember them) bel air and settra
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2279105
Forgot roll
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2279091
It is good to know that there are others who feel the same way that I do, and good to know that Visys is here.
I'll have my men mingle with the men of other ships, but they won't be doing it for the social interaction. I need to find out how many other captains and crews feel the same way I do, and if it seems that there are enough, we might manage a mutiny. In the coming raid at Zaylota, I'll take any convenient opportunities to dispose of the upstart kings...
>>
>>2279105
These references are fucking amazing.

Anyway, Ragga offers Kinsee an alliance of sorts.

She only needs to swear loyalty to him and be and ally in war and she shall be under his protection.

Any enemies of her are enemies of him.
>>
>>2279131
I shall pledge loyalty in secret for now so that nobody else learns of this
>>
>>2279144
I guess you'd better hope nobody else can read, then.
>>
>>2279168
I trust my peers not to metagame.

Anyway, the alliance shall discreetly be announced to Simon.
>>
>>2279168
Kek, though from experience I'm happy so say none of my players are meta gamers, I got pretty lucky
>>
>>2279168
>>2279173
If they do I will take a hint from my predecessor and send a magic middle finger
>>2279171
Ok
>>
I really hope we have some duels in the future. The kind that take priority over all other posts, with multiple posts and rolls

Imagine how sick it would be
>>
>>2279179
As much as I hate the inevitable shitstorm that will arrive with the news, it would have been much worse if I kept it a secret from him, I believe.
>>
>>2279184

I like the idea, but duels have definite winners and losers. I have no problem killing off characters left and right, because there's always others to take their place in a narrative sense. But they're also played by real people who've grown attached to them, so I'll probably do duels at crucial plot moments after a buildup of sorts where players can follow along with what's going to happen
>>
>>2279171
>>2279190
"Fine then, if you master would work with the damned priesthood so shall it be, Sly Tongue. But as soon as it is known to the public is the day I no longer associate myself with him in any way. Do not count me among your friends anymore."
>>
>>2279202
Thats fair, but if we don't have Simon vs Isha duel at the end I'll be dissapointed

Experience + strength vs talent and magical weapons, who will claim victory?

"Two hundred years, traitor! I crave death as much as I desire your undoing!"
>>
Rolled 19 (1d20)

>>2278993
Operation Alchemist grab is a go, the orckin will do hit and runs to capture and many alchemists they can, if they come in contact with anything valuable then snatch it up too!
While that's happening King Gaul gives out orders to prepare to move west like desert clothing, siege weapons, rations, recruitment, etc.
>>2279014
Thanks mate but I'm here just to raid while everyobe is distracted
>>2279105
I'm on my way snek
>>
>>2279212
This is a deep pain I feel, Simon, but it's and undeniable advantage, isn't? Not to mention that she intends to reform.

>>2279202
I want to duel Aeoch.

He's basically the closest thing to the Dark Lord we have right now and as such, Ragga wants to fight him a lot.

>>2279219
Feel free to do whatever you want as long as you leave us crusaders alone.
>>
>>2279202
I'm fine with duels and if I die I'll transfer my soul into the June Child! hehe
>>
Do the pirates have cannons on their ships, or flintlock pistols, or anything of that nature? It is hard to judge the exact time period this is based in, and it seems to not really fall into one specific period.
>>
>>2279244
Who are you gonna duel sitting in your palace tho

Also how does it feel losing a quarter of your troops off the bat to the BCC (big crusader cock)
>>
>>2279219
Oh no
>>
>>2279244
Try it and Ragga tears your asshole in two.
>>
I think a duel between Simon and I would be very intriguing, as we are both experienced and presumably very competent fighters, but our styles are vastly different.
>>
>>2279259
The June Child's ass? I mean, that's what he'd be, so...
>>
>>2279260
Simon has 200+ years of experience and presumably super-strength from drinking from the chalice or whatchamacallit

Allatius is a soyboy, his rapier won't even penetrate Simon. So who do you think is gonna win eh?

But we're likely ending up as allies so it's all good my man.
>>
>>2279255
I can transport someone into my chamber or Xtatlak to you! Maybe

I had the highest roll though :( but oh well I'm still in the game bois

>>2279259
Woah Ragga why don't you have a seat there?
>>
>>2279262
Of course.

With Simon's permission, of course.

>>2279267
Says you, who wants to take over an innocent girl's body and use her for your own sick purposes, probably even taking the opportunity to...Lewd her.
>>
>>2279262
Uhh
>>2279272
Kinsee disapproves the leading of a child
>>
>>2279275
*lewding
>>
File: giphy.gif (297 KB, 500x375)
297 KB
297 KB GIF
Commerce is great lads. You should get into it.
>>
>>2279287
Well it certainly is boring though.

I've been thinking to take my host back to Bal through the Stom Teppe after the siege, passing by the Golden Cities as well, to pay you a visit
>>
File: 075.jpg (28 KB, 680x383)
28 KB
28 KB JPG
>>2279297
Sure. I'll welcome the Crusaders and we can have an intellectual talk about theology and economy.
>>
>>2279304
Maybe a trade partnership would be ideal between You and I. Continous use of safe trade routes in Messa plus I could export exotic fruits and spices and you can import slaves. Sound good?
>>
File: grandpa.jpg (29 KB, 730x660)
29 KB
29 KB JPG
>>2279304
Just make sure you haven't turned my homelands into a heretic stronghold. Grandpa Simon is as strict as he is kind

Also I wonder if the Paltrov family is of any note in the Golden Cities themselves. Does it even exist?
>>
File: 1418789583259.jpg (140 KB, 480x640)
140 KB
140 KB JPG
>>2279272
One who doesn't have no morals, I mean nooooo I don't want to corrupt anyone.
>>
>>2279359
>>2279345
Simon, Xtatlak's next right after the Dark City, right?
>>
>>2279297
Your army will bleed for every inch if it moves through my territory.
>>
>>2279363
If he takes the June Child somehow then yes, we will shoot Dark City Siege 2.0 Xtatlak Gets GangBanged Takes It From Two Invading Armies

It's funny how he thinks that obtaining the June Child will somehow make him invincible. Having her doesn't make you a god instantly. He's gonna get fucked
>>
>>2279366
The territory which you enslaved, and currently don't have any legions in? Hurr hurr hurr
>>
>>2279376
You want to march through a frozen wasteland with an army biting at your heels feel free too.
>>
>>2279366
Don't be an edgelord, my dude.

Ragga is still Simon's associate and will continue their alliance after the siege if he can.

>>2279373
Your singleminded dedication to the kid has been a royal pain in the ass, so if anyond dares to fuck with her, thd fury of 12,000 Undead and even more soldiers along with a very pissed off Ragga will be on their ass almost instantly.
>>
>>2279391
Also, Undead and many of Ragga's northern warriors don't give a single shit about the cold, so you can't tout that advantage.
>>
>>2279336
Messa is far away and it's complicated to keep such a long route safe but it would be interesting to have some exotic goods from the west, they can easily be peddled to the east for a tidy profit. I will surely think about it.
>>2279345
I think I fought some temple priests to obtain their money and please the local religion, so no heresy in my lands. Also, there is a chance that Simon comes from Drolga but that's all up to Lop.
>>
File: 1445144808801.gif (174 KB, 299x240)
174 KB
174 KB GIF
>>2279373
>It's funny how he thinks that obtaining the June Child will somehow make him invincible. Having her doesn't make you a god instantly. He's gonna get fucked
Assuming so much, your'e silly Simon
>>
>>2279393
All traitors to the Dark Lord shall be hung.
>>
>>2279393
Ay, June Child is Simon's greatest hope to bring humanity back on track. The plan I talked about, it involves raising Laessae to a grown woman, then she'll be a queen with her June Child powers. A ruler worthy of Simon's eternal loyalty

>>2279398
And then you also recruited a thousand of the temple guard to your army. You better clean that mess before grandpa Simon finds it
>>
>>2279404
Good luck, from memory, i'm pretty sure normal guys can't beat Demigods.

>>2279415
Yeah, yeah, whatever.

As long as you don't fuck with Ragga he'll support you.
>>
>>2279424
Aye but Simon is mortal enough, I gotta start somewhere
>>
>>2279415
>"And then you also recruited a thousand of the temple guard to your army."
>literally works together with a bloodthirsty, demi-god barbarian necromancer who caused a shit ton of grief and suffering
A tad bit hypocritical, innit?
>>
>>2279425
He drank some kind of thing at 30 years old and is now immortal, over 200 years old

It also gave him "strength" so good luck beating him also
>>
>>2279427
Hey, it's not like I TRIED to cause all that suffering!
>>
>>2279432
If it bleeds the Black Legion can kill it
>>
File: 1340433133397.jpg (103 KB, 384x313)
103 KB
103 KB JPG
>>2279427
It's for the greater good
>>
File: 1420167310405.jpg (184 KB, 782x1021)
184 KB
184 KB JPG
>>2279398
You forget, once I kill the witch. All the trees will be under my control. Any ruffians who even ponder looting in my lands will only serve as compost.
>>
>>2279435
>>
>>2279434
You gotta look at the numbers, stats and facts bruda. Black Legion is woefully understrength and in the middle of a civil war

And Simon here gathered the biggest host pre-siege

Anyway seems like Lop is out for tonight. Slow progress this siege
>>
>>2279439
What happens if I plant more trees?
>>
>>2279442
Simon has a horde of starving peasants, the Black Legion has real soldiers
>>
>>2279443
Than you'll have trees? Hopefully they bear fruit and you'll have spirits of your own one day.
>>
>>2279445
Simon is also pals with Ragga, who's got an army of bloodthrlirsty barbarians and undead monsters.

>>2279439
I mean, you gotta be a real dumbass to try looting from the woods.

What are you gonna take, the fruit?
>>
>>2279445
>starving peasants

It's a host of zealous crusaders with thousands of them being knights. Then I have two dragons, trollogs, crack Sword Brothers and disciplined men from Bal

As for starving, Bal has had the biggest harvest ever. Have you been paying attention
>>
>>2279442
I'll agree with the Legion in this case actually. They have better weapons, armor, discipline, training and officers than Simon's are likely to. In a fight, as long as the Legion can make sure they don't get outflanked, they should be fine.
>>
>>2279435
Well, my recruitment of the Temple Guard is also for the greater good, considering I use them to stabilize my holdings and surrounding lands.
>>2279439
I will watch for the outcome of your little battle with the witch.
>>
>>2279466
The marshal has a thousand riders. I have thousands of knights so I win the cavalry game. and more than twice his number overall

He will get outflanked no matter what
>>
Guys, why don't you stop waving your dicks around and maybe just take a chill pill?
>>
>>2279489
We're just comparing dick sizes is all

but yeah, its a pointless discussion and Im tired of it also, nuff of this
>>
>>2279450
Seems cool
>>2279451
Wood? Foxes?
>>2279494
Why would you even fight?
>>
>>2279503
But I can just cut up some other forest for the wood and i'd probably never use foxes.

As for why they're fighting, they need to assert minor character dominance via dick measuring contest.
>>
>>2279511
Very good use of their time
Now if you excuse me there is some orkin who attempts to claim my syptia
>>
>>2279248
Gunpowder is expensive and difficult to make, only specially trained alchemists can do it. If you see a ship lined with cannons, the captain is rich as fuck.

Most ships just carry ballistas. Lots of them.
>>
>>2279518
Go get 'em, girl.
>>
>>2279519
Is session continuing Lop? Or you phonepostin again
>>
>>2279519
How rich is kinsee?
Bout to create army's using muskets
>>2279530
I will try my best
Also how do you effectively kill a orkin?
>>
>>2279519
Thanks for clarifying.
>>
>>2279535
You stab him.

Remember, an orckin is only an uglier man.
>>
>>2279535
If it's that difficult to make, equipping an army with weapons reliant on the powder is basically suicide, you'd constantly be out of it.
>>
>>2279554
Maybe not a army just a few specialized unit
>>2279546
Can I create a plague to wipe out the orkin?
>>
>>2279584
I dunno, run with it.

I am not the man to answer these questions.
>>
>>2279546
Uglier man pumped up with adreneline and steroids!
>>
>>2279598
Impure
>>
>>2279266
>a dude who worships a little girl
>the most fearsome pirate on the high seas
Forgive me if I don't quite see your point here, friend. It's all good tho
>>
File: Concern_0.gif (84 KB, 200x181)
84 KB
84 KB GIF
>>2279584
I would be down to assist you on that. Now that Gaul is collecting alchemists, he'll soon be on par with the Dark Lord himself. That is how he won most of his battles after all...
>>
>>2279635
I hate this auto trip bull shit
>>
Well, see you lovely guys and gals later, for I have to go to bed.

I would say good night but it's not night for you, so just have a bye.
>>
>>2279631
Like you've elected to ignore, Simon has 200 years of experience and enhanced strength. And Allatius, while a scary dude, is only a fearsome mortal

With this in mind, I don't see why Allatius stands a chance in an equal 1v1. We're all good in certain places but Simon just happens to be better in hand-to-hand combat
>>
>>2279651
It's 7:46 over here
>>2279635
Help me then and I let you pet settra
>>
>>2279651
Good night Raggy.
>>2279665
Allatius is under my protection! I'll have no dick waving here.
Aslong as he keeps his end of the bargain, for which I haven't seen one slave from him yet...
>>
>>2279531
I'm sorry
>>2279096
I'm at work till later
>>
>>2279684
Allatius had a streak of ridiculously bad luck and ended up achieving literally nothing so far, can't fault him for not getting those slaves really

And I was just explaining to him why he's wrong that simon vs him would end with him winning in any way, dude got over his head
>>
>>2279723
Nothing's wrong with a bit of banter
>>
>>2279584
I've tried that, but counter rolled sadly :(
>>
>>2279728
guess so, just wanted to wave my dick around, basking in my superiority

should go to sleep now
>>
>>2279753
Night
>>2279732
Why did you make it look so bad then?
>>
>>2279773
Bad, how?
You got fucking fireworks be glad of the small things.
>>
>>2279783
Idea
How about I shoot fireworks that are infected with the new plague at Gaul
>>
>>2279813
Sounds like a great plan. Roll for it and see what happens.
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2279891
Let me get the cursed dice out of the way
>>
>>2279926
Woops
>>
>>2279684
You'll have plenty of slaves once I sack the dark city, Orion. Plenty of people there, surely enough to satisfy your needs...
>>
I think we're waiting on Aeoch, and Isha/Hecate anon. I was going to roll for them but then I realized there were two characters missing and they're integral to the plot

Have no fear however, the updates will come. If they don't roll by morning I'll roll for all three real quick and then pump out the updates
>>
File: 123344543653.jpg (683 KB, 2537x1777)
683 KB
683 KB JPG
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2278868
Heacte
Chase after their forces
>>
>>2278808
Isha
Try and find out about the snow but focus on the defenses
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2281165
>>2281169
Me and I forgot the dice
>>
>>2280975
My largest kek yet.

This is fantastic.
>>
>>2280975
Kek
>>
Rolled 8 (1d20)

>>2278800
Aeoch begins to prepare defenses on the wall near his citadel, bringing extra pitch and arrows and anything else of the like he can get his hands on.

He also sends spies to investigate rumors of orckin within the city limits, to see if its true and what their purpose is.
>>
Also, before I get too deep into this, what is Aeoch personally capable of? I’m assuming he’s got powerful magic but I don’t know much beyond that.

And I don’t really know much about my army, mostly the elves and the red company. Is there anything special I should know about them?
>>
>>2282042
https://pastebin.com/YfpGmSYc

I mean, there's this.
>>
>>2282042
Aeoch is some kind of "demi" asshole, Lop had some lore on them earlier threads but I dont remember

What kind of specific arts he is capable of weren't stated. You can just assume he's all around powerful entity

As for his army, he has veteran riders, elfs, the red company and a fuckton of men-at-arms. Nothing special but no trash units either

Although it's safe to assume his numbers dwindle as the siege keeps progressing, especially with failed counter-attacks
>>
>>2278833

The streets of the Dark City are covered in snow. Some gales sent the snow into mounds as high as a man. The people of the Dark City move about in confusion and wonder. Lower Romaes rarely gets such things as snow.

Using the Cabal’s connections in the inner ring, Grand Marshal Baroque marched his armies through the center of the Dark City, and emerged outside the Black Legion quarter in the middle ring. The snows were treacherous, and the going difficult, but the Grand Marshal’s forces are all veterans of the Stom Teppes campaigns.

As Grand Marshal’s Baroque’s forces prepare their siege equipment in the surrounding neighborhoods, he sets up camp in a commandeered four-story tavern. Most of the buildings on the street are at least two.

Grand Marshal Baroque stares at a map of the inner ring. Surrounding him are his captains. The doors to the tavern open, letting in a gust of wind and snow. The legionnaires guarding the door quickly shut it.

Two men have entered. Both work for the Cabal as scouts and spies.

“Well,” Grand Marshal Baroque says as they approach the table. “What do Tarvis’s defenses look like,”

“I regret to bring the Grand Marshal ill news,” One of the spies says. “We have worked our way north to south, east to west through the quarter. Though the one called Tarvis has run out of legionaries, he has hired many mercenaries. He has always set men about turning the walled areas of his quarter into death traps,”

Grand Marshal Baroque taps on the map. “Describe them to my scribe here, he will mark them on the map,”

One of the spies bows and goes over to begin pointing out the traps. Baroque turns to the other. “How well were the gates guarded,”

“Forgive me Grand Marshal,” The spy says, bowing. “But I do not think you understand. It would be suicide to attack, the defenses are simply too great,”

Grand Marshal Baroque nods, straightening up from the table.

“Mercenaries, Tarvis, how low you have fallen. Though I doubt you see it. All you see is vengeance.” He turns to the spy and points to him. “I want you to go back out, and hide yourself in the quarter. After I have drafted a plan, I may have need of you,”

“Yes, Grand Marshal,”
>>
>>2282050
Yeah, I was looking at that but wasn’t sure if there was anything more about the units in my army and Aeoch personally.

>>2282054
Thank you, and yeah I’ve been assuming my numbers are somewhat lower than the pastebin
>>
File: 1515382504764.jpg (60 KB, 760x429)
60 KB
60 KB JPG
>>2278984

Candles flicker in the chilly hall of Lord Ruskiev’s fortress. There are many candles. They are needed, for the lord, his scribes, commanders and the emissary have talked long into the night.

“Ah, so you see,” The emissary says, pointing at a map of Drolga. “A standing army requires a steep price. You would have to restructure your tax customs, and in order to do that, you have to restructure your relationship to the land-owners of Drolga. It’s all about land, see. Right now, you hold the power because of the Golden Cities. But everywhere else in Drolga, it’s about ownership,”

Lord Ruskiev rests his head in his hand as he stares at parchment.

“I cannot tax the lords and land barons more,” He says. “They would revolt. It is a careful balance of power in these lands. One of tradition.”

“I understand,” The emissary says. “But if you don’t mind me saying, the Dark Lord conquered all only because he ignored tradition. He did whatever he had to do to achieve his goal, and his creation of the kingdom tax laws were why he could fund the Black Legion.”

“The kingdom tax laws were an unbreakable circle,” Ruskiev says. “He taxed the kingdoms too much for his legions and his city, so they rebelled, so he sent in the legions, and because he did this, it was necessary for the tax to continue,” Lord Ruskiev gestures in the air. “Again, and again, and again. Until the kingdoms were bled dry,”

“Ah, well,” The emissary says. “Be that as it may, if you do not tax your land-owners more, perhaps you could take advantage of the copious amount of trade routes you’re setting up,”

“Oh?”

“Well,” The emissary continues. “I’m from the east myself, Sept’Arga. And while I was growing up, all the Argan merchants would complain about the tariffs Fortilia was starting,”

“Tariffs,”

“They’re import export taxes. If you tax the flow of goods to and from your land, you’ll generate more coin,” The emissary runs his hand along the map. “And as I understand it, you’re the only reason upper Romaes is prospering right now because of trade,”

Lord Ruskiev thinks for a moment, then nods. “Then that is what we will do,”

“If you have found a way to fund your army,” The emissary says, bowing. “Then allow me to start instructing your commanders on the structure.”

“Get some rest,” Lord Ruskiev says, standing. “Start building my army tomorrow,”

“As you wish, my lord,”
>>
>>2282054
It was semi-explained in all the character descriptions in this thread.

>>2282079
Ayyy, here we go again lads.

Also, I believe the Vampire dude isn't being played right now, so could I get a quick debrief on what his whole thing is and what he's doing so that I may achieve my dream of playing a minor character?
>>
>>2278917
>>2282026
>>2281170
>>2281169
>>2279129
>>2278917
>>2278849
>>2278825

Joshri, formally of House Idil-Suldur, and formally of the living, walks along the city street, along with a host of other crusaders. Though his skin has grayed, and his movements are less precise, none-have noticed Joshri is undead. The knight has seen other undead, he knows that Ragga raised him as a different sort of blasphemous creature. Joshri knows this because he still feels hunger, and it is of a strange sort.

“Joshri! Joshri!” A voice calls.

Joshri looks around the snow-covered street. His vision has also been affected it seems. He does not see with his eyes. He sees with something else now.

“Podarus,” Joshri calls, his voice harsher than in times past.

“Ahhh there he is,” Podarus comes up to him and slaps him on the back. “It seems we are destined to survive this siege together, eh?”

Joshri shakes his head. “Look closer my friend, the man you knew is no more,”

Podarus studies Joshri, then his face becomes surprised. He quickly regains his composure. “I see, when did this happen?”

“Outside the city,” Joshri says. “I was on horseback, and collided with enemy riders,”

“A shame, can you still fight?”

Joshri nods. “The things that are different, are different. But I can still swing a sword,”

“And talk, that’s good,” Podarus says.

The two knights come into a wide street filled with tents and horses. Men in armor walk around, while others line the side of the street, resting and talking among themselves.

A large tent dominates one end. Joshri spies it, then turns to Podarus. “If you will excuse me, I must find someone,”

Joshri turns away, but Podarus clasps his shoulder. Joshri turns back.

“My good Sarr Joshri, you are the same as you ever were, do not think otherwise. May we survive to see tomorrow,”

Despite being dead, despite being a shell of his former self, Joshri can’t help but smile. “Yes, and the same to you, friend,”
>>
>>2282102

Joshri walks down the street, slowly weaving between the groups of crusaders and the snow. He passes two sword brothers guarding the tent, and enters.

Inside, Ragga, a man known as Abbot Sly-tongue, Simon Paltov, and a few others surround a table.

“That blasted bag of bones!” Ragga says, pounding the table. “How dare the mummy raid our camps!”

Simon Paltrov stares hard at a map of the city. “Indeed, it seems we both had the same idea; destroy the others food,”

“We have nearly a hundred-thousand,” Abbot says. “With more crusaders arriving every week. If we cannot feed them, the siege fails, and worse of course,”

“Bah, the mummy has angered me, but it is no matter,” Ragga says. “We will simply take all the food in the outer ring!”

“No,” Simon says. “There are innocents in this city. Over two million souls, many of them with no control over how they got here,”

“My lord, with all due respect,” Abbot says. “But it will takes weeks for more of the miracle food to arrive from Bal. If we do not do something in the time being, our armies will starve,”

“I must think,” Simon says, putting a hand to his chin. “Give me until this evening to weigh our options,”

A sword brother pokes his head into the tent. “Brother Ragga, there’s a man here to see you,”

“Send him in,” Ragga says, proudly.

“Who is this?” Simon says as the man enters.

The man pauses, and bows.

“I am High Priest Amedden, of the Church of He,”

Simon’s features grow angry. “And what is this priest of a butcher shop and thieves den doing in my tent?”

“His master has seen the reason of joining Ragga!” Ragga says. “The snake woman knows I will not rest until this city is mine!”

“I will not share a bed with the Temple of He,” Simon says. “Since my return, I’ve heard tales upon tales of the cruelties the Temples inflicted on the land,”

“Some of the temples, yes,” High Priest Amedden says. “There are bad apples in every bunch,”

“In your case it was a whole orchard,”

“My lord Simon,” Abbot says, bowing slightly. “Please understand, we need the temple. As it stands, we only have one way into the inner ring, and that is on a rickety bridge of pontoons. Our food is gone, unless we take it from the outer ring, and our army will only penetrate the middle ring after months of assaults and death,”
>>
File: 1402920325458.jpg (487 KB, 1367x1000)
487 KB
487 KB JPG
>>2282108

“I understand,” Simon says. “That does not mean I have to agree,”

“Come holy man,” Ragga says, clapping Simon on the back. “What is the saying in the southlands? If the end was good, so was the journey? You do this for your holy reasons, that is a good thing I’m told,”

“And so what, the Temple armies will join us?” Simon says, eyeing High Priest Amedden.

“Better, we will open one of the gates to the middle ring,” Amedden says. “You will still be outside Aeoch’s and Isha’s quarters, which are the most fortified fortress quarters in the city, but you will be one step closer,”

"And what of your? They will simply sit behind the walls of their quarter?“

"Perhaps soon we will join you, but things are not as simple as they appear,"

"Very well then,” Brother Simon says. “Go then, and open the gate. I will rouse our armies and prepare to march,”

High Priest Amedden bows, taking his leave.

“A good choice Holy Man,” Ragga says, grabbing a tankard and gulping away at its contents. He sets it down, and lets out a rumbling burp. “Now, we just need to figure out how to feed our armies!”
>>
>>2282112

Archers and crossbowmen release volley after volley. The sun has set, night reigns supreme. There are many torches and fires to light the Dark City, and much snow to make the going difficult. The crusader armies pour into the middle ring, but they are stuck between Aeoch‘s district and the Temple’s district, with not much room to maneuver.

It makes for viscous fighting however, as the crusaders employ ladder after ladder, and rush to bring up catapults and other siege equipment. The snow and defenses are proving too much however, and not a single soldiers has made up it Aeoch’s quarter’s walls.

In the inner ring, a group of fifty Moon Knights tears through the streets. It is dark out, and those in the inner ring who are out and about are noble and drunk. The Moon knights don’t care, sending the nobles to the sides of the snow-covered streets as they pass.

Once they make it through the inner ring, the knights emerge into Aeoch’s quarter. The moon knights ride hard through gate after gate. The sound of distant fighting can be heard. Finally they arrive outside Aeoch’s citadel. Isha emerges from the group and dismounts. She strides past Aeoch’s guards. They recognize her, and do not try and stop her.

Isha barges through the doors and into the receiving hall of the citadel. She brushes past servants and ministers, who all protest at her brusque manner. Isha climbs a large, wall-sized spiral staircase up, and up, and up, past more servants and minsters. Finally she reaches the top level.

“Where is he??” Isha calls out to the hall she’s emerged in. “Where is Aeoch??”

Jusdus appears by a large set of double doors. He approaches Isha.

“Why General, what an unexpected surprise,”

“Where is he Jusdus, where is Aeoch!”

“I’m afraid he is busy at the moment,”

“Busy? BUSY??” Isha’s face can barely contain her rage. “Has he failed to notice that the invaders have made it inside the middle ring! Has he failed to notice they are outside his quarter even now!”

Jusdus bows slightly. “Please General, understand that the matters with which my brother attend to are integral to the defense of the city,”

“I will hear no more of your prattle,” Isha says. She knocks past Jusdus and pushes on the double doors.

“General Isha!” Jusdus says. “Please, wait!”

The doors open, and Isha steps into the chamber.
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2282112
Time to go on the offensive. The attackers push into the middle ring with temple support

Also hearing rumors of a massive fleet arriving to the dark city, he sends messengers attempting to buy them. If they reinforce the docks they will aid the offensive greatly
>>
File: 1498443729856.jpg (108 KB, 770x1038)
108 KB
108 KB JPG
>>2282118

The eighty-ship fleet becomes a flotilla of one hundred and nine. Two more pirate kings have joined the Wave God’s armada.

As the ships near Zayolta, the sealord Allatuis and Visys gather to them a host of other captains who are discontent with the recent pressganging of their ship. It turns out there are many. Allatuis and Visys are careful however, for there are some who very much like the idea of raiding the Dark City, or hold some other, stranger loyalty to this unknown god. Their message goes out slowly, the meetings, secret.

By the time Zaylota’s coast appears on the horizon, Allatuis and Visys have gathered bloodoaths from seventy-seven of the hundred and nine ships. He meets with four of the captains, and entrusts them to spread the word.

“Here’s the plan,” Allatuis says in his cabin. “When we anchor the ships to go-ashore, all our ships instead turn on those loyal to the wave god, and rid ourselves of the kings,”

The four captains nod.

“Seems easy enough,” One of them says. “We’ve got four-to one odds,”

“The trick will be to overcome them, and quickly,” Allatuis says. “We can’t have any getting away and bringing more kings,”

One of the captains spits.

“Aye, that’s the shining truth,”

“So spread the word,” Allatuis says. “When we anchor, munity and sink the others,”

The four captains nod and leave the cabin. Allatuis follows and goes to the rear deck.

As the ships draw near, Allatuis spots a new ship in the fleet. It’s a large four-mast ship, one of the biggest he’s ever seen. The sails billow in the wind, and they all bear the crest of a hook and the common depiction of the god’s apples.

Allatuis narrows his eyes.

“Jin,” He says. “Jin!”

His first mate runs up to him.

“Aye captain?”

“Get the word out as quickly as you can, there’s been a change of plans,”

Later that night, all one hundred and ten ships are anchored off the shore. Small boats carrying pirates slip through the water. Their oars are covered in cloth to muffle their sounds. There’s hundreds of boats, all headed for the large, four-mast ship.

The boats surround the anchored four-mast ship. Pirates climb up the sides, hundreds of them helping each other over the rails and onto the deck. Allatuis is among them. He signals a pirate on the prow.

The pirate lights a lantern. Visys and her crew does their job, and twenty-two ships in the harbor suddenly go up in flames. The fire burns, quickly torching the ships and sending screaming pirates into the waters.

“Wave God!” Allatuis calls out. He stands at the head of hundreds of gathered pirates. The deck of the four-masted ship is eerily empty. “Wave God! Come out! We’ve burned the ships of your kings! We’ve killed those loyal to you. Come out, and face the fate of all gods of the sea!”
>>
File: 1440963485810.jpg (702 KB, 968x1384)
702 KB
702 KB JPG
>>2282127

Nothing stirs on the ship. The pirates look at each other.

The doors to the rear cabin swing up. Strange fog billows out from it, enveloping the pirates. One by one, they collapse.

“Wha-“ Allatuis says, passing out.

He opens his eyes, and finds himself in a darkened expanse with no end.

“Welcome, sealord Allatuis,”

The sealord looks around, then spies a creatures cloaked in robes made of mist.

“And who are you?”

“Some have called me servant, others master. I have been known as the Eater of Whispers, as well as Aeoch. Most recently, I was able to get your kinsmen to call me the Wave God,”

“I know not any of those names,” Sealord Allatuis says. “But whatever sorcery you’ve employed, know that you have no allies left,”

“I’m afraid you don’t quite understand the stakes, Sealord. You are wrong in saying I have no allies left. I have many, the greatest of which walks through the lands of dream. Second Heaven’s moon will be upon us in two weeks, and then he will have give me power beyond reckoning,”

“Ah,” Allatuis says. “You are no different than any other ambitious man,”

“Do not pretend to understand my reasons sealord. I do not seek power to wield it like a common sword. My reasons will never make sense to one such as you,”

“Well,” Allatuis says, waving an arm at his surroundings. “You have me, now what?”

“I ask a simple task of you, sealord. “Every single person on ever ship in this fleet is now struck with the dream plague. You will all die nightmarish deaths of agony. Unless.”

“Unless what,”

“I now appoint you sealord, King of Kings, a lord of a fleet of the almost-dead. Sail your fleet to the Dark City. I desire to unleash the plague on the enemies in my city, but in order for it to only kill my enemies, it must be your western pirates who deliver it,”

“And then you’ll give us all the cure?”

Aoech chuckles. It is a strange sound. “No little Sealord. I will give YOU the cure, and you will have enough for your crew, and perhaps one other. Choose wisely among your friends. Now, go, sail for the Dark City. Unleash my plague,”
>>
Rolled 18 (1d20)

>>2282102
Shit, I can make Vampires?

Now we're really talking!

Regardless, Ragga brings forth his entire army to the middle ring of the city, himself at the front as they battle alonside Simon's Crusaders and the Temple Guards.

Many more bellows are heard from the Conqueror, challenging Isha, Aeoch or whatever soldier they have to battle him in a duel to prove who the strongest warrior among them is.
>>
>>2282124
Woops I should have waited. Change this with a big assault on Aeoch's district

Laessea is in there. Simon is so close, yet so far away
>>
>>2282142
I told you man, dice god is on our side
>>
>>2282143
Shit man, don't change plans on me so quick.

We need to fight together if we're gonna beat these guys' asses.

>>2282146
Fuck yeah they are.
>>
>>2282129

Isha bursts into the chamber, stopping to take in the scene;

Aeoch sits on a strange looking throne of black rock. His head is suspended in a haze of smoke produced by burners and torches.

“Eater of Whispers!” Isha says, pointing at him. “We must have words!”

Aeoch does not move. Jusdus comes up behind Isha. “He is not here, at the moment,”

“What Arts is this,” Isha says.

“The Eater of Whispers is gathering allies,”

“I will speak to him,” Isha growls.

“No!” Jusdus says, “do not disturb him!”

“It is fine,” Aeoch says, standing from the throne. “I have finished my task,”

“There are enemies outside your gate Aeoch,” Isha says. “They will soon be outside mine,”

Aoech descends from his throne. “Then let us prepare our defenses, General Isha. For we must only last a few more days,”

“And then what? What allies have you summoned?”

Aeoch pauses to adjust his robe.

“Pirates,” Aeoch hisses. “And something much, much worse,”
>>
gonna take a brief break for food and errands, will resume with Gaul and Kinsee
>>
>>2282147
I just updated my post, crusaders were already in the middle district when I made that action
>>
>>2282153
I know, i'm just saying.
>>2282152
My question still stands, Lop.

Can I learn a bit about the vampire dude so that I may play him?
>>
>>2282158
I support this, but I think you should wait after the siege ends. Then he's free to do as he pleases, should be able to play him then

You gonna play him in addition to Ragga yeah?
>>
>>2282163
Ye.
>>
>>2282163
Though I think it's gonna be a little difficult playing another character without being biased towards helping your original one.

Regardless, are you satisfied with the Kinsee deal now that she opened the gates?
>>
>>2282171
It's good for now
>>
>>2282158
Yup I'll write about him when I get back
>>
>>2282182
Most excellent.

This siege has been going surprisingly well for us!
>>
>>2282193
Oh shit we started
>>
Rolled 9 (1d20)

>>2282086
Start sending scouts and patrols to south of the Drolga Kingdom to get better knowledge of the political situation there. These places should prove as a good testing ground for my new army.
>>
>>2282217
Ye, thanks for that gate opening, by the way!
>>
>>2282227
Ok then?
Also did Gaul touch my desert?
>>
>>2282233
Your and Gaul's post hasn't been done yet.
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2282148
Isha
Rady your men and repel the invades with all the powers you have.
>>
Rolled 6 (1d20)

>>2282079
The Grand Marshal had been born in the Dark City, he was born on the lowest rungs of society, one of the putrid clans who maintained the vast labyrinth sewers of the City.

The Black Legion shall deploy through the sewers and come up behind the traitors lines destroying them from within
>>
>>2282276
Just give me one good roll...
>>
>>2282285
Oh, these good rolls were yours? sorry man, I took em all hurr hurr
>>
>>2282285
Kek, the Dice Gods work with us here pal.
>>
>>2282297
The Gods gave me some pretty good rolls too
>>
File: 1491972050175.jpg (58 KB, 564x953)
58 KB
58 KB JPG
>>2279109
>>2279219

Bimbi Turntbottem and several other alchemists sit at a table in Hornburrows Tavern in the outer ring. Alchemists aren’t the right word, they’re all technically apprentices. But their employers, the Candle-Turners Guild, don’t need to know that.

“Did you hear,” One of the apprentices says, setting his mug down. “Sorden? You guys remember Sorden right? We were in the same class,”

“Aye I remember Sorden,” Bimbi says, taking a sip of his mug. “Was a genius with iron, but not much else,”

“Well,” The apprentice says, leaning over the table. “He was taken last night, over on 708th street and Butcher’s Row,”

“That makes seven this week,” Another apprentice says.

Bimbi shakes his head. “Somebody’s snatching up people from our school. But why?”

“Not just our school,” The first apprentice says. “A fellow taken the night before last, he was from the Nolopa school of the Arts,”

The apprentices sit in silence.

“So somebody’s taking alchemists then,” Bimbi says.

“Well, apprentice alchemists,” the first one says. The others glare at him.

“Whelp,” Bimbi says, standing and stretching. “I think I’ve had enough sour talk for one evening, I must bid you fellows a good night,”

“Stay safe Bimbi,” An alchemist says, raising his mug. The other do as well. Bimbi nods to them, then pushes through the door into the city.

He immediately his hit by a gust of wind, and bitter cold.

“Damned snow in southern Romaes,” Bimbi mutters, clenching his cloak to himself. “It’s the damned siege on the other side of the city. No telling what they’re getting up to,”

Bimbi suddenly feels the effects of the four mugs of ale he downed back at the tavern. He pauses in the snow, then peers down a side-street. He quickly goes to the entrance of the street and unzips he trousers.

He whistles as he relieves himself. Bimbi hears crunches in the snow, and realizes there’s someone behind him.

“Don’t mind me,” Bimbi says, finishing up. He buttons his trousers. “I wasn’t trying to be obscene or anything,” He turns around and comes face to face with a fangbeast. The creature snorts in Bimbi’s face.

“Oh,” Bimbi says. He looks up. Riding the creature is an orckin in armor.

“Hello there,” The orckin says. “Those robes you’re wearing, they look like the robes of other people we’ve taken. Think that’s a coincidence?”

Bimbi nods his head. “Oh definitely, just outer ring fashion, you know,”

“Sorry,” The orckin says, smiling wickedly. “I don’t,”
>>
>>2282335

Deep in the lands of Syptia, past the dunes of the white wastes and along the southern coasts, lies the kingdom of Qarzen. It is ruled by the Ivory Lord, a powerful member of a race known as the Ilmatti, descendants of humans and feathered Miar.
Along the eastern borders of Qarzen lies a castle known as Muadia. It is not so much a castle, as it is a fortress. It guards the eastern edges of the kingdom, and has done so for some time.

As the moon hangs over the sky, it casts down bright rays that illuminate the sands. There are scattered clouds, and as they cross over the moon, they interrupt the light like passing shadows.

A soldier guarding the walls of Qarzen sets his bow down and twirls it on the stone ramparts. He is bored, there is no question. He cannot risk napping, for the last time he tried he was nearly caught. Instead, the guard must find ways to amuse himself.

More clouds pass under the moon, bathing the sands in darkness. The guard stops twirling his bow, and instead leans over the walls to take in the distant dunes. The moon peeks out from the clouds, bathing the sands in light again.

The guard enjoys the view, then notices a thin fuzzy line in the sands. He squints, but the moon disappears behind more clouds.

The guard waits for the moon to come back out. Finally it does, revealing the sands once again.

An army approaches.

“Shit!” The soldiers says. He grips the walls, then by chance looks down.

Climbing up the walls are orckin. Lots of orckin.

“Shit!” The soldier stumbles back, then grips his side where a horn rests. He puts the horn to his lip and lets out a long, low blast.

The first orckin comes over the walls, slitting the throat of the soldier. His lifeless body falls off the walls.

The battle of Muadia has begun.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2282339
Ok idea
Kinsee sends a reinforcements to the town that is being Sieged aswell as sending a dragon with one of the more expirenced generals leading the fray
In the actual town we try to encircle the origin and slaughter them all
>>
>>2282285

I'm probably going to implement a rule called the Fate's Pendulum.

If you get 3 rolls under 10 in a row, then on your next roll, you get to add modifiers. So if you rolled 2,4,2, then you would get to add 8, 6, 8, for a total of 22 to your next roll.

I may tweak it a bit, but it keeps players from getting buttfucked by the dice gods, especially because this world strives for balance
>>
Anyway I'm going to sleep early so roll for me if need be Lop

Standard proceedure is to advance futher into Aeoch's quarter. You can come up with something maybe
>>
>>2282360
Cool but isn't a goddamn 22 a bit much?
>>
>>2282360
If it will actually allow me to kill this traitor I'll take it
>>
>>2282350
Shit
>>2282360
>starts rolling high
>>
Rolled 12 (1d20)

>>2282102
Have the army continue improving their defense while sending scouts to keep an eye for good opportunities to attack from their flanks. Send spies to infiltrate both aliies and foe to gather juicy information and potentially cause fighting within.
>>
File: 1506795147983.jpg (285 KB, 870x872)
285 KB
285 KB JPG
>>2278901
>>2281165

The woods are thick with trunks and undergrowth. Hecate and her armies move slowly past trees, led by their Edo court fey allies.

Hecate long ago dismounted. There can be no horses in these woods. No grand charges, nothing but slow movement. The coven mistress now treks alongside fey, witches and knights, deeper and deeper into the rebel fey territory.

Hecate looks over and spies Baisili trudging through the growth. The young witch is adorned in light armor, and grips her witch totem like a sword.

“Sister,” Hecate says, ducking under low-hanging branches. Baisili looks over.

“Yes mistress?”

“How are you holding up?” Hecate says. The trees seem to grow taller, towering over them and blotting out the sunrise.

“Well enough,” Baisili says, batting away at some branches. They swing around and hit a knight. He nearly falls, then rights himself. “I’m eager to kill these invades and go back to Hambjord,”

“Hm,” Hecate says. “As am I. Though be cautious Baisili, war and battles are not such easy affairs. They are terrifying events beret of reason and mercy,”

“I’ve been told I hold those qualities as well,” Baisili says, a small smile on her lips.

Hecate snorts. “Maybe so sister, all I ask is caution for what is ahead, there will be terrible deeds in our future, and I want you see the happy times after,”

“You sound like a mother,” Baisili says, knocking away another branch.

“I feel like one at times,” Hecate says. “Except I think I’ve killed more than any mother in the Ten Lands,”

“I didn’t say you were a good one,” Baisili says, her smile growing.
>>
>>2282493

“Keep it up little lady,” Hecate says. “And soon enough-“

Hecate stops talking. She, leading knights, fey and witches, suddenly emerge into a thin glade that stretches out in either direction. On the other side of the glade, also emerging, is Orion and his army.

The two sides stare at each other, both surprised. The woods were so thick, the darkness so enveloping, that neither army spied the approach of the other.

Here in the thin glade however, the sunrise shines down a narrow curtain of light.

Hecate and Orion both seem to snap out of their surprise at the same time.

“Kill them!” Orion roars.

“Slay them all!” Hecate commands.

The two sides erupt in yells and cheers. Horns blast up and down both lines, ringing through the trees and filling the woods with a terrifying thunder.

The two armies meet in the middle of the glade. Fey, knights, men at arms, thistle goblins, wolves, all fight in frenzied rage.

Hecate chants, holding out a staff in front of her. Two Messan soldiers thrust at her with spears. Their spears turn into snakes, and curl back to bite the soldiers.

The others witches do their work as well. Bolts of lightning, fire and wind rip along Orion’s ranks.

But the Messan Prince is not daunted. His soldiers continue to fight, his Great Wolves and giants breaking through trees to wreck havoc on Hecate’s warriors.

The two armies grind into each other, pushing back and forth for leverage in the glade. Hecate uses her staff to unleash a swarm of locust on some Messan warriors, then hears a horrifying screech.

A shadow passes over the glade. It passes over again, then Hecate hears a monstrous sound, and feels a tremor in the ground.

The coven mother looks down the ranks and sees a bone dragon breaking apart trees and her soldiers. The witch looks around.

“Hold the lines! Hold the lines!” She calls, fighting against her soldiers to move towards the bone dragon.
>>
>>2282497

Baisili is busy unleashing hell on the enemy ranks. Leaves turn into ravens and erupt from the ground. Chasms open in the dirt, swallowing soldiers and thistle goblins alike.

Suddenly a shape appears, covered in robes and wearing a skull mask. Baisili points to him.

“Perish,” She says. From her fingertips spread a jet of fire, hurtling towards the figure.

Fenwald dissolves the fire with a wave of his hand.

“If you wish to battle little witch,” Fenwald says, the battle raging around him. “Then I am happy to oblige,”

Baisili screams and chants several words, directing her totem at Fenwald. Leaves tear from the trees, raining down around the sorcerer. He holds up his staff, and the leaves burn away to nothing.

“Little witch,” Fenwald says, slowly approaching. “I see that you are talented, you might have been powerful one day. But I got my powers by killing my brothers. A harsh price to pay, but one that has made me something beyond mortals. And witches,”

He flicks his staff, and a deep, red gash appears across Baisili’s stomach. The witch gasps, then falls over.

“Another light extinguished,” Fenwald says, turning to some of Hecate’s knights and leveling his staff. “I mourn their passing,”

Hecate reaches the bone dragon and unleashes three words of the father-tongue. Strange, black fire sprouts from the ground, snapping at the bone dragon. It cries out, then takes off again into the air.

Hecate looks around at the battle. Orion’s forces are gaining ground. Giants, monsters and warriors bash against her soldiers. Ma Fordja’s daughters, fighting in the center, are the only thing keeping Hecate’s lines intact.

“We must retreat,” Hecate murmurs to herself. She finds a nearby knight. “Sound the horn for the retreat! We must retreat!” Hecate suddenly spies Baisili body by the front lines.

The horns sound the retreat. Hecate’s forces begin to break away, but Orion’s armies chase after them, stabbing at any stragglers. The witch’s eyes fill with simmering colors as she stares at Baisili’s body.

Hecate’s warriors rush past her, retreating. The witch walks the opposite direction, towards Baisili and Orion’s charging armies.

A wall of fire, twenty feet high, explodes from the ground like a geyser. It spreads up and down the glade, blocking Orion’s army from going any further.

Hecate doesn’t seem to notice the wall of fire. She simply bends down by Baisili’s body, and slowly picks it up.

“You were so brave, little sister,” Hecate says, brushing at Baisili’s hair.

“My mistress!” A witch calls. “We must retreat, your wall will not last in your condition!”

Hecate carries the body away from the battle, following her retreating armies. The wall of fire begins to dies down, then finally disappears.
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>2282335
While in the dark city have the orckin try to attack one location to capture a highly skilled alchemists before heading back.

Show the the ivory lords why orckin are to be feared !
>>
>>2282042

Aeoch's whole schtich is whispers. He has the vague ability to know a lot, and I mean lot, and he can speak to people over vast distances in certain situations. Under the Dark Lord he relentlessly pursued ancient artifacts that would give the Dark Lord what he desired, and he also operated a secret police organization on steroids. But Yesma got rid of that.

But Aeoch doesn't really need secret police. He is the secret police, able to spy and know things that people wish him not to.

He can also do other Arts, but nothing on par with Xtatlak or any of the Cabal

>>2282158
I forget the vampires name (in this world, they're not!vampire, but function the same)

Yesma, Hecate's mother, enticed him to betray the other lower Romaes kingdoms and help The Dark Lord conquer Romaes. In exchange he was given immortality of sorts (he's a Nostri, a not!vampire)

He locked himself in his castle for two decades and drank and fucked and did other Nostri debauchery, and then he gets bored of that and emerges to find the Dark Lord is gone, his empire is crumbling, and Valepeso is coming apart at the seams.

Before the player dissapeared he'd just killed the other rebel lords with a hired mercenary army and some ghouls, and he'd also established trade routes with Hecate, King Gaul, Ruskiev I believe? And Kinsee
>>
I think I got everyone, let me know if I missed anyone or if anyone has in questions. I'll be taking a break while replies and rolls come in
>>
>>2282511
Look at this anons first 20 of the new thread, I should be rewarded greatly! Ha
>>
Rolled 8 (1d20)

>>2282500
Hecate
Try to Ambush him and avenge Baisili
>>
>>2282518
Yeah, so what is Joshri now?

Can Ragga create other kind of undead aside from the shitty mindless kind?

Will we see Joshri again after the siege?
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2282500
The Battle is almost won! Have Fenwald absorb all the captured wounded, While Orion Uses the surrounding Trees to create more units (Hopefully Treants this time) While we press the advantage.
>>
>>2282529
I actually got the first 20 Gaul...
>>
>>2282540
Shit, come on man, you were so close.
>>
File: Calculated_risk.jpg (43 KB, 600x333)
43 KB
43 KB JPG
>>2282560
It was not meant to be I see...
>>
>>2282529
No I got a 20 before
>>
File: 1508607742248.jpg (44 KB, 460x645)
44 KB
44 KB JPG
>>2282555
>>2282571
Well very unfortunate
>>
>>2282538

Ragga's necromancy abilities depend on whatever his feeling at the time. He regards Simon as a warrior worth of battle respect, so when he saw Joshri dead, a knight who Ragga had seen following Simon around, he felt he should wake up so that he may continue to fight for Simon and the crusaders.

So Ragga instinctively performed a three soul sacrifice, something that hasn't been done since ancient times and probably will never happen again, and put Simon's soul back in his body.

Joshri is incredibly susceptible to Arts, but if noone ever figures out what's going on, his soul may power his body for eternity. He does have to eat people from time to time.
>>
>>2282587
*Joshri's soul back in Joshri's body
>>
>>2282587
Rad.

Another question, is there a chance of my boy Joshri becoming a minor PC later down the line?
>>
>>2282610
I was just about to ask this. He's practically Immortal, but that's all he's got going for him at the moment.
>>
>>2282610
>>2282615

Yeah, it's a crazy world, street urchins from the Dark City can grow up to be Grand Marshals. A knight can go on to become a great general of an empire. A mere Temple priestess can rise to lead the entire faith. A frail orckin can become king.

Joshri could eventually find himself living a very different life than anything that came before
>>
>>2282637
Are my questions getting annoying because there's so many?

Because I have more.

Is there a chance, however limited, for one to ascend to godhood?
>>
>>2282681

its totally fine, we don't have archives so this is the only way to know.

The gods have not been seen or heard from in a couple centuries. Your question will be answered after the end-event
>>
>>2282681
Hey so if you have any spare troops lieing around kinda need them in syptia
>>
File: 1500122601017.jpg (220 KB, 764x744)
220 KB
220 KB JPG
>>2282689
When someone actually achieves god hood
>>
>>2282703
They willl just disappear like the dark lord
>>
>>2282698
Uh, I kinda lead all my troops into the middle ring, though I guess I could spare 4k Undead or something, right?

>>2282681
Do we at least know any of the gods' names or roles?

Got any hints about Ragga's ancestry?

Lastly, are you satisfied with what we've done so far as players?
>>
>>2282689
Does syptia have pyramids if so do they have lots of dead inside?
>>
Rolled 5 (1d20)

>>2282148
Knowing what is rapidly approaching the city, Aeoch commits everything he has to the defense of his citadel. Meanwhile he attempts to make contact with the orckin and offer them whatever it is they’re looking for in exchange for their assistance with the invaders.
>>
>>2282515
Thank you!
>>
>>2282733

The story has been immensely enjoyable so far, you guys are great players.

I'll post the pantheon to twitter later, it'll become slightly relevant in a later event, but for now know

Laos the Builder: Built the world

Anrah, father of life: Joined with Mia and gave birth to all the mortal races, men, seafolk, the beast races, animals of both the land, air and sea

Mia, Mother of life: Gave birth to the mortal races. Joined with Laos later and gave birth to elfs.

Eecha, The Wild God: Anrah pursued her and from their union came the fey

Zayon the Sleeping God: Source of all sorcery and power in the world. During a wild night of godly song and dance, he joined with Eecha and the Wild God gave birth to greater and lesser spirits.

After the world was built and populated, Anrah realized that the more mortals are born, the less power the gods wield. He got pissed off because he didn't want to fade into nothing and went on a murder spree against his children.

The other gods fought him. Eecha died, Zayon was put into an eternal sleep, Anrah was locked away.

Everything was good for a few millennia, more gods were born from the remaining original ones, more millennia passed, then the gods disappeared.

>>2282768
Unfortunately not, mummies were more Yopotchl's thing. Syptia does have other things, such as ancient races buried beneath the dunes.
>>
File: panic.jpg (13 KB, 247x166)
13 KB
13 KB JPG
>>2282127
>>2282129
Shit. Weighing my options, I decide that I don't have any, really. It's kill the besiegers or all of us die. And even if we succeed, most of us will die, and it doesn't sound like we'll be getting much loot out of this either.
I've been in some nasty situations before, but this is almost assuredly the nastiest of the lot. We'll do as we must. Continue to the Dark City, and spread this plague of his. If by some miracle, we all survive, then I'll save all my surviving crew and also Visys, my lifelong friend. Besides, I owe her one.
>>
>>2282822

The Miar, and the Demis who serve them, are also children of the gods, though in a different sense. Their exact lineage is also a secret. At the time of the quest, the only one who might know it are Aeoch or Jusdus
>>
Rolled 19 (1d20)

>>2282836
forgot roll
>>
>>2282822
>such as ancient races buried beneath the dunes.
Wait what
What races?
Are they tomb kings?
Can I awaken them?
>>2282848
Aeoch has gone into biological warfare now
Great
>>2282839
Didint you say that kinsees mom might be miar?
>>
>>2282836
Fuck.
>>
>>2282836
>>2282848

Things might look bleak for the seadlord, but based on the roll you might just figure out how to come out on top once you reach the city

>>2282861

They're a bit different then that, but you can definitely use your next action roll to investigate it

And yes Kinsee is widely speculated to be descended from Miar on her mother's side
>>
>>2282871
>tfw your mom is a magical being that might be a god
>>2282871
I will investigate this while fighting Gaul
>>
>>2282142
>>2282124
>>2282274
>>2282434
>>2282770
>>2282848

Joshri the reborn stands along the shores of a small lake in the middle ring. Behind him, are many neighborhoods, as well as the Temp quarter rising high like a mountain.

Across the lake is Aeoch’s quarter, equally high, with foreboding walls and many defenders.

The snow is turning to dirty mush, catching soldiers’ boots and the wheels of siege equipment. The sun hangs overhead, though clouds obscure it.

“Sir Joshri,” A soldier says. “The sword brothers are about to depart, did you wish to join them?”

“Yes,” Joshri says. He walks over to the soldier and follows him around the lake. They join thousands of other crusaders, all gathering together into columns.

The Temple has lent strange wooden contraptions that work well as siege towers. The crusaders farther ahead struggle to push them through the slushy streets.

“We must take the walls today brothers,” A sword brother says, raising his weapon in the air. “We must overcome the enemy, if we can get into the quarter, that is one step closer!”

The sword brothers cheer. Joshri does not feel the urge to, but grips his sword none the less. They move out as one, trekking up the streets towards Aeoch’s walls.

Their progress is slowed as the siege towers get bogged down in slosh. Joshri and the others are soon in range of Aeoch’s archers, and arrows and rocks rain down into the street.

It is difficult going. The nature of the crowded neighborhoods means that there are only a few lanes of approach. Aeoch’s soldiers concentrate on these lanes, releasing arrows, bolts and boulders with practiced efficiency.

The barrage sends the Sword brothers falling in the streets. Joshri holds up his shield, catching most of the arrows headed his way. One pierces his foot, but he ignores it.

The crusaders push onward, their numbers bulging in the small inbetween quarter of the middle ring. The towers finally reach the walls, and Joshri finds himself at the head of the surviving sword brothers.

They charge up the tower, following hundreds of other crusaders. Once Joshri gets on top, he crosses the bridge to the walls.

Aoech’s soldiers are armed with halberds and crossbows. They work in tight-knit groups to kill anyone coming off the siege towers. Joshri swings his sword at the halberds, knocking them aside. He plunges into the soldiers with reckless abandon.

The crusaders fight on.
>>
>>2283147

General Isha stands in a chamber in her citadel. Two squires work quickly to attach her plate armor, securing it in place with tightened straps. Isha stares at the wall of the chamber, as if her mind is somewhere else.

A knock sounds on the door.

“Enter,” General Isha says. The door slowly opens, and Lady Evalan gracefully enters.

“General,” She says, bowing. “Forgive my intrusion,”

“Lady Evalan,” Isha says. Her face and voice are devoid of emotion. “Again you find me at a bad time,”

“Are there any good times left for Isha the Unrelenting?”

Isha finally looks at her, raising an eyebrow. “Has Lady Evalan of the inner ring come to mock me?”

Evalan blushes, doing a small courtesy. “No General, that is not why I came. I only wish to see how my old friend was doing,”

“My sister is here,” Isha says simply, staring off again at the wall.

“Mala?”

“Hm,”

Lady Evalan nods slowly, then walks over and picks up Isha’s helmet from a chair. “How interesting. Is she with the crusaders?”

“No, she is an ally,” The squire finishes attaching Isha’s gauntlet, the last piece. “For now,” Isha adds.

General Isha steps off the stand and walks over to where her sword leans. She takes it and buckles it around her waist.

“How goes the battle?” Evalan says, peering as Isha secures the sword.

“Are the nobles and kings of the inner ring so caught up in their own affairs that they do not know the state of their city?”

Evalan seems to wilt under Isha’s harsh tone. The General softens.

“Forgive me Evalan, I did not mean it so,” Isha walks over and gently takes her helmet from Evalans hands. “They are now in the middle ring, assaulting Aeoch’s quarter.

“Aeoch? Who is that?”

Isha smiles. “How I wish to be like you, little thistle bird,”

“You’re just as little as me!” Evalan says, crossing her arms. “You just hide it with all that armor,”

“I’m sorry,” Isha says. “I have no time to talk further, I must go now to battle,”

“Why?” Evalan says. Isha raises an eyebrow, but the noblewoman persists. “Why do you fight these battles? Who made Isha of the Moon Knights in charge of the Dark City?”

Isha gives a slow, sad smile, then turns towards the door.

“If not me, then who thistle bird? Everything I fought for is coming undone. There is no more peace in these lands,” Isha puts on her helmet, fastening it tight. “But I promise, when these crusaders lie dead and this city is saved. I will rebuild His kingdom,”

“The Dark Lord,” Evalan whispers, almost to herself. Her voice grows louder. “He’s gone Isha, He’s dead. Stop living in the past. Stop trying to save everything! It was never even like you remembered!”

Isha pauses at the door.

“You just don’t understand,”

She leaves, closing the door behind her.
>>
>>2283153

Ragga fights enthusiastically on top of Aeoch’s walls.

“Yes! YES!” He swings his axes, catching a soldier in the chest and sending him screaming off the walls. “Come to Ragga! Come feel my bite!”

Scubae barks loudly beside the conqueror, snapping at Aeoch’s soldiers.

“Great one!” A naus warrior yells. “There are too many! We need more warriors on the walls!”

“Warriors??” Ragga bellows, swinging his axe again and knocking another soldier off the wall. “I see warriors all around me! There are plenty of warriors here! Now fight like one!” He brings down his axe, cleaving an enemy soldier in two.

A horn sounds. Ragga pauses his fighting and looks down off the walls.

Back on the crusader’s side, a new force is charging down the streets. Knights, adorned in blue both and silver armor, thunder along the streets towards the crusaders. Thousands of soldiers follow them.

“Ahhh!” Ragga says, beating his chest. “It is those knights, with the woman who leads them! Now there is a battle worthy of Ragga!” The warrior makes to step back towards the siege ramps, but a voice cuts through the air.

“Ragga, wait!”

The warrior looks around, and sees Simon and Joshri further down the wall.

“Stay on the walls!” Simon yells. “Take them for us!” He points at the Moon Knights and Isha’s forces. “I will deal with them!”

“Very well holy man,” Ragga yells, turning back towards Aeoch’s soldiers. “But if I find you lacking in the battle below, I will come down there!”

Simon and Joshri, as well as a handful of other sword brothers, run down the siege tower towards the crusader’s side. Joshri can already hear the sounds of chaos and fighting below.

Once on the streets, Joshri must immediately fight for his life. The siege towers are being surrounded by Isha’s forces, who charged into the crusaders and battle them all across the slushy neighborhoods.

Two moon knights come at Joshri, who swings at them. One deflects his blade, and the other stabs him. Joshri stares at the sword, then brings his blade back up and stabs one of the knights in the eye. The other he headbutts, before finishing him off with is sword.

Joshri takes a moment to look around the battle, then hears a voice.

“Ishaaaa! ISHAAA!”

He spots Simon, who is hacking his way towards a group of horses. Moon knights ride them, and in the middle, Joshri spots the woman from the gatehouse; General Isha.

Simon decapitates a city soldier, then points his blade at the General.

“Come and fight me traitor!” Come and feel the price of your deeds!”

The knights surrounding Isha make to steer their horses and charge Simon. Isha holds up a hand, dismounting from her steed.
>>
>>2283158

“Who are you, that you would challenge me?” Isha says, drawing her sword.

“I am Simon Paltrov, of the sword brothers. I am the judgement that shall proceed the healing of this world! I am your death Isha!”

“No,” Isha says. “You are a delusional old man, and nothing more,”

The two meet. General Isha swings her sword, which Simon parries. Simon brings his sword around, catching Isha in her shoulder plates.

“Your armor will not save you,” Simon says through gritted teeth. He swings again, but it is Isha’s turn to parry. She brings her sword around and begins a series of swings that send Simon on the defensive. She finishes with a wide strike from the left. Simon parries it, then begins his own attack.

“You tire yourself too quickly general,” Simon says. Isha falters as his blows rain down on her sword. “You should have saved your strength,”

Isha punches Simon with her gauntlet, sending him backwards into the slush. Simon jumps to his feet, but is struck in the side by a ball of fire.

Joshri, fighting nearby with a handful of soldiers, spies Brother Pram of the Moon Knights preparing another spell. He swings his sword, knocking back his attackers, and runs full sprint towards Pram.

“Fight me sorcerer!”

Brother Pram looks over just as Joshri tackles him.

Simon gets to his feet, his armor and clothing singed.

“Arts will not save you woman,” Simon says. “Arts will not save you from your judgement,”

“Then how about if she has help? A voice says.

Isha brushes the hair from her face and looks over. Mala, her sister, is walking up from a side street. She leads a company of Juxulan soldiers. Mala draws her sword.

“Come sister,” Mala says. “Let us make short work of this man,”

Isha looks ready to protest, but says nothing instead, only nodding. The two women approach Simon side by side.

“It is a great day for justice,” Simon says. “That I should get to end the line of such evil people as this,”

Isha and Mala both attack at the same time. Their blows are unrelenting, and quick. Whatever sword Mala wields quickly breaks Simon’s.

Joshri watches from where he fights. After he tackled Pram the Arts user, he was surrounded by Moon Knight. He fights, desperately trying to reach Simon.

Simon is stabbed in the shoulder and the side by both Mala and Isha. He stumbles back into the wall of a shop lining the street.

“Do you want the honor sister?” Mala asks.

Before Isha can answer, a roar is heard.

“Leave the holy man alone!”

Ragga barrels down the street, knocking aside allied and enemy soldiers alike. He reaches Isha and Mala and swings his axes.

Mala dodges, Isha parries. Simon gets up, grabbing a sword from a fallen soldier, and charges back into the fray.
>>
>>2283158
*munching popcorn*
>>
File: 1513715368860.jpg (124 KB, 564x788)
124 KB
124 KB JPG
>>2283163

One-hundred ships slip into the Brevekan bay. The sun is setting, its orange and purple rays streaking across the sky. Sealord Allatuis stands on the prow of his ship, leading the rest of the flotilla.

First mate Jin, as well as Visys, stands behind him. None are speaking. The previous night had been one of madness and misery, as sailors were plagued by nightmares and visions.

“What is the plan?” Visys says, watching as the Dark City approaches.

Allatuis is silent for a long time. He stares intently at the Dark City, its walls growing larger and larger as the fleet approaches.

“The plan? We will unload these diseased pirates in the city, and then I will seek out this Aeoch,”

“Alone?”

“A large group would only get me caught,” Allatuis says. “I desire secrecy above all else,”

“Then at least allow me to go with,” Visys says.

“Met too captain,” first mate Jin says. “Wouldn’t be right otherwise.”

Allatuis finally turns away from the city and looks at them. A tired smile is on his lips. “Very well friends, we will go, the three of us,”

The fleet begins unleashing ballista arrows onto the crusader’s camp outside the city. As the fleet moves into the city, the ships grow closer and closer together. They destroy the crusader’s pontoon bridges, crushing them underneath the ships.

There are still thousands of crusaders within the outer ring. As the ships cram into the out ring harbor, thousands of arrows rain down on them. And thousands of arrows are released back in answer.

The ships, all one hundred of them crammed in the harbor, unload thousands of their pirates. The sailors rush along the docks, engaging with the crusaders and catching fire to the surrounding buildings.

“Come,” Allatuis says. “Let us go,”

The three of them, Allatuis, Visys and Jin, sneak along the neighborhoods of the outer ring. Narrow alleys and sidestreets eventually bring them to the first wall. Allatuis nods to Jin, who unwraps a cog-driven arrow launcher. He points it upwards, pulls the trigger, and a rope erupts up into the air. It catches the wall, and the trio begin climbing.

Once on top of the wall, Allatuis rushes with the other two through more narrow streets and alleys. More walls, more gates, until finally the three have snuck into the section containing Aeoch’s citadel.
>>
>>2283171

They use the cog-launcher to gain entry to a second story window, and sneak inside the citadel.

Swords drawn, the trio move silently up the stairs. The next level up they spread out, looking for the next staircase.

“And who might you three be? Sneaking around like rats in the cellar?”

A harsh lantern light illuminates Allatuis, Visys and Jin.

“I am Allatuis, a sealord, and I seek Aeoch,”

“Many do,” The figure says, stepping forward. “But few find him,”

“Who speaks,” Allatuis says.

“I am called Jusdus. I am kin to Aeoch, as it were,”

“Then you will tell me where to find him, or so help me,” Allatuis raises his sword at Jusdus.

“I would not advise that,” Jusdus says, a low chuckle escaping his lips. “But tell me sealord, why do you seek Aeoch?”

“I would have the cure for the sleeping sickness,” Allatuis says. “For me and all the crews who came with me, and all the people it will spread to”

Jusdus laughs. “The people who have now caught it in the city, there is no hope for them. But my good sealord Allatuis, if you wished to cure your pirate friends, all you had to do was ask,” Jusdus points to Allatuis’s hand. “After all, he who spreads the sickness, also carries the cure,”

Allatuis looks at his hand. A strange marking adorns it, one he cannot decipher.

“It is the mark of those who first spread the sickness,” Jusdus says. “A drop of your blood will cure as many pirates as you can give it to. Though be warned, don’t bleed yourself to death,”

Allatuis stares at his hand.

“Captain?” Jin says.

“C’mon, we have to go!” Allatuis says.

The trio retreats, Jusdus’s laughter following them out.

They tear down the tower, coming out the front door of the citadel. They charge across the slush, until they pass under Aeoch’s walls, and out into the middle rings.

Isha and Xtatlak’s forces are retreating behind Aoech’s walls. The crusaders are also retreating, most likely to engage the pirates. For the first time since the day started, there is a strange peace on the streets.

“What now?” Visys says, running alongside Allatuis.

“Now head back and save what pirates we can,” Allatuis says. “And get the hell out of here before the sickness spreads,”
>>
Brief break, then Kinsee, Gaul, Baroque, Orion and Hecate. Not necessarily in that order.
>>
actually by brief break I mean several hours, Im going into work for a few, but the updates will continue
>>
>>2283184
Do I have the capabilities of createing general grivoues?
I'm talking about the 2003 one the surperior one
>>
>>2283192

The origonal Kinsee player had Amedden, a butcher-sewer, creating things called Hunters. I think your army list still includes them maybe?

So yeah basically.
>>
>>2283202
Another fine addition to my collection
Going to make grievous the best and get him that animated series voice
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2283163
Isha
Focus on Ragga if we take the leader his forces may falter
>>
>>2283206
What are hunters?
>>
>>2283216

Alchemy super soldiers
>>
>>2283305
So my very own orkin?
>>
>>2283314
Kind of, Yours are harder to make but more powerful, and also still vaguely resemble men
>>
>>2283319
Good enough
Wonder how many I can create to the point where I overwhelm Gaul with sheer manpower
>>
>>2283319
Fenwald is getting lonely. He needs some Woadmen to command. I like the idea of every general having their own special unit. Xtatlak has the Berserker units, Ragga the undead, Gaul the Orkin, Isha the Moon Knights, Hecate had her witches, And.... what does Aeoch have?
>>2283370
I would help, but I'm kind of busy at the moment.
>>
>>2283393
I can see Aeoch making some kind of quasi-Ringwraith looking thing.
>>
Rolled 7 (1d20)

>>2283163
Fuck, Simon would have smashed Isha's pussy in if not for her sister. Remind me to kill brother pram later

Simon calls chieftain Url (dude lop described in the beginning) to call in the Trollog tribes. They will deliver the punch they need into Aeoch's quarter
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2283171
>>2283177
I order my blood administered to every pirate it can be without my death, and tell the crews to basically grab all the loot they can without getting infected and get the fuck out of dodge. When we reach a safe location, we will regroup, take stock of our numbers and losses, and plan our next step.
>>
>>2282540
>>2282531

Hecate carries Baisili’s, numb to her surroundings. Trees pass by and voices shout. Suddenly someone runs in front of Hecate.

“Mistress!” A witch says, shaking Hecate. “Your commanders are regrouping! More soldiers have arrived from the east! They’re about to head back into the trees!”

Hecate doesn’t respond, brushing Baisili’s hair from her face.

“Move sister,” a voice says.

Hecate’s head snaps up. Before her stands Zama, her closest sister witch.

“Za-zama,” Hecate says, working hard to fight back tears. “I’m so, so tired of fighting,”

“I know sister,” Zama says, taking Baisili’s body from Hecate. “But your people need you now, you must rally yourself,”

Hecate looks around, as if seeing her surroundings for the first time. Her soldiers rush past her, the army moving to meet Orion again.

“I thought you where taken by Ma Fordja,” Hecate says. A soldier comes up to her, leading her horse. She takes the reigns.

“I was, but Ma Forja has heard tale of this Messan prince, and now desires to end him,”

Hecate climbs up on her horse. She gazes back down at Zama. “It’s…it’s good to have you back, Zama,”

Zama, holding Baisili’s body, nods. “Go forth my mistress, and exact a steep price for our enemies’ deeds,”

Hecate spurs her horse onward, joining thousands of other knights galloping through the woods. Soldiers follow on foot, brandishing spears and shields.

It does not take long to find Orion and his army. They have moved some ways away, and are regrouping.

Hecate’s army falls upon them like waves on the beach.
>>
File: twgew.jpg (584 KB, 1280x1719)
584 KB
584 KB JPG
>>2283916

Orion and his army mill about, gathering their wounded and preparing to strike out again. The Blood Queen is huddled with Fenwald as soldiers rush about.

“What is this?” Orion says, strolling over to them. “What gathering is happening between my leader of wolf-men and my greatest sorcerer?”

The Blood Queen turns to him, flexing her new arm. It is made of bark and leaves, but resembles that of a human hand and arm.

“Master Fenwald has seen fit to gift me with a new arm,” The Blood Queen says. “Now I may fight alongside my wolves, instead of leading them from the back,”

“You will get that chance soon enough,” Orion says, beaming. “We struck a mighty blow against the witches, had we been able to pursue them, our work here in the east would have been finished,”

A cry goes up from the edges of the encampment. Orion looks puzzled, then Fenwald and the Blood queen stand.

“Those damned witches,” The Blood Queen says, drawing her sword with her new hand. “They’re back for more.”

“Line up!” Orion yells, brandishing his mace. “Line up soldiers of Messa!”

The two sides meet once again, battle joining so shortly after it had ended. Giants and wolves attack knights. Witches unleash their fury on soldiers. Fey do battle with fey.

Just like the earlier battle, it does not las long. This time, the momentum is with Hecate’s forces, and Orion is forced to retreat. Luckily for his forces, the Lyydan Court castle is within sight, and Orion’s armies flee behind its walls.

Hecate and her army surround the castle deep in the woods, preparing for a long siege.
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>2283919
Use a Massive spell to rile up all the monster and beasts to aid us in the surrounding wood. Have them surround the witch while we pepper them with arrows from the thistle boys and boulders from the golems. Once they're to busy dealing with the beasts have Ama and the Hill giants rush through the gates and charge the attackers.
>>
>>2283973
Orion chill man, like goddamn
>>
>>2283973
Thank you dice gods. I thought I was gone for a moment there.
>>
>>2283919
>>
>>2282511
>>2282350

Captain Melgrog stands at the head of a large column of orckin. They march through the desert, heading into the kingdom of Qarzen. The Ivory Lord has rallied some of his forces, and gathered them around the city of Ubutu.

“Captain,” An orckin growls, coming up to Melgrog.

“Speak,” He says, surveying the dunes ahead of his army.

“We’ve spotted the city ahead,”

“Excellent,” Captain Melgrog says, a slow smile on his face. “Move the orckin into advancing lines, we will charge their position once we march into range,”

The orckin soldiers scramble to form up lines, widening out their army until it appears like a mass of black and iron.

Captain Melgrog climbs onto his fangbeast and draws his scimitar. “Forward you dogs! Forward!”

The orckin yell, and warhorns sound. The armies of King Gaul advance.

The city of Ubutu rises up before them. Arrows begin to pepper down from the sky, embedding in the sand or finding soft targets in the orckin soldiers. Captain Melgrog continues to march forward with his soldiers, an every-encroaching army stepping across the dunes.

A roar sounds from the heavens, then another. Two shadows pass over the army. Captain Melgrog looks up.

“Dragons!” An orckin yells. “Dragons above!”

The two dragons, their scales yellow like the dunes, peel around and sail down over the army. They unleash two streams of fire, roasting orckin soldiers.

Captain Melgrog narrows his eyes. “Release the creature,” He says. His orckin squire nods, and blows on a horn.

At the end of the orckin host is a strange contraption on wheels. It is big enough to hold a two story house, and wide enough to fill a city street. A tarp covers it, but the tarp is removed by orckin soldiers.

Underneath sits the Bandid wind demon. It stands, stretches, then slowly gets off the platform. It stretches once more, then takes off across the sands. Each footfall sends tremors through the earth. It moves at a speed that should be impossible, sending waves of sand exploding into the air.

The Bandid wind demon flexes, then leaps into the air. It catches one of the dragons, bringing it back down into the sands.

“Onward you dogs!” Melgrog yells. “Forward, unto death and glory!”

The orckin cheer and surge forward. The Ivory Lord’s forces meet them outside the city, clashing with the orckin armies under unrelenting heat.

The battlelines push back and forth, swords and spears glinting in the sunlight. The Bandid wind demon wrestles with the dragons, snatching them from the air and throwing them into the earth.

Finally the dragons have enough, and take off high into the air. This disappear into the distance, retreating back towards RaMeen and their master.
>>
>>2284073

With the dragons gone, the Bandid Wind Demon turns its attention towards the Ubutu defenders. It bounds across the sands, leaping into the air and landing among the Ivory Lord’s army. From there, it only takes ten minutes for the orckin armies to send the Ivory Lord’s forces into retreat.

For now, Ubutu belongs to King Gaul.

Many thousands of leagues to the north, Kinsee stands on a balcony in RaMeen. Below her is the city, stretching out in the distance. In the distance, the high priestess spies her two dragons, Bel Air and Settra.

She leaves her balcony, passing servants in the many opulent chambers that line her palace. She leaves the palace, strolling out into the large plaza outside her palace and the temple connected to it.

Bel Air and Settra land, sending Kinsee’s robes of office blowing against her.

“Hello, hello my beauties,” Kinsee says, stroking the dragons. She checks over the, noticing many new scars and scratches. “Who has done this to you? Who has hurt you so?” The dragons snort, then whine in a low, powerful sound. “I see,” Kinsee says. “Then the vile orckin have taken Ubutu. No matter, I will take care of those creatures soon enough,”

Kinsee soothes the dragons while her servants bring meat to feed them. A temple guard runs up to Kinsee, bowing.

“High Priestess, we have just gotten word from our tribe scouts in the white wastes,”

“Oh?” Kinsee says, feeding her dragon a slab of meat.

“They have, discovered something. An entrance, to a tomb of sorts,”

“Interesting,” Kinsee says, rubbing her chin and smearing it with blood.
>>
Rolled 8 (1d20)

>>2283147
Xtatlak will concoct a spell to do great area damage, an earthquake or maybe a great thick fog that hides abyssal monsters within it(Think like Steven King's The Mist)perhaps, who cares if ally get caught up with the deadly magic, collateral damage am I right? Xratlak will have their army on standby until the spell has finished causing all that sweet sweet destruction to go in and attack whoever is still alive.
>>
>>2284047
you were uh doing something?
>>
File: 1420162220952.jpg (71 KB, 600x450)
71 KB
71 KB JPG
>>2284103
Think again silly skeleton!
>>
File: 1513715242513.jpg (86 KB, 564x719)
86 KB
86 KB JPG
>>2282276

Night holds sway over the Dark City. The slush in the streets turns to water, rushing past the cobblestones and running into the gutters.

Below the streets and the gutters, thousands of legionnaires stream silently in the sewers. With them are northern warriors, as well as the yeti creatures, though they barely fit the small confines of the tunnels. The water from the melting snow comes up to their chests, but the soldiers push onward.

In the Black Legion quarter, two Cabal spies wait by a sewer grate. They here a tapping from within the sewer, and both of the spies grip the grate. They tug once, twice, then the grate comes free.

Legionaries pour out of the sewer. More and more, until finally Grand Marshal Baroques’s entire army is within the Black Legion’s quarter.

The alarm is sounded moments later. Mercenaries under Tarvis’s command rush out to meet Barqoues’s army, but it is too late; The loyal Black Legion has taken the advantage.

The fighting is fierce, and towards the end, desperate. Street by street, Barqoues’s forces push the mercenaries back, until finally the walls of the Black Legion citadel rises up before them.

Grand Marshal Barqoue walks towards the walls while his soldiers fight around him.

“Tarvis!” Baroque yells up at the walls. “Come down you coward, and fight me for the title you have not earned!”

Grand Marshal Tarvis appears on the walls. He looks down on the battle, surveying it as if it displeased him. His voice carries down.

“I think not Grand Marshal. You may have that which you covet, for all the good it will do you as you rot outside my citadel. You shall never make it past these walls, you will die with the others in this wretched city,”

“I will crack open your tower like the shell of a seabeast Tarvis! Your walls will not save you!”

Tarvis simply turns away, returning inside his tower. The mercenaries are breaking and running, unable to match the discipline of the legion and auxiliaries.

“Prepare to bring that tower down,” Tarvis says to one of his commanders. “Stone by stone if we have to,”

No sooner have the words left his mouth, then a fierce light explodes into the night. Baroque turns around and sees that Tarvis’s tower has been engulfed in flames.

“Is he, is he dead?” His commander asks, shielding his eyes against the brightness of the flames.

“No,” Baroque says, staring unfazed at the light. “Tavis’s blasted brother has performed some trickery of the Arts to protect them in their tower,” Baroque turns back to his victorious legions. “No matter, we will get in one way or another,”
>>
Rolled 19 (1d20)

>>2284047
Hecate
Avenge your fallen sisters
>>
>>2284150
Ummm... Mine still counts as a critical right?
>>
>>2284150
off by one oh god
>>
File: 1484863079021.jpg (444 KB, 688x931)
444 KB
444 KB JPG
>>2282225

Lord Ruskiev’s knights ride out from behind a hill, their banners flying in the wind. Ahead of them are the plains of western Ghomas, controlled by fierce lords with ambitious armies.

One of the Drolga knights, Sir Balikov, leads the other score. He has seen much of Western Ghomas, and done his best to gather information. Such is a thing is unbecoming of a knight, but Sir Balikov cannot help but admit it is a bit exhilarating.

As the Drolga knights pass from village to village, they have learned that Ghomas in turmoil. In the east, witches and their armies have overrun Ghomas, seizing its lands and cities. In the west, the remaining Ghomas lords squabble among themselves over the coin they earned under the Dark Lord’s reign.

The mercenary bands who plagued upper Romaes are long gone, either having been slayed, hired or convinced to move on. In this regard there is some stability.

But dark news pours up from the south. War, and more war, and rumors of something much worse. A sickness that may be spreading, a sickness of dreams and terrors.

Eventually, Sir Balikov returns to Drolga, having rode all over western Ghomas. The land is ripe for commerce and stability, in any form it may come in.
>>
I think I got everyone, let me know if you have any questions as we wait for reply rolls to come in
>>
>>2284171
What are the current casualties suffered by both sides? Don't need specific units just numbers. We know there were 20k defenders lost in the start, 5k Xtatlak's riders but no other specific numbers
>>
>>2284171
I want to know if I completely steamrolled hecate with that critical or are we neck and neck?
>>
>>2284180

It's kind of hard to gauge numbers, i can get more congrete numbers when I sit down again. Xtatlac didn't actually lose 5,000 riders though

More crusaders keep pouring in from the west, and the defenders keep recruiting from the city, so it's pretty static at the moment as far as army size goes
>>
>>2284200
My bad, I thought they all died holding the knights off
>>
>>2284187
I'm afraid 19 vs 20 is pretty damned neck and neck. If hecate anon had rolled below ten it would have probably been a blow out, by they rose to the occasion
>>
>>2284205
I should have never made fun of the Skelly. It's what I get I suppose.
>>
>>2284217
Hahaha it will soon turn around, but instead of making fun of me you should be careful with your orckin friend.

>>2284171
The abyssal fog sounds like an awesome idea, will it still be in the story? I don't care if it's not that deadly!
>>
Rolled 10 (1d20)

>>2284073
Now time show them my dragon, I bet it can take on both of them at the same time!
Keep marching, we will have the snakes head in a pike when we finally take over all of Syptia
Have the alchemists I captured start making more orckin!
>>
>>2284217
Never mind, blonde moment, but when I'm done with the dark siege shenanigans I'm coming after your precious forest
>>
>>2284243

If Aeoch has his way the dream sickness fog will be much more prevalent. If not, well there's always ways to recreate natural phenomon in a controlled setting
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

>>2284165
Barouqe had earned his title as Grand Marshal through a thousand battles and a hundred campaigns. When the last Grand Marshal had died and the Dark Lord personally anointed Barouqe to such lofty tower he had engaged in a blood ritual which had bound the Black Tower to his very blood.

He grab a long blade running across his hand letting the scarlet liquid run into the stone the Citadel. Tarvis would find no solace here as the very fortress turned against him.

(I hope this level of bullshittery is fine, I just thought it would be cool)
>>
File: d1511637263281.jpg (564 KB, 792x1224)
564 KB
564 KB JPG
>>2284253
Keep off my forests you dumb bag 'O bones!
>>
>>2284268

I like it, we'll work it in
>>
>>2284264
If Xtatlak was confronted by another character will he be ale to stand a chance, can he turn himself into a combatant creature when he's in danger, mind if I get more lore about Xtatlak especially his abilities?

>>2284282
I'll burn it all to the ground with whoever lives in it too! rattle rattle rattle
>>
>>2284371

Xtatlak is like batman, the more preptime he has the more dangerous he is. If he's prepared for a fight, the only way to win against him is to not play
>>
>>2284375
Hahaha great analogy, but let's say he isn't prepared, what are the chances he'll come on top if faced against someone like Orion or Simon?
>>
>>2284386

Being forced to fight Simon or Orion unprepared would be very bad. Simon's a sword master and Orion is a trollog with druid powers
>>
>>2284409
When Simon joined the adventure you described that he got "strength" alongside longevity. Been fighting all the time despite injuries but how much "strength" are we lookin at here?

Also loving the Orion/Hecate war, I always though Hecate was just pretending to be caring
>>
>>2285058
>I always though Hecate was just pretending to be caring
Same here
>>
Rolled 15 (1d20)

>>2284076
Continue investigating this tomb prepare a ambush for the origin invaders with the help of my dragons and send my hunters to he,p in this ambush aswell
>>
>>2285203
*orkin
>>
Rolled 18 (1d20)

>>2283163
>>2285058
Jesus fuck dude, i'm supposed to be the reckless one here.

Didn't imagine i'd end up having to save your ass.

Anyway, send ALL THE UNDEAD to the harbors, it's time to fuck shit up.

Allatius, I know that none of this is your fault, but if you survive and then regroup, Ragga will probably try to murder you with a lot of passion.
>>
Rolled 15 (1d20)

>>2284165
Very well, send the army to West Ghormas. I want to see the handywork of this emissary.
>>
>>2285306
Ghomas*
>>2283163
>>2283171
Also, nice battle. Reading this is like watching a spanish soap opera, it's full of twists.
>>
Lop any chance you're participating in the Being of Creation quest?
>>
>>2285632
It's pretty fun.

Me and Gaul are about to beat the fuck out of some psychic fungus.
>>
>>2285637
I have a gut feeling he's in it for some weird reason
>>
Give me a quick rundown what is being of creation
>>
>>2285657
Uh, some goddess of creation made this big-ass void where a it's just a bunch of hexes.

You pick one to start with, decide what your character is and then expand and evolve.

For example, Gaul's a bunch of undead and i'm the king of the fairies and elves.

Unfortunately, the OP isn't accepting any more players.

>>2274646

Here's the first thread anyway.
>>
>>2285632

No but I skimmed through it, definitely feel like me and the QM would get along, looks very interesting and lore-y

We're just waiting on Aeoch anon I believe. I'll give em some more time and
then we'll plow ahead

>>2285058
If Simon gets stabbed in the heart or decapitated or fucked up enough he'll die, but he can take a bit more punishment than the average man, as can his sword brothers to a certain extent
>>2285349
Ha! This weekend, stay tuned for the thrilling conclusion of El Senor Mal es Meurte
>>
>>2285897
aw fuck any chance you could just roll for him now? I'd like to sneak in another roll, going to bed soon
>>
Rolled 1 (1d20)

>>2285897
Have the men retreat to the next set of walls setting up traps, choke-points and ambushes in the city streets leading to the next area.

Place misinformation among the Crusaders that the June Child is no longer held in Aeoch's Quarter but has been moved into the Inner Ring of the City.
>>
>>2285907

Let me write up some responses on people who have already rolled, which will save time. But if they take too too long I will roll, the quest is just already hard enough for new players to get into and I don't want to push anyone away
>>
>>2285969
Anon I....
>>
>>2285969
Somthing seems different but I can't put my hand on it
>>
>>2285969
WOW, I'M REALLY CONVINCED THAT THE JUNE CHILD IS NO LONGER IN YOUR QUARTER, AEOCH!
>>
>>2285969
YOU KNOW WHAT I'M ALSO VERY CONVINCED OF? THAT YOU'RE AEOCH!
>>
>>2285969
I should stop trying to help people
>>
>>2285995
Probably
>>
>>2285995
My sides Barouqe my fucking sides
>>
I'm writing now, updates will take an hour, but if Aeoch anon doesn't roll we'll incorporate that 1 and use it to forward the plot
>>
>>2286006
Give the one to Gaul
>>
>>2286006
I sincerely ask that you use that 1 for the sake of us crusaders.

Also Lop, can you change my post a little so that I sent one thousand undead to help Kinsee?
>>
>>2286006
I just want to say I am sorry to Aeoch anon
>>
File: 1396303078571.png (758 KB, 556x649)
758 KB
758 KB PNG
>>2286011
LOL
>>
>>2286018
I might be awakening the tomb kings
And can I use them as meat Shields?
>>
>>2286028
There's plenty more where they came from, do whatever you want with them.
>>
>>2286011
He better not you cheeky cunt, but in all seriousness Barouqe don't help again you'll just do kore damage kek
>>
File: uxDb9my.png (355 KB, 557x605)
355 KB
355 KB PNG
>>2286078
>>
>>2285306
Unless you feel like following us out into the open seas, you won't be able to, as Allatius and his gang are hauling ass before the plague slaughters half the combatants.
We might come back for more plunder once I get an idea of what my numbers are like, so you may still get your chance.
>>
>>2286163
Ragga is fuckin' mad.

I'll find a way to get you, no matter what.
>>
>>2286170
>looks at my roll
>looks at your roll
How fast do these undead things move?
>>
>>2286172
I will choose to believe that they are zombies that can run, though I suppose we could ask Lop after he posts.
>>
>>2286175
In the meantime, I will choose to believe that they are the slow zombies.
>>
>>2286170
I will help if the plague touches my guy
>>
>>2286170
>>2286179
>thanksaeoch.jpg
>>
>>2286181
Nigga, I will make a fucking ghost ship if I have to just to murder your ass.
>>
>>2286187
You won't if you get sick and die, you simpering simian.
>>
File: damn.png (295 KB, 450x452)
295 KB
295 KB PNG
>>2285969
Bravo, Baroque! Bravo!
>>
>>2286193
I won't.

The zombies will.

We will then burn them and get more.

Easy.
>>
>>2286219
Use the zombies as rafts
>>
>>2286219
By which time I will be gone, and you and your allies will continue to suffer from the dream plague.
>>
>>2286233
You can run but you cannot hide.

In time, you will be cought.
>>
>>2286240
We'll see, my friend. To catch me, you'll have to make it out of this siege with your life.
>>
>>2286243
Not especially difficult.
>>
File: Filburtfortune.jpg (117 KB, 634x362)
117 KB
117 KB JPG
>>2286243
Remember friend. I'm no longer in the siege, I pulled all my units out. If this plague nonsense doesn't get solved by the time I'm done with the witch. Than I'll have to go after you. Atleast to procure a cure for myself.
>>
>>2286254
Who are you again?
>>
>>2286257
Oh shit. I forgot I still had that
>>
>>2286262
Oh shit, I thought we had a deal?
>>
File: 1450971574044.jpg (60 KB, 1022x512)
60 KB
60 KB JPG
>>2285969
>>2285306
>>2284103
>>2283711
>>2283670
>>2283210

Joshri the reborn stands in the streets outside Aeoch’s quarter. There is mass confusion, as soldiers look for leaders to direct them. Some are yelling to retreat back to the docks. Others are pointing at Aeoch’s walls, where Isha and Xtatlak’s armies now hide.

The undead knight is watching the same argument unfold between Ragga and Simon.

“We must strike at Aeoch now!” Simon says. “The June Child will not last behind those walls!”

“Holy man!” Ragga says, clapping his chest. “I care not for the child, only the conquest that is my birthright!” He points at Aeoch’s walls with his axe. “Those enemies hide behind walls. So be it! I will be back for them later.” Ragga points his axe towards the harbor, the outer ring and the inlet beyond. “See those ships? Those are enemies in the streets, begging for Ragga to descend upon them. And I will not leave them wanting!” Ragga throws back his head. “Warriors of Ragga, to the docks!”

The warriors and soldiers who serve Ragga cheer, rushing out from the middle ring and back into the outer. Simon watches them go, a dismayed expression on his face.

“Blast it!” Simon says. “We do not have time to be running back and forth between the rings!”

Joshri has now joined the sword brother. He carries his sword, cleaning it with a rag.

“With respect brother Simon,” Joshri says. “I heard among the soldiers that the ships in the harbor destroyed our pontoon bridge. We are cut off,”

A sword brother nods. “Perhaps brother, we should retake the docks, we will not lose our foothold here with the Temple as our allies,”

Simon seems deep in thought. By now, Ragga and his armies have left the inner ring, leaving Simon and his crusader army alone in the middle ring. The crusaders look to their lords for guidance. The lords look to the Sword Brothers.

A horn sounds. Joshri looks up to see one of the gates to Aeoch’s quarter opening. By threes and fours, mounted knights begin streaming out of the gate.

“Nine hells!” A sword brother yells. “They meant to catch us as we retreated!”

“Crusaders!” Simon yells, running to his horse and mounting it. He holds his sword aloft. “Crusaders, line up! Line up! Pikes and spears in front! Archers behind!”

Simon and his sword brothers, now all mounted, take off down the streets, calling out to all the crusaders spread out throughout the neighborhoods. The warriors rush to do as they’re bidden, filling the streets and blocking them off with prickly polearms.
>>
File: 1402865684066.jpg (420 KB, 876x899)
420 KB
420 KB JPG
>>2286277

Joshri stays where he was, joining the line of pike and spearmen, though he has neither. Instead he simply grips his sword, waiting.

The streets begin to tremble. It’s clear the knights have spread out, separating into different streets to attack the crusaders all along their lines. The knights appear around a bend in the street, charging full tilt.

Joshri looks over and sees the crusaders quivering in fear. Some look on the verge of sprinting for the buildings that line the neighborhood.

“Steady!” Joshri says, stepping out from the line. “Steady men!” The crusaders look at him as if he is crazy for stepping out from the wall of weapons. “Archers!” Joshri yells. “Release!”

Whether it is his tone, or his foolhardy courage, the arches obey. Arrows zip past Joshri, narrowly missing his head. Knights and horses collapse in the street, but the others charge on, building momentum.

“Steady!-“ Joshri is cut off by the knights impacting against the crusader lines. Up and down the quarter, the city defenders gallop down streets and into the crusaders.

It is carnage. The spears and pikes kill many knights, but they do not halt the charge. The city knights barrel down the cobblestone, trampling soldiers and crashing in tangled messes.

There is mostly confusion. The city knights momentum is halted, and now chaotic fighting takes hold. Both the crusaders and the knights realize they’re trapped in narrow lanes. They knights have the advantage on horseback, cutting down the soldiers below them.

But the crusaders are not defenseless. They fight hard to surround the knights and pull them from their horses.

Joshri is in the center of the fighting, stabbing horses and knights as the opportunities arise. After kicking over a wounded horse, Joshri takes stock of his surroundings.

The crusaders are not faring well. The city defenders are not either. It is madness in the streets, too narrow for real fighting, only struggling and death.

Joshri swings his sword, catching a dismounted knight in the neck and sending him reeling. The undead knight takes off down the street, looking for Simon.

“Brother Simon! Brother Simon!” Joshri says. “Where is Brother Simon!”

Each street is the same scene; knights and crusaders struggling back and forth in muddy cobblestone. Simon looks around wildly for any sign of the sword brothers.

Instead he finds Pondarus.

“Pondarus!” Joshri says, running up to him. “Have you seen the sword brothers!”

Pondarus has a bandage wrapped across one eye, and his face is streaked in blood. He has a wild smile on his face.

“Joshri!” Pondarus says. “It is good to see you alive!”

“Have you seen the sword brothers!”

“No, why?”

“We are getting massacred! These streets are not good for fighting!”

Pondarus nods, noting the piles of corpses around the street. “Yes I see what you mean,”
>>
>>2286281

Two loud, powerful screeches fill the air. On the walls of the inner ring land two white dragons.

“Well twigs and stones,” Pondarus says, wiping away the sweat and blood from his brow. He stares at the dragons. “Isn’t that a something!”

Joshri does as well. Distant horns sound, and the city defenders begin to break away. The dragons only perch on the walls high above, but it is enough to send the city knights galloping back towards Aeoch’s quarter.

More horns sound.

“Ah,” Podarus says, poking the ground with his sword and resting on it. “That is the call to fall back,” He looks around the street. “Quite the slaughter,”

“We kept the city forces from running down Ragga’s army,” Joshri said. “That in itself is important.
>>
>>2286272
We do, that's why I'm going to need me some plague cure juice from you.
>>
>>2286285
That can be arranged.
>>
File: 1489805070000.jpg (625 KB, 1269x1600)
625 KB
625 KB JPG
>>2286284

Allatuis, Visys and Jin all stand on the deck of Allatuis’s flagship; The Bone-Saw. The sealord is draped over a chair, seemingly unconscious. A long tube runs from his arm, into a bowl on a table. Jin and a man in robes are busy carefully filling vials with the blood from the bowl. Visys watches the scene from behind Allatuis’s chair.

“That’s enough,” Visys says, walking around the chair and grabbing Allatuis’s arm.

“No,” Allatuis says softly, raising his head. “S’not enough. We must save more,”

“You’ve saved enough,” Visys says, ripping the tube from Allatuis’s arm. She takes a bandage and wraps his arm. She turns to the robed man. “Well, how many do you think we can save?”

“Ah, let me make sure I have this correct,” The robed man says, adjusting some spectacles on his face. “One drop of blood will cure this sickness of yours?”

“Yes,”

“Well then,” The robed man says, gesturing at the bowl. “You should be able to save hundreds,”

Visys looks at Jin.

“This ship, does it have a rally horn?”

“Aye,” Jin says.

“Blow it,” Visys says, finishing wrapping Allatuis’s arm. She signals another pirate, who helps her move Allatuis to his bed. She turns back to Jin. “Whoever comes after the horn is blown, that is who we will save.”

Jin nods. “Aye, sounds good,”

Visys sits at Allatuis’s side, then grows restless and stands. She walks out back to the deck.

From the deck her view is surrounded by the Dark City. On the shore, only a stone’s throw away, the pirates run rampant, breaking windows and setting fire to buildings. As Visys watches, she sees a new group arrive.

A giant of a man, with a long beard and two axes, leads thousands of warriors to where the pirates pillage.

“Oh no,” Visys says, almost to herself.

The rally horn sounds. The new army reaches the pirates, and battle is joined.

It does not take long for the pirates to heed the rally horn. They run to the ships in groups of ten or less as time passes.

Visys kills the first couple groups of pirates, for they are the most cowardly. As the others begin to stream in, she uses her crew to capture them and administer the cure.

Though it seems like an eternity, Visys and her crew capture, cure, and pressgang a thousand pirates in an half hour. It’s enough to man forty ships.

As Visys leaves the harbor with the forty ships, she burns the other ships, leaving the rest of the pirates, as well as the sickness, trapped in the Dark City.
>>
>>2286291

The June Child, Laesea, sits on the window sill of her tower, gazing down into the Dark City below.

Something is very, very wrong.

It is the morning after a fierce battle. Apparently pirates arrived in the night as well, and were all slaughtered by a barbarian. But it is not these things that worry her.
Not the people who come to draw little vials of her blood, though it tries her courage. Not the fuzzy black lines outside that indicate a large group is in the streets below. Though that is also distressing, as that means fighting is about to occur. Not even the battle Laesea personally witnessed from her tower last night, the attackers just right outside the walls of the quarter.

No, the thing that troubles the June Child came last night, and continued unto morning.

It was the dreams.

A knock sounds on the door. Maldry, her lady-in-waiting, peeks inside.

“Laesea,” Madlry does, doing her best to smile. The June Child can see the bags under Maldry’s eyes from where she stands. “Master Aeoch requests your presence,”

Laesea goes over to a pillow in front of a mirror while Maldry lets herself in the room. Laesea sits on the pillow, and Maldry sits behind her. The Lady-in-waiting takes a brush from a gold box, and begins straightening out the June Child’s hair.

“My goodness, if I had hair as obstinate as this I would cut it all off!”

“It will only grow back,” Laesea says, matter of factly. She stares at herself in the mirror, watching Maldry work.

“Well sure, then I’d just have to get good at it. Chop! Chop! Chop!”

Laessea smiles as Maldry slips into her sing-song voice.

“Tell me lady Maldry,” Laesea says. “Why am I to go before Master Aeoch?”

Maldry is silent for a moment, concentrating on working the brush through Laesea’s hair.

“Well,” Maldry finally says. “You didn’t hear it from me, but there are some awfully strange guests waiting in the Master’s hall,”

Leasea looks down. “Are they going to take my blood again?”

“Heavens no,” Maldry says, trying her best to soothe. “No no no, it’s just a formal meeting of sorts, I can’t pretend to understand it,” Maldry finishes doing up Laessea’s hair, and sticks it in place with a golden comb. “There,” Maldry says, standing up. “You look beautiful. Now go through on those red robes and tunic, is the latest inner ring fashion,”
>>
>>2286297


Moments later, Leasea and Maldry are walking outside of the June Child’s room. It is the first time Laesea has left since she first arrived.

Soldiers line the hallway. They do not react as Laesea and Maldry pass them.

After some twists and turns, the pair arrive at a large set of double doors. The soldiers standing in front of them push the doors open.

Laesea walks into the hall, Maldry now following behind. At the head of the hall sits Aeoch in a throne made of black rock. Beside him stands Jusdus, his brother.
In front of Aeoch stands a woman wearing armor and with blue hair, and another woman with black hair, who is offering her arm as support to an old, robed man.

“And her she is,” Jusdus says, opening his arms wide. “Come! Come child, stand next to me,” Jusdus gestures at Laesea as she draws nearer. “See? She is in good health, and taken care of,”

“You have to do something Aeoch!” General Isha says. “The dream sickness is running wild!”

“Yes,” Aeoch says, his voice coming out in a hiss. “When the crusaders laid their heads down to rest, all suffered immensely.”

“Not just them!” General Isha says. “My soldiers are suffering too. Everyone in the city is catching the sleeping sickness.”

“I should mention few of Juxulan’s soldiers have caught it,” Mala says, seemingly bored. “Maybe we’re made of sterner stuff,”

“Just wait Mala,” Isha says, still staring at Aeoch. “Time is the friend of plague,”

“So our forces have suffered,” Aeoch says. “Have not the crusaders suffered more? Did we not hear their cries echoing up from the docks? Have they not come to attack us once today? For they must recover from the dreams,”

“That’s not all,” General Isha says. “The Dark City has now run out of food. The crusaders too. They’re pillaging the outer ring, taking food from the residents. You cannot, under any circumstances, give up the June Child to your mysterious ally,”

Leasea stiffens at hearing the blue-haired woman talk about her. She does her best to listen closely.

“Have I not given you vials of her blood?” Aeoch says, adjusting himself in his throne. “Does not her blood grow food in a day and a night?”

“You’ve given us enough for months yes, years even,” Isha says. “But after that, then what? The June Child can save the city!”

“Perhaps you should stop trying to save this city, sister,” Mala says. “You never could tell a lost cause after all,”

“It will be a lost cause if Aeoch hands away the only thing that can feed our armies and the residents of this city,” Isha says, her voice low.

The old man leaning on Mala coughs. Mala leans down by him, then nods.

“My lord Xtatlak would ask Master Aeoch if he may approach,”

Jusdus looks at Aeoch, who nods.

“He may,” Jusdus says.
>>
File: 1490907771551.jpg (864 KB, 1417x2000)
864 KB
864 KB JPG
>>2286307

The old man straightens up, casting off his robes. Laesea gasps. Under the robes is a man, with a head that is a skull. She recognizes him, the man who visited her room in visions.

Xtatlak approaches the June Child. Aeoch holds up his hand.

“That is far enough, sorcerorrr,” Aoech says.

The mummy lord studies the June Child, finally nodding.

“I must agree with General Isha,” Xtatlak says, looking to Aeoch. “It would be foolish to hand over someone with so much…potential,”

“I will not explain my reasons to a child playing at being a leader of men, and a dead man who dabbles in the Arts,” Aeoch says, his voice hissing out like a broken forge.

“So you have brought plague upon us!” Isha says, growing angry. “And will deny us the thing that can save our city?”

“I would,” Aeoch says. “And then I would tell you it is in the service of our Dark Lord,”

“Your mind is warped Aeoch,” Isha says, pointing at him. “You will be the end of us all,”

“There is a week until second Heaven’s moon,” Aeoch says. “I will store up for you as many vials as I can without harming the child,”

Laesea again stiffens at hearing this.

“Then,” Aeoch says. “The deal is completed,”

“This is not over Aeoch,” Isha says, turning away. “We will drive out these invaders, we will suffer the plague you have brought on us, and then we will have words,”

“I look forward to it, general,” Aeoch says as Isha closes the door. He turns to Xtatlak and Mala. “Well? Does the Lord of Juxulan have anything to say,”

Xtatlak bows his head, then turns away. “No words for the Eater of Whispers, only wishes of good fortune in your battles ahead,”

“Hmph,” Aeoch says. “Go, trouble not my halls mummy,”

“As you wish,” Xtatlak says, leaving the room. “Aeoch, Eater of Whispers,”
>>
Brief break, then I'll address the others
>>
>>2286323

Also Xtatlak your spell didn't quite work but your armies are going to remain unscathed from the plague. I meant to imply that more in the post.
>>
>>2286331
So an 18 did basically nothing?

I need to up my rolling game.
>>
>>2286335

your 18 was split between assraping pirates and raising 10,000 undead to aid kinsee
>>
>>2286337
Oh boi
>>
>>2286337
I've been meaning to ask, are there other continents across the oceans?
>>
>>2286337
Uh,I only said to send one thousand but fuck it, who cares?
>>
>>2286360
Good for me
It will help when I awaken what's in the tomb
>>
>>2286368
Yo, you better not wake up Settra and get us all buttfucked, yeah?
>>
>>2286376
The forces of nekamkarra shall rise again
>>
>>2286356

Yes but nobody has the skills or Arts necessary to go there, and they're not populated by anything you want to sail and go meet. But there are over ninety kingdoms in the Ten Lands, it's as big as eurasia, and there should be many coasts to visit

That being said, if you want to be a ballsy motherfucker and try and Odysseus the open seas with some lucky rolls, it's your character

>>2286360

Dammit I'm sorry I misread that, scrolling up and down to read replies sometimes spins my head
>>
>>2286381
Nigga, if you wake up one of those fuckers and they get angry enough to try to murder everyone and everything, I just want you to know that I will ditch all of you without hesitation.
>>
>>2286398
It's ok if there under my control I will lend wakof to you
>>
>>2286394
I've never been good with the rolls, so I won't be doing that.
>>2286376
>>2286398
That being said, if the godly apocalypse thing DOES start, I will consider it, and anyone else who might want off this rock when the shit hits the fan can come with (for a price).
>>
Before anyone rolls, I should also clear some things up if my story posts didn't make them clear.

The crusaders have run out of food and are pillaging the city for more. This is pissing off the residents. The crusaders are also plagued with the sleeping sickness

The city has also run out of food, and is also plagued by the sickness, but not as bad. It will get bad, and anyone who is familiar with the sickness knows this, but its just now starting to affect the city

Despite the lack of food and the rampant plague, I'm going to hold one more turn of combat in the City, and then we're going to rev up into endgame for this event, which is where the plot will take off and things will get dicey. Keep in mind you may have to ditch your original plans, but with good rolls and character development it should work out
>>
>>2286414

That is unless next round either side rolls 20's or something ridiculous
>>
>>2286408
Meh, I don't need anything special yet.

I'm waiting to get fucked by the dice gods before I ask you for help, considering you need it more than me.

>>2286412
Should things happen, Ragga will set aside his differences and buy a bunch of ships with all the loot he's gotten, he will then load anything and anyone important onto them and just get the fuck out instantly.
>>
>>2286422
Bringing me right?
>>
>>2286427
You're the one who may or may not create this mess.
You will have made your bed, so you'll be lying in it.
>>
>>2286427
If you're loyal to Ragga, you get a seat.

If you're rich as fuck and willing to pay Ragga, you get a seat.

If you're and enemy and swear loyalty or just get defeated by Ragga, you get a seat.

If you're Allatius...I guess you can bring your ship along with us.

Just in general, don't do stupid shit. Because if by the end of things,there's gonna be a last survivor scenario, Ragga fully intends to be that last survivor.
>>
>>2286438
Oh right, if you're the cause of this, you get a seat.

And plenty of whippings.
>>
>>2286442
>i guess you can bring your ship along with us
Remember whose ships these are, friend.
>>
>>2286445
I'm going to become a tombking
>>
>>2286447
I haven't been paying attention, so feel free to remind me.

>>2286450
Then Ragga will stay and die if must be, exclusively to kick your ass.
>>
>>2286458
Become a tomb king
>>
>>2286466
That's gonna be a no for me, my glorious beard and muscles will be ruined.
>>
>>2286472
You will be a skeleton with a beard and your muscles will still be there just not seeable
Since your a skeleton
>>
Rolled 10 (1d20)

>>2286307
Isha
Keep working on removing the invaders and prepare your men for when Aeoch takes action
>>
>>2286499
That's kinda what I meant.

I'd much prefer Chaos but I guess I can work with tomb kings.

Maybe.
>>
>>2286510
40k chaos better
>>
>>2286519
Chaos in general is good.

Praise Tzeentch!
>>
>>2286523
Praise settra the imperishable
>>
>>2286526
Yeah, him too.

But most of all

PRAISE SIGMAR!
>>
>>2286528
Anyway, I gotta go to bed.

Cya later.
>>
File: Fawarrior.jpg (73 KB, 640x400)
73 KB
73 KB JPG
>>2285203
>>2284249

As orckin do battle with desert warriors in Qarzen, strange Arts are taking place in both Abassa and Kushluck.

In the white wastes, a company of Temple Guard crosses the sands. The sun beats down on the warriors, but they have now been in Syptia a year, and have grown somewhat used to the harsh conditions of their new home.

Guard Captain Tepsa leads the others. Beside him is an Eraki tribesman. It was Eraki hunters who first uncovered the tomb that Kinsee desires. Tepsa crests a dune, and then the Eraki tribesman holds up a hand. He points at a distant dune.

“Amlu Ul salm deo,” The tribesman says.

“He said that’s the tomb,” A temple guard offers.

“I can guess what he said,” Captain Tepsa replies. He points his halberd at the dune. “Forward warriors, our goal is in sight!”

The temple guard company traverses the valley until they reach the dune. The sands at the base have been disturbed by a stone block protruding from the sands. The tribesman motions excitedly, says some words, and stops.

“He says he won’t go any further,” The temple guard says.

“I can guess damn you!” Tepsa says. “Come on then, inside warriors!”

The Temple Guard duck through the entrance into darkness. It is remarkably cooler inside the tomb. The ceiling is low, but the guards move along in single file.

The tomb goes deeper and deeper into the earth. The temple guards hold torches, illuminating the ancient stones and strange carvings. They gaze around in guarded wonder as the carvings grow stranger.

The tunnel opens up into a large chamber. None of the guards can tell how far it goes. Tepsa taps his halberd against the floor. The echo rings far, far into the darkness.

“Forward,” Tepsa says.

It’s slow going, but the temple guard finally reach a wide staircase. A wind cuts through the chamber, rushing by the guards. Fear is carried on its gust, and the temple guard tremble.

Tepsa gulps. His resolve harden, and he begins walking up the stairs. Pausing, he looks back. The temple guard remain at the bottom,”

“Come on you cowards!” Tepsa yells. His voice echoes around the chamber. The echo, more than anything, encourages the warriors upwards.
>>
>>2286554

At the top of the staircase is a circular stone platform. It is large, and lined with statues. In the center is a podium, with a bell resting on it.

At the far end of the disk is a bulbous object covered in a strange curtain.

Tepsa passes the podium, going onward to the covered object. He hears a loud clang that echoes through chamber. He turns around, and sees one of his warriors has accidently knocked over the podium and bell.

“Fool!” Tepsa says. He hears another noise, and turns back. The curtain has fallen away from the object.

A creature, shaped like a man but big as an elephant, rises up from the floor. On his back sits a strange creature in dark purple robes.

It does not speak, but a noises like the buzzing of locusts fills the minds of the temple guard.

“Tell me,” The buzzing says. “Who stands before me, disturbing the sleep of passing?”

No one speaks. Finally Tepsa gulps.

“I am C-captain Telsa of the Temple Guard, of the Temple of He. My liege is the High Priestess Kinsee, who has requested we s-search these-“

“Enough,” The buzzing increases. “I would like to meet with this…Kinsee”
>>
>>2286559

Smoke billows from the fortress city of Bandeer. A foul smell. The smell of dark Arts.

Inside the fortress city are buildings. Newly erected, they are the origin of the smoke. Inside their hastily built walls, alchemists oversea orkcin. The buildings are filled with jars the size of small sheds. They bubble and boil with the foul odor.

“More of the acidyna!” An alchemist barks. The orckin scurry to secure more bags of the herb. “Stir, stir!” Another alchemist yells. Above the jars, the orckin stir the frothy stew.

“Stand at attention!” An orckin captain yells. “King Gaul has arrived!”

The orckin running around pause, as do the ones stirring.

“Not you!” The captain yells, pointing at the orckin stirring. “Keep at it!”

The orckin hasten to comply. King Gaul, flanked by his elite guard, strolls into the room. He stops and sniffs.

“A good smell, it reminds me of home,” Gaul says, smiling. An alchemists runs up to him. “Well?” Gaul says. “How goes my new people?”

“The brew is almost ready,” The alchemists says, rubbing his hands. “We will be able to birth thousands. But we need more sidlock,” The alchemists rubs his fingers together. “It is, a crucial ingredient, for our future stock,”

“And where does one get sidlock?” Gaul says, peering around at the orckin working the jars.

“Ah, well, the Dark Lord got it from Imeria,”

“Then we shall as well,” King Gaul says.

An orckin captain runs into the chamber.

"My King," he says.

Gaul glances at him. "Speak,"

"We have taken Ubutu, but the Ivory Lord sends a large host to retake it,"

"Then we shall meet him on the field of battle," King Gaul says. "Gather my captaina,"
>>
File: 1508449328528.jpg (158 KB, 960x948)
158 KB
158 KB JPG
>>2284268

The Black Legion pours into Tarvis's quarter, hunting any who holds a weapon. Mercenaries are cornered and killed by legionnaires. Buildings are torched, gates broken down.

Grand Marshal Baroque walks through the grounds of the quarter, surrounded by Yeti wearing oversized legion helmets. He takes in the death and destruction. The cries of the mercenaries fill the streets.

The Grand Marshal looks up. Before him rises the Black Tower citadel.

"Come," Baroque says. The yeti follow him inside.

A large spiral staircase winds up into the tower. Mercenaries run around inside. Any who have the misfortune of running near the yeti are crushed.

Baroque walks up the staircase, flanked by his soldiers. At the top are a pair of wooden doors. He has one of the Yeti break them, then walks inside.

The Black Legion grand hall opens up before Baroque. It is as he remembers. Cold, dark, foreboding. He enjoys the wave of nostalgia.

In the center of the hall, hanging from the end of a rope, is Tarvis. His brother's body lies crumbled underneath.

Grand Marshal Baroque walks to Tarvis's brother. He looks down.

"What happened here," A yeti growls, coming up behind him.

Baroque looks up at Tarvis's body, swinging slowly.

"Coating the tower in fire killed the one on the floor," The Grand Marshal says. He points at Tarvis. "Pride killed this one,"

"Then we have won," The Yeti says.

Baroque can't help but show a small smile. He turns away from Tavis and his brother.

"We have killed the pretender, but my memory is long. And I remember many Marshal's who swore allegiance to the traitor,"
>>
Rolled 5 (1d20)

>>2286559
The captain brings this creature back to kinsee under strict control with guards surrounding it aswell as settra with this kinsee starts recruiting and tells the ivory lord not to engage in battle but to siege town the city and starve them out aswell as attacking their supply lines if they wish to win against this enemy
>>
Rolled 8 (1d20)

>>2286291
As I recuperate, I have Visys and Jin find a safe place to resupply the fleet while we figure out what to do next. I ponder the benefits of simply raiding elsewhere, but the chaos in the city may also yield some opportunities. I decide that upon reaching a port, I'll have my men rest and restock before we commit to any one strategy. Besides, we may also come across some useful information from the other sailors at the port.
>>
>>2286601
Oh boy
>>
Rolled 7 (1d20)

>>2286331
Sounds good man
>>2286319
Xtatlak will research everything he can about Heaven's moon so he can prepare to counter whatever Aeoch is planning and if possible to use for himself.
Mala will use the shortage of food and the plague to set up an ambush by "leaking" information to the enemy army that a supply of food and medicine is stashed in a district/warehouse.
>>
File: 1387317317336.jpg (280 KB, 800x582)
280 KB
280 KB JPG
Rolled 18 (1d20)

>>2286599
At last the Black Legion was home, he would order his men to restore the Quarter to good order then get some rest and tend the wounded.

He would then order the Legion Sorcerors, Rhata Ghast Shamans and Cabal Art Users to summon up another great blizzard this one focused on the Crusader army.

He however thought it was now time to properly meet with General Isha and the other Commanders of the Dark City.
>>
File: 1512103765334.jpg (165 KB, 646x960)
165 KB
165 KB JPG
>>2285340

The newly formed 1st Drolgan legion marches out from the Golden Cities. Each soldier bears a tower shield on his back, and grips a short halberd. Uniform helms adorn each head.

The people of the Golden cities are impressed. They line the streets, waving kerchiefs and flowers. The banners of Drolga are held aloft by the standard bearers.

The cataphracts lead the armies, thousands of heavily armored warriors on steads bred for war.

It takes two weeks for the massive host to reach west Ghomas. Three cities are encountered, Bellamortra, Yallsorta and Fris. All surrender.

It is not until the plains of balintr, beyond Fris, does the Drolgan army encounter foes.

The army gathered before them are clearly Ghomas lords, banded together. Colorful banners wave up and down their lines.

The Drolgan General rides forth on a Auga beast. The creature snarls, shaking the heavy armor that covers its sides.

"Forward," The General says. "march!"

A standard bearer blows twice on a horn, and the soldiers march forward.

On the other side of the fields, the Ghomas host sends forth thousands of mounted knights. They thunder across the field, lowering their lances.

"Legion, halt!" The general calls. The standard bearer blows once on the horn.

The Drolgan soldiers unsling thier tower shields and form them into a shield wall. They brace the shields with their shoulder, using both hands to grip the halberd.

The Ghomas knights grow closer, their standards and colors clearly visible to the Drolgans.

"Archers!" The General says. "Release!"

Behind the soldiers bearing tower shields, archers release a volley of arrows. They place an arrow to their strings, and then release another.

Many knights are felled by the arrows, their horses crashing into the ground. Many more continue onward.

The knights impact into the Drolgan line. The first line of soldiers are trampled, but the knights only find halberds beyond that.

The knights and their horses thrash around, the soldiers stabbing at them with pikes.

"Legion, forward!" The General yells.

The soldiers push forward, their pikes driving the knights away. The horses begin to turn.

"Send in the cataphracts!"

The standard bearer blows the horn three times. The heavy cavalry charges across the field, falling onto the spear levy. The levies break and run.

The northwestern Ghomas lords have been defeated, their armies in retreat. The cataphracts pursue many of them, but their heavy armor makes it difficult.

For now, the Drolgan army has claimed its first victory.
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

>>2286564
Where the he'll is Imeria, no matter send Captain Bulduj and the fangbeast riders to raid Imeria for their airlock. Have the vampkin and golems to aid against the ivory lords, have the dragon on stanby
>>
>>2284150
>>2283973

Darkness is thick in the forest. Fey rush by a thicket, their bows gripped tightly. Moments later a Great Wolf runs past the thicket in pursuit.

The forest is alive with battle.

Warrior bands run from treeline to treeline in the darkness. Sometimes allies accidentally attack allies. Sometime foe meets foe.

There are no arrows being released, there is no point in the night. Only the clash of steel and the cry of those cut is heard.

Hecate rides around with a band of her witches. They all hold aloft their staffs, sending out streaks of light into the woods.

The lights turn the darkened forest to day. Both sides attack each other with renewed fury.

The fey fight most viciously of all. Though Hecate and Orion fight over things of a higher nature, the Lyydo and Edo courts feud over something deeper. Something more difficult to understand. When they come across each other, there is no mercy. There is cruelty, and the fey take delight in each other’s deaths.

Orion swings his mace, knocking aside a duo of knights. He brings the mace back, popping the head of a soldier bearing a pike.

“Yes!” Orion says, bringing his mace up. “Finally, at the eve of all things, I will have completed my oath, where others have not kept theirs! See how Orion is the most honorable of princes in all the ten lands!”
>>
File: 1498167031730.jpg (108 KB, 567x852)
108 KB
108 KB JPG
>>2286832

“Orion? ORION?”

A cold wind blows through the forest. Snow mounds grow from the ground, covering the forest floor. A line of witches on horseback emerge from the trees. They are flanked by thousands of Ma Freja’s daughter warriors.

“Orion is the name of a weak mortal, a cursed mortal,” Ma Freja appears out of thin air, towering above the trees. “A dead mortal,”

The trees around Orion quake. He feels their anger, and adjusts the mace in his hand. He points it up at Ma Freja, who in turn stares down at him.

“Long has my line served as the intersection between all things, spirit, mortal, fey.” Orion says. BlackFur the Great Wolf comes up behind him, as do the other Great Wolves. “The ancient tree lords have been wronged, and they point to you, Ma Freja, as the murderer. For it was you who slayed the Wood Father,”

“I will not deny it,” Ma Freja’s voice booms down onto the trees. She raises her blade. “But you stand before the last of the Miar. Now perish with pride mortal,”

Ma Freja’s blade brings with it a wind that bites with cold. It sears Orion’s body, cracking his armor. He leaps off his stead before the blade reaches him, and it takes of Blackfur’s face instead. The Greatwolf falls dead to the ground.

Orion gets to his feet, building momentum as he charges across the snowy forest. He roars, growing louder as he runs. The Great Wolves howl, and follow behind, as well as thousands of thistle goblins.

The witches and warrior daughters meet them. Bolts of lighting rain down from the sky, flurries of snow roar through the trees.

The trees for their part, tremble, ripping out their roots and shielding Orion’s army from the Arts. The Messan Prince reaches the enemy, knocking aside a trio of daughter warriors.

Ma Freja’s blade comes for Orion again, this time catching him in his shoulder. It tears off his arm and freezes over most of his chest.
>>
>>2286835

“Trees, things of the earth!” Orion screams. “Bring me to the frigid bitch!”

The trees rip out from the ground, piling on top of each other and forming a tower. Orion rides the tower into the sky. Ma Freja slices at the tower, sending hundreds of trees to the ground. They shatter like glass, impaling soldiers on both sides.

The tower of trees collapses. Orion leaps from it, crossing the distance between it and Ma Freja. He lands on her head, and begins beating on it with his mace.

Her cries echo out into the air. Orion does not cease, beating his mace into her until it shatters. He switches to his fists.

Finally Orion grabs both sides of Ma Freja’s head wound, and pulls it apart. Her body turns to ice, and collapses into shards.

Orion lands in the snow, which fades. Ma Freja’s daughter’s cry out, screaming in anguish and rage. The trees quiver.

“All hail the new Wood Father,” The trees boom. “Hail, Orion Wood Father,”

Darkness grips the forest. Hecate’s forces have destroyed the Lyydo castle, burning it to the ground. Most of Orion’s fey allies are dead.

Despite this, Hecate’s forces pull back, retreating back towards Edo-held forests. The death of Ma Freja has unhinged her warrior daughters, and Hecate needs time to regroup.

Orion is carried by his thistle goblins on stretcher made of reeds. The Great Wolves bear the body of Blackfur. The trees quake, uprooting themselves and following Orion.

Both sides retreat, Ma Freja’s ice shards littering the grounds, and the Lyddo court castle in flames.
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2286284
It is close, it is so close...

Simon attempts to find a magical suit of plate that would ward off the arts. Brother Pram attacked him twice already. And a sword that would not fail him fighting the sisters again

Then, an all-out assault begins on Aeoch's quarter. Which is actually a distraction - Simon and his most elite sword brothers land past the defenses on dragonback
>>
>>2286896
R.I.P Aeoch eater of whisperers
>>
Rolled 18 (1d20)

>>2286837
Holy...Fuck! R.I.P Black Fur. The Oath has been fulfilled. Now we Mourn our dead. I am vicious but I uphold the ancient traditions.

Let's hold burial rites for Black Fur and all the men and Fey that have died today. I'll propose a cease fire with the witch. So she may also mourn her dead.

I Want to have peaceful talks with Hecate to see where we stand. Hoping she holds no grudges, Blood for blood and all that.
>>
Rolled 14 (1d20)

>>2286837
Isha
We must crush Orion for what he has done
>>
>>2286994
[F]

>>2287002
How does Isha even know or care about that tho
>>
>>2287011
I think Isha has her own problems to worry about right now.
>>
>>2287011
>>2287015

I'm pretty sure he meant Hecate, since he already rolled for Isha
>>
>>2287015
Yeah das what I'm saying
>>
>>2286994
F
I'm pretty sure they will have a good time in heaven
>>
>>2287002
I meant Hecate.
>>
>>2287002
This isn't going to end until one of us dies witch! Let by gone be bygones. Eye for an eye. MA Freja was just using you, and now that she's dead I have no reason to stay here anymore.
>>
>>2287044
You killed my sisters and their blood cries for your's
>>
>>2287050
You killed my Wolf, my very first companion. His brothers cry for your blood. I say we're even.
>>
>>2287050
>>2287044
>>2287055
He got them double dubs though
>>
>>2287060
Only proves that we should stop the fighting and work as one?
>>
>>2287065
I don't think Hecate will do that
She's too stubborn
>>
>>2287065
>>2287072
Yeah, and I was really hoping Orion would feed her to his wolves. Suddenly working together is so anticlimatic
>>
>>2287082
It really is, it feels like the G-rated kid's cartoon ending.
>let's all get along!
>>
>>2287092
>ignore the thousands dead
>>
>>2287092
>>2287082
More like, I want to get back to what I was doing before this all started. If I'm too busy fighting Hecate who's going to save Simon from being ass raped by Isha and her sister.
Ragga's not always going to be there to babysit you.
>>
>>2287092
>>2287082
Although normally I'd agree with you guys, I tend to see it as we're all playing a weird ass game of D&D. You're fighting each other, but I'm also trying to make sure everyone has a good time.

I don't want anyone to necessarily hard lose, but I also try to make real consequences

It's probably my greatest hurdle as a QM
>>
>>2287124
If I could switch decisions with the same rolls than I would. But the dice gods like peace.
>>
>>2287118
Dis guy
>>
>>2287124
Hey man you don't have to hold back with me, I don't mind real consequences since I'll enjoy the story nonetheless
>>
>>2287124
>>2287195
Yeah don't hesitate to kill of Simon either. He's here to save the princess or die trying, preferably taking multiple characters down alongside him
>>
>>2287124
Same here, if I die or the woods just take me I'll just let it happen. I love the way you write and that a huge win can also have huge risks and consequences, like my arm and my wolf. And that characters like Simon can turn from being a small fish to a huge whale that ends up leading a Crusade. Don't ever hesitate Lop
>>
>>2287124
Go all out with me just send me in a blaze of glory haha
>>
>>2287195
>>2287205
>>2287225

Well shit alright, I appreciate your guys commitment to story, I'll keep it in mind. At the very least I'm going to try and get everyone to the end event, cause I think you guys will enjoy it.

Then everybody lives or dies by the will of the dice gods
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>2287252
Yeah, don't bother hesitating with Ragga's death. Either I win everything or I die trying.

Anyway, as for action, Ragga comes along with any remaining undead to help Simon while his living troops go raid the nearby territories for food and loot.

In the meantime, he decides to experiment with his power and see if he can create more powerful or specialized undead.
>>
>>2287753
>>
>>2287753
Fucking A we got them by the balls now

Didn't Ragga dislike necromancy tho? Thought it was a temporary solution
>>
>>2287753
Why has the dark city not fallen yet?
>>
>>2287761
Might as well get the most of it, even if I dislike it, you feel?

>>2287775
I dunno, the defenders are stubborn assholes.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2286670
Continue our campaign! West Ghomas will belong to Lord Ruskiev.
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2286319
We must hold the walls at all costs, make the invaders pay for every inch they take with the lives of their men but keep our best infantry to defend the citadel and the June child.
>>
>>2287803
ya I feel

But not sure if it's a good idea to do it now, when the fighting is the thickest. you might put strain on Lop managing all those actions
>>
>>2286994
>>2287002

Inside the fortress of the Edo court, Hecate is in the King’s Hall with as many of her warriors as will fit. She stands on a table, above those gathered around her. Knights, witches and fey all yell and shout. The daughters of Freja wail and scream. Hecate takes it in with a stony gaze.

She taps three times with her staff. It echoes around the hall, silencing the voices. The only sounds are the sobs of the daughters.

“My people,” Hecate says, her voice echoing around the hall. “My sisters. My friends and allies. We have suffered much in this war. The greatest battle our kingdom has fought. We have killed so many, and yet there are so many more to kill,”

Hecate gazes around the hall, and a sea of hardened faces stare back. Even her sister witches, some of them so young, regard her with resolve.

“And so,” Hecate says. “We will finish what we started, and kill them all,”

The hall erupts into chaos.

“We have killed the forest children’s enemies!” A knight bellows. “Let us leave these woods and let the creatures fend for themselves!”

Several other knights bang the tables in agreement.

“We will have VENGEANCE!” A warrior daughter screams, climbing on top of a table with her sword. “Vengeance for Ma Freja!”

The warrior daughters let loose screams of anger, which fill the King’s Hall.

Hecate taps the table. The hall slowly settles.

“I know you are tired,” Hecate says, looking over her kingdom’s warriors. “I know you are angry, and scared, and uncertain. Everyone here, everyone before me, in this hall, has paid the price for my kingdom. I will not ask you to pay more. But I myself must return into those woods, to fight until victory and the end of our enemies. Or death. And anyone who desires the same may join me,”

There is a moment of silence, then Ma Freja’s daughters yell in agreement. A knight begins pounding the table, then another joins him. Soon, all the knights in the hall are pounding the tables. The fey looks to each other, then their lords. Their lords take out their swords, raising them above their heads. The rest of the fey do the same.

“So be it then,” Hecate says, though no one can hear her above the din. “We will see this war to the end,”
>>
File: 1439487233205.jpg (236 KB, 1400x812)
236 KB
236 KB JPG
>>2287921

Deep, deep in the southern Roma wood, the sun begins to set. It casts the trees in orange and shadows.

The armies of Messa are gathered around a massive clearing on a hill. The trees have uprooted and moved, and in the freshly churned earth rest hundreds of funeral pyres.

Large pyres are at the base of the hill. Hilland giants, resting across the wood. Great wolves as well. Around their pyres are smaller ones. Hundreds, containing the bodies of the fey.

On the sides of the hill, going towards the top, stacks of wood holding up the bodies of the men and thistle goblins of Messa. And at the top of the hill, the largest pyre. It bears the body of Blackfur, pack-king of the Layyold wood.

Orion stands at the top of the hill, holding aloft a torch. All around the hill, among the pyres, stand soldiers holding torches.

Orion gazes down at the body of Blackfur. The wolf’s fur is torn with scars from battles past.

“My companion,” Orion says, his voice deep. “My friend. When I killed the lords of Messa in the hall of my father. When I drove my sword into my own kin, killing the noble and just King of Leyyold. When they called me traitor, cursed my name, and banished me to the eastern wilds. You stood by my side.”

Hundreds of soldiers stand around and on the hill, watching Orion. Waiting.

“You bound your pack to me, taking my cause and curse as your own. Battle after battle you were at my side, slaying my enemies and taking back my lands. And now here I stand, Orion Wood Father, fulfiller of oaths, noble and just like his father.” Orion holds the torch over Blackfur’s torn muzzle. “And here you lay, the greatest among us. In eternal sleep”

Orion sets the torch down, and the pyre begins to catch.

“I am proud to call you my brother,” Orion says, watching the flames grow.

The rest of the soldiers lower their torches, and the hill lights up with fires.

Orion gazes into the flames as Blackfur’s pyre cracks and snaps. Coming up the hill trudges Fenwald and the Blood Queen. They stop a respectful distance away, and wait.

Finally Orion turns away.

“What word from the witches,” Orion says, approaching Fenwald and the Blood Queen. “Did they accept my terms of peace,”

Fenwald turns and follows Orion down the hill, using his staff to support himself.

“No my lord,” Fenwald says “They did not. The horses we sent came back without their riders,”

“I see,” Orion says, reaching the bottom of the hill. All around him the fires burn, lighting up the evening sky. “Then we will meet them in battle, to settle our scores once and for all,”
>>
>>2287922

The night is spent in preparation and mourning. By dawn, the pyres are no more the smoldering embers.

The morning is misty, silver fog clinging to the grass.

It soon passes, revealing two armies lined up on opposite ends of a field.

Orion steps out from the front lines, walking out to the center of the field and stopping.

“Witch queen!” Orion bellows. “Let us put an end to this feud! Send out your best champion. Have them fight Orion Wood Father, to settle our blood debts!”

Hecate spurs her horse, and it slowly walks out into the middle of the field. Hecate, even on her steed, must look up to lock gazes with Orion.

“I am the champion of my people,” Hecate says, dismounting off her horse. She hits its haunch with her staff, and the horse gallops away.

“Be warned witch,” Orion says, shifting his new mace to his other hand. “The Orion you face today is not the same you faced yesterday. I am now called Wood Father,”

“And the Hecate who stands before you is not the one who stood against you in battles past. I have no mercy left to give,”

“I would ask none of you,” Orion says. He raises his mace in the air. Hecate raises her staff. The two weapons tap once, then a gale of wind scoops up Hecate.

She sails through the air, her robes billowing behind her, and unleashes a dozen balls of fire. They patter the ground around Orion, scorching the earth. One flies towards the Wood Father’s head, but he brushes it aside.

Orion raises his hand, and clods of dirt launch into the air like arrows. The gust carries Hecate faster as she tries to outrun the lethal dirt. She swings back around, dodging the last one, and stops midair to spread out her hand.

Dark shapes leap up from the ground, clawing at Orion’s legs and chest. He swings his mace once, twice, and the dark shapes are knocked aside.

Orion looks back up and receives a faceful of crows. They crash into him, exploding into clouds of black feathers. The feathers cut at his body like razors.

The Wood Father breaks out of the feather cloud, scarred and dripping blood. He points at where Hecate arcs around in the sky, and trees burst forth from the ground, carrying Orion into the air. His eyes follow Hecate as she makes a turn in the air, and he chucks his mace at her.

It sails like a whip, slamming into Hecate’s side and sending her plummeting to the ground. Orion drops down from the trees, which quickly shrink away to nothing.

Hecate picks herself up from the earth, one of her arms clearly shattered. She grips her staff and levels it at Orion. She speaks two words, and Orion erupts in black flame.

He roars in pain, and a tree sprouts up and envelopes him. The tree absorbs the black fire, burning into ash.

Orion scoops up a chunk of earth and throws it with all his might. The earth slams into Hecate’s jaw, ripping it off.
>>
File: 1423143999919.png (846 KB, 709x1006)
846 KB
846 KB PNG
>>2287923

Hecate slowly bends down and picks up her jaw. She places it back to her face, and the jaw reattaches itself. The coven mistress’s eyes burn with a shadowy fire.

As if commanded, a tree springs from the ground. Orion rips it from the earth, spins, and lets it go. It careens into Hecate, driving her to the earth. She grinds to a stop several yards away.

Hecate struggles to get to her feet.

“Mistress!” Screams a voice. A bird drops from the sky, turning into Anya the rune-writer. She lands in front of Hecate, and brandishes two fists covered in runes. “I will kill you myself monster!” Anya screams.

Orion rips another trunk from the earth and swings it at Anya.

“Do!” Orion bellows, swinging again. “Not!” He brings the trunk back down on Anya. “Interrupt! He swings again. “A battle!” He batters her once more. “Of champions!”

Orion tosses aside the trunk, and Anya collapses, dead.

“nnnoooooOOOOOOO!” Hecate screams, getting to her feet. She strings words together in the father-tongue, unleashing black fire in the air around Orion.

“Speak not those words witch!” Fenwald says, striding across the field with his staff raised. “Less you face the like of me!-“

Fenwald stops talking as Hecate turns her gaze to him. He turns to a pillar of salt, and blows away in the wind.

“Die!” Hecate says, rising into the air, gusts of wind swirling around her. “Die! Orion Wood Father!”

Both armies, having watched Anya and Fenwald die, decide their watch is over. They charge across the field, their screams and cries echoing over the grass. They clash around Orion and Hecate, who are locked in a struggle of skill and hatred.

The sun rises over a bloodbath. The fields run red. The trees march towards the witch armies, and are burned by their Arts. Soldier strikes at soldiers, wolf snaps at knights.

At noon, a lull descends on the fighting. The soldiers tire, the lines slowly separating.

Hecate stands in front of Orion, leaning on her staff with her good arm. Orion supports himself with his mace, his flesh seared black.

“You cannot kill me little witch,” Orion says, breathing heavily.

Hecate coughs up blood. “I will see your blackened corpses feed the crows,”
>>
>>2287927

She utters another, stranger word, and a final column of black fire explodes underneath Orion. He is engulfed, but the fire pitters out.

Hecate collapses.

The two sides have now quit fighting. Zama, leading Ekeen and the other witches, comes over and pick up Hecate’s body, as well as Anya’s. They carry them away over their heads.

“No,” Hecate whispers. “Take me back, I must finish this,”

“It is finished sister,” Zama says, cradling Hecate’s head. “It is finished,”

Orion watches as the witch’s army slowly retreats off the field. The Blood Queen approaches the Wood Father from behind, stopping a distance away.

“Shall we pursue them, Wood Father?” The Blood Queen says, brandishing her sword.

“What is your name,” Orion says, gazing at the army shrinking in the distance.

“The Blood-“

“Your real name,” Orion says, still gazing across the field.

“I have none Wood Father,” The Blood Queen says. “I have been what I have been since the time of my birth,”

Orion nods, turning away from the battle.

“From now on you will be Gaila Milan, last of first who served.”

“As you wish, my lord,”

“We are done here.” Orion says, walking away. “I wish to sail back to Messa, and put my kingdom in order.

“Then?”

“Sound the horns, we are going home,”
>>
Updates are going to be hella spread out today, I'll do my best to get them all in but some of them are going to take awhile
>>
>>2287921
>>2287922
>>2287923
>>2287927
>>2287928
GOD DAMN, THAT WAS FUCKIN' COOL
>>
>>2287930
That was very nice, though I wish one of them kicked the bucket

We better lose some people in the city siege, at least Simon or Isha. Dunno why I want to see main characters die so bad
>>
>>2287942
My dude, if you die, Ragga will murder fucking everything.
>>
>>2287945
Then you can pulverize the entire dark city solo, it will be a good grave worthy of Simon

bro
>>
>>2287950
The destruction of the Dark City would be very nice. Especially for me.
>>
>>2287950
In case of that happening, i'll try to take care of the kid so nothing like this happens again.

Bro
>>
>>2287951
You wanna have a million refugees on your doorstep?

>Horse of peace rides down lord ruskiev for not worshiping the dark lord

Dindu nuffin, more golden city news at 10
>>
File: 731.jpg (43 KB, 486x409)
43 KB
43 KB JPG
>>2287963
>implying I won't simply cherrypick the most useful and then force the rest into the levy as cannon fodder
>>
>>2287923
Orion putting Black Fur to rest melted my heart!!!
>>
>>2287963
Actually from what lop said RaMeen is one of the few safe city's left
>>
File: 1409100519596.jpg (360 KB, 710x508)
360 KB
360 KB JPG
>>2287930
Any decisions made now will take into effect before or after the end of the siege?
Also I loved the fight lop, keep it up. Too bad Hecate didn't die tho, just means I'll have to deal with her in the future.
>>
>>2287928
That was amazing
Hecate
begin creating a curse that will spell the end of all that Orion loves.
>>
>>2288222
Jesus Christ love, take a xanax and chill that hate boner.

Also, that isn't all that specific.

Are you gonna burn his ass down? Stab him? Wish his loved ones a slow, torturous death? Actually roll?
>>
>>2288222
You dropped your roll
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2288222
One of these days I won't forget these things
>>
>>2288246
I mean he just killed his closest sister if I was in her position I would get back at him with fury and fire
>>
>>2288310
Fin was in her position I would kill somthing that Orion loved dearly and then make up
A eye for a eye
>>
>>2288318
I would take everything he has then let him live, that's worse than death.
>>
>>2288325
There are a few things worse then death
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2287930
>>2288294
I'm going to try to counter that, I'll try to block out the spell. Maybe reverse it.
>>
>>2288414
It's tied
>>
>>2287892 -16
>>2287753 -20
>>2286896 -17
>>2286621 -18
>>2286612 -7
>>2286500 -10

Flurries of snow batter the streets of the Dark City. Foul winds shriek through the narrow streets, sending shutters flapping and tearing away.

In the outer ring camps the crusaders. Almost all ninety-thousand of them have found space to set up their tents, for the pirates burned many neighborhoods in the quarter. The snows blow at the tents, but strong stakes and repurposed debris shelters the camp.

It has been two days since the dream sickness has broken out in the city. Crusaders have waking nightmares, and their nights are filled with pain.

Ragga has raided north in the out ring, seizing food and supplies from the residents. Those who resist are killed by the northern warrior. It’s not enough food to last a week, but for now it will fuel the crusaders.

In the middle of the encampment is a large tent propped by old wooden walls scavenged from the quarter. Inside is Simon Paltrov, as well as Joshri the reborn and many others. Lords and leaders of Bal, Hanna and Coppendyne. Abbot Sly-tongue is there as well, representing Ragga while the conqueror is off raiding.

“We cannot continue!” A Branchan lord says. He stands in front of a group of his fellow lords. “I must return with my armies to Hanna before they die of plague!”

“I agree!” A Hryyte lord says. “We have been here two weeks now, this city never ends. We simply do not have the numbers to conquer it.”

“Conqueror it was never the intention my lords,” Simon says, peering at the map in front of him. “We are here to rescue our future. The hope for this world’s redemption.”

“That is your task Simon of the Sword Brothers,” A Lahman lord says. “The common folk and lowborns may follow your banner, but the knights of Bal fight to avenge their loss to the Dark Lord,”

“Honeyed words of shit pour from the mouth of Lahmans,” A Bal Lord says. “It was you southerners who first swore allegiance to him and sucked on his scepter,”

The Lahman lord strides angrily towards the Bal lord, but the two are separated by their country-men.

“Do not fight among yourselves nobles of the west!” Simon barks. “Are there not already enemy’s outside our camp? Do we need them within as well?”

“We are running out of food Brother Simon!” A Worhiem lord says.

“Aye, and we need more plunder to pay our armies,” A Machan lord says.

“Have not the crusaders already taken what they’ve desired from the out ring?” Simon says, his voice dripping with scorn. “Have I not seen your men breaking into houses and taking what they can? What more would the honorable armies of the west wish to take?”
>>
File: 1516839233851.jpg (307 KB, 1920x1072)
307 KB
307 KB JPG
>>2288568

“Real plunder, not the trinkets of peasants,” An Ahman lord says. “We are in the Dark City are we not? The center of the Ten Lands? I hear tales of the treasures farther in the city, yet we have naught to show for it!”

“It is time to go home!” A Branchan lord says, pounding the table holding the map. “Before sickness drives us all to madness!”

“Plunder,” A voice says, rising above the chorus of agreement. “Revenge,” The lords quite down. They spot Abbot Sly-Tongue approaching the table. “Fear,” He says, reaching the map. “These are the things that drive the men of the west it would seem,”

“Hold your tongue among your betters,” The Branchan lord says.

“I would hold my tongue,” Abbot says, giving a helpless shrug and then gesturing at the gathered lords. “I would keep silent as the noble lords of Bal and Hanna and Coppendyne turn their armies from this city and march home. I would not say a word as the great kings of the west entered their throne cities, and spread the sleeping sickness to all of their subjects,”

The tent is silent. Abbot taps the table. “And what of the stories? Are there not libraries here filled with forbidden knowledge, the least of which would make a man more powerful than any of his neighbors? Did not your own fathers and grandfathers hand over the riches of your kingdoms in tribute to his Dark Lord. Is not that treasure stored here? Have you no wish to claim it back?”

Abbot looks around the room. “You cannot go home my lords, for you would bring death with you. And that which is your birthright is kept but a few miles beyond a wall.”

Simon nods at Abbot, and Abbot steps back. Simon clears his throat.

“Men of the west. For two long weeks have I fought side by side with you. You have fought well, earning fame and renown for you lands. I ask you for one final assault. One last battle, that will shake the foundations of this city, and bring the dark works crashing down around the heads of our enemies. Then from the wreckage you may claim your gold, your revenge, even a cure for your sickness,”

Simon puts his sword on the table.

“What say you?”

A Hyrrte lord nods, clearly deep in thought.

“If we cannot go home,” He says. “Then we must see this to the end,”

“If we cannot go home,” A Worhiem lord says. “Then at the very least I will burn this city to the ground!”

“Hear hear!” The other knights say.

The lords in the tent make gestures and swear oaths.

“One last assault then,” Simon says. “With everything we have.” He looks around. “Prepare your men. The sorcerers of this city have turned the elements against us, but we will show them the men of the west know ice and snow,”

Simon turns to Joshri.

“Find Ragga for me, we will need him in the assault,”

Joshri nods, exiting the tents as the lords file out and bark commands to their waiting captains.
>>
>>2288573

In a street lined with tall buildings, Two thousand of Ragga’s northern clan-brothers stand in knee-deep snow. The weather is harsh, the winds fierce. But to Ragga’s warriors, it feels like home.

There are corpses around the street. The warriors burst through the doors of many houses and shops, dragging out the residents and slaying them. Food, supplies and valuables lay in random piles throughout the street. The warriors stand around them, boasting and talking of home.

Ragga is inside one of the shops. One of the many buildings looted. The door hangs on one hinge, and every cabinet and glass case is smashed.

Ragga stands silently, as if transfixed, in front of a stone sarcophagus. When the warriors looted the shop, they pried off the top. It now lies beside the sarcophagus, facedown on the dusty floor.

It is what is inside the coffin that seems to hold Ragga’s gaze. A wizened body, with claws and fangs. Bones, more than any mortal, spread out as if flayed.

“It is a Nostri,” A voice says.

Ragga turns, spotting a figure in the doorway.

“Step forward into the light,” Ragga says. “Stand before Ragga the Conqueror that he may judge your worth,”

The figure steps forward, into the glow of the lamps hanging from the ceiling. It is a man wrapped in the robes of the south, though they are thick and heavy, as if to combat the weather.

On his face is a mask of gold, with spires protruding in a pattern along the sides.

“And who are you?” Ragga says, turning fully to the man and bearing his chest.

“I am called Xtatlak, lord of the Southern Juxulan Empire,”

“Perhaps Ragga has heard of you. Though my mind prizes only one thing,”

“Yes,” Xtatlak says, his voice echoing from under his mask. “Battle, conquest, glory,”

“So you have heard of Ragga the Conqueror,”

“Many have in this City, and beyond. Why just a few months ago your armies were rampaging across Coppendyne. Was it not you who killed the heir of Umbar in High Heron?”

Ragga nods slowly. “It was. Now golden man, be you either foolish or brave, state your business with Ragga,”

Xtatlak tilts his mask towards the open sarcophagus.

“Does the creature interest you, lord Ragga?”

Ragga turns to the coffin.

“I cannot say. Many moons ago I ate the heart of a man who thought himself my better. Now I have his power, and some of his thoughts,”
>>
File: 1512102044131.jpg (262 KB, 1024x458)
262 KB
262 KB JPG
>>2288577

“Necromancy is a strange Art,” Xtatlak says, slowly walking closer to the sarcophagus. “It is not invoked in mother-tongue, nor the forbidden father-tongue. It is not the god-tongue nor the spirit-tongue,”

Xtatlak stops in front of the sarcophagus, gazing at its contents. Ragga’s eyes bore into the mummy lord.

“No,” Xtatlak says, turning away to face Ragga. “The Art needed to tear a soul, and stuff its pieces back in a body. That Art, is something else entirely,”

“Speak plainly golden man, before I lose my temper,”

“You like the feeling, don’t you,” Xtatlak says. “Breaking through the walls that separate this world and the other. Plunging your hand into the realm of the dead, and bringing back warriors to fight,”

Ragga shifts, scratching at his beard.

“What Ragga likes,” the warrior says. “Is what Ragga likes. There need not be words over it,”

Xtatlak turns halfway back to the sarcophagus and rests his hand on the Nostri.

“I must profess to having dabbled in the Art myself. I am a sorcerer you see, a very good one. I know all of the Arts, even the forbidden ones,”

Xtatlak turns his head, his golden mask staring at Ragga.

“Would you like me to teach you a spell? It is one that has never been uttered before,”

“What does Xtatlak, wearer of fine robes and fake faces, get out of helping Ragga?”

Xtatlak takes his hand off the Nostri.

“In truth? I have not the courage to utter the spell myself,”

Ragga’s lip curls.

“Bah, none have the courage of Ragga. What does your foul spell do sorcerer?”

“It raises the dead, Ragga,”

“Ragga already has this power,”

“No,” Xtatlak says, slowly shaking his head. “Not like this.”

“And how will you teach it to me? Will you offer up your heart like the others?”

Xtatlak lets out a harsh laugh.

“No no, lord Ragga. Simply allow me to place my hand on your forehead,”

“I will allow it.” The warrior says. “You might think Ragga foolish, but should you trick me golden man, I will open your chest and break the ribs around your heart,”

“Of that I have no doubt” Xtatlak says. He approaches Ragga and places a hand on his head. “Now, think of what you desire. Think of plunging your hand into the realm of the dead, and taking what you-“

“Silence,” Ragga growls, closing his eyes.

The shop falls into silence. Moments pass.

“Ragga!” A voice yells.

Ragga opens his eyes. Xtatlak is nowhere to be seen. He turns to the warrior. It is Joshri.

“Ah,” Ragga says. “Simon’s warrior brother. What news do you bring from the holy man?”
>>
>>2288581

“Your warriors!” Joshri yells. “On the street!”

Ragga barrels through the shop, gripping the door frame to take in the street.

Outside, all two thousand of Ragga’s warriors writhe on the ground.

“SORCEROR!” Ragga bellows into the snowy air. “I WILL EAT YOUR HEART!”

His warriors suddenly stop writhing. One by one, they get to their feet.

Ragga and Joshri stride over to them.

“Gar!” Ragga says, gripping the shoulder of the nearest warrior. “What takes you!”

Gar looks around him, then back at Ragga.

“I,” Gar says, staring at his fingers. “I died,”

The other warriors walk unsteadily through the snow towards Ragga. Their steps grow more confident as they near.

“Yes,” Gar says, gazing at his body. “I died, but, there was something there with me. Allowing me to,”

Gar puts a hand to his mouth, as if feeling for something.

“Ragga,” he says, looking at the conqueror. “I went to the land of the dead. And I feasted,”

The other warriors now all gather around Ragga. He faces them.

“How to the brothers of Ragga feel!” Ragga says.

Some of them grin. Others look focused. A dangerous energy crackles around them.

“We feel,” Gar says. He plunges his axe into the air. “INVINCABLE!”

The warriors roar into the air. Icicles break from rooftops and shower the ground. Joshri watches in wonder.
>>
File: 1486537856171.jpg (111 KB, 675x1200)
111 KB
111 KB JPG
>>2288591

Simon Paltrov watches as crusaders march through the snow in columns towards the middle ring. Thousands of warriors, knights and peasants. Some are singing songs of their homeland. Others march grimly.

“Brother Simon,” A sword brother says, coming up to him. “Would you like your horse?”

“Bring it to my tent,” Simon says. “I am going to retire for a bit and pray,”

“As you wish brother,”

Simon trudges through the snow, ducking into his tent. It is a sparse tent, with only a single rug for a sleeping mat. Against the far side is a wooden branch bent into a circle. It is held aloft by an iron cradle.

The sword brother kneels before the wooden circle. He bows his head.

“I remember,” He whispers. “I remember the gods of justice and mercy. I remember the times of honor and tradition. I remember sons honoring their fathers, and children safe in their beds. But where are they now? How can one man bring about change in this evil world?”

“Who can speak of the will and ways of the Gods,” A female voice says. “And not be called a fool,”

Simon turns and is blinded by a bright light. He shields himself, finally lowering his arm as the light dims.

Before him stands a woman in a white robe, sparkling with the light of the stars. On her head wrests a laurel of blossoms.

“Jenwill,” Simon says, slowly getting to his feet. “Can it really be you? Am I dreaming?”

“Has Simon, son of Loden, spent so much time outside our realm that he has already forgotten the ways of the just?”

“I have not,” Simons says, his voice uneven. “But if you had seen what I see, you would know how much suffering has griped this world,”

“I see much,” Jenwill, the sparkling woman says. “What has passed, what is passing, and what is to come,”

“Have you come on the eve of battle to give me hope, Jenwill?”

“I have come to give you two things, Simon, son of Loden,”

Jenwill turns and raises her arm towards the side of the tent. Simon looks over. Hanging from a wooden stand is armor. It gleams in the light of the lamps, its plate more polished than should be possible. Strange markings adorn it, forming intricate patterns along the metal.

“It is,” Simons says, stepping towards it. “A wonderous thing,”
>>
>>2288594

“The second thing I have come to give you, is a warning,” Jenwill says. Simon turns back to her. “Simon Paltrov of the Sword brethren. Should you continue this fight, should you go into battle against the forces of this city, it will cost you your life. For the wages of good in an evil world are death,”

Simon stares at her for a moment. Finally he nods.

“I see,” He says. He turns back to the armor, and begins unhooking it from the stand.

“You need not do this,” Jenwill says. “This world need not be your home,”

“Would that I could return to the land of the star folk,” Simons says, sliding the armor over his head. He secures it around his chest. “That I could drink again under a sun that does not set, in a world where time does not pass,” He buckles the shoulder armor to each arm. “But I must stay here. For I was born in this world, and now I know I will die in it. I cannot forsake the Ten Lands, nor the June Child,”

“Very well Simon Paltrov,” Jenwill says. “Then one more thing do I give you. Your ally Ragga has been tricked into unleashing Arts that are unknown to me. They make for a future I cannot see. Be warned that whatever it is, will strike those who sleep in waking day,”

“The sleeping sickness,” Simon says. He looks back up, but Jenwill is gone.

“Brother Simon!”

It is Joshri, poking his head through the tent.

“I have returned with Ragga and his warriors, but something is wrong!”

Simon finishes putting on the armor, then buckles his sword in place.

“What ails they Joshri?”

Joshri ducks out of the tent, and Simon follows.

“Come quickly,” Joshri says, running with Simon.
>>
File: 1492393111864.jpg (300 KB, 1500x1118)
300 KB
300 KB JPG
>>2288602

They arrive at the section of the camp for the plague victims, those who have suffered most heavily under the sleeping sickness. They are kept in a series of tents, thousands of them.

Simon and Joshri rush into the first tent.

“Good gods!” Simon says, putting a hand to his face. “What is that smell?”

The tents are all connected. Lining the sides are tables and bedding scavenged from the city. On them lie men. In previous visits, Simon had noted that men who are in the grips of the sickness claw at the air and cry out.

These men are all dead.

One of the corpse’s chest explodes, sending out a swarm of flies. They flies buzz around, then shoot towards Simon and Joshri.

Joshri steps forward, holding up his hand. The air around it simmers, and as the flies near him they burn away to ash.

The corpse who’s chest exploded suddenly sits up, then swings its legs off the table. It runs around the table, charging straight for Joshri and Simon. The sword brother decapitates it.

Twenty other corpses’s chests explode. A swarm of flies rises up. The dead bodies swing their legs off their beddings and scramble towards the sword brother and reborn knight.

“Dammit all!” Simon says. He knocks over a burner and the coals scatter across the tent. Flames lick onto the tables and bedding. The swarm of flies is kept back by the fire, buzzing angrily around the top of the tent.

Simon and Joshri run out of the tent. Simon signals soldiers standing nearby.

“The sick have turned to undead!” Simon yells. “Burn all the plague tents!”

The soldiers hesitate, until three corpses charge out of the flaming tent. They attack the soldiers, who quickly kill them. The rest of the soldiers grab torches and burn the tents.

“What should we do?” Joshri says.

“Go to battle,” Simon says, gripping his sword. “We have not the time to deal with this, we will lead our armies, and what comes of it, will come of it,”

Simon runs over where his horse waits. Joshri stares at the burning tents, then does the same.
>>
File: 12432344.jpg (221 KB, 1280x687)
221 KB
221 KB JPG
>>2288604

The sounds of boots echo on the cobbled stones of the hall. Grand Marshal Baroque, leader of the Black Legion, leads two Cabal representatives. Behind them walk Cabal elite guards, and Baroque’s personal Yeti guards.

The group enters into a long chamber. The chamber is lined with torches and burners to keep out the cold of the snow outside.

Inside the chamber is General Isha of the Moon Knights. With her stands Brother Pram, and several of her commanders.

“Ah, Grand Marshal Baroque,” General Isha says. “It is an honor to finally meet the man who tore the Black Legion apart in our hour of need,” Isha nods at the Cabal. “And here are those who would hide rather than defend their home,”

“General Isha, I’m afraid you are mistaken,” Grand Marshal Baroque says, coming up to the table. “The Black Legion was full of traitors and cowards. To have had their help would have been your undoing. But see now, I have put my house in order,”

“Hm,” Isha says.

“And beyond that, it is the Cabal you must thank for the snow that strikes at your enemies,” One of the cabal emissaries says.

“That you join us now is some comfort,” General Isha says. “But we have much work to do before this city is free of invaders,”

Grand Marshal Baroque looks around the hall. “And where is the Eater of Whispers? Where is the Temple? The guild masters and city lords?”

“The guild masters and city lords will do as I command,” General Isha says. “Or face my fury. The Temple of He has betrayed us, its traitor High Priestess has fled to Syptia, and her temple guard aid the enemy,”

“And Aeoch?” Baroque says. “Surely he has not befallen some ill fate?”

“No,” General Isha says. “He is not. The reason I have called you into my citadel, is to discuss something,”

“Oh?”

“Are you aware of the city’s situation?”

“We are under attack,” Baroque says.

“We are,” General Isha says. “We are also out of food, except that which we take. And the sleeping sickness is spreading through the city,”

“I see,” the Grand Marshal says. “Then we are on the brink of defeat,”

“There is one hope,” Isha says, looking from Baroque to the Cabal emissaries. “Aeoch has within his tower an object of immense power. A girl, who’s very blood brings life to barren fields. And I am told, cures any sickness,”

“A June child,” Baroque says, rubbing his chin. “I’ve heard tales,”

“In one day, on the night of Second Heaven’s moon, the Eater of Whispers will hand her over to a spirit of some ill nature,”

“And then what?”
>>
>>2288609

“And then what?”

“We will never see her again, and the hope for this city is lost,”

Grand Marshal Baroque nods. “I see. What are you proposing?”

“We ride into Aeoch’s quarter with our armies. We kill the invaders, then turn and take the June Child from the Eater of Whispers,”

“He will not like that,” Grand Marshal Barqoue says.

“If he does not listen to reason and hand her over, we will kill him,” The general straightens up. “Are you with me?”

The two cabal emissaries lean in and whisper to the Grand Marshal. He nods as he listens. Finally he looks back at General Isha.

“Very well General, let it be known that the Black Legion and the Cabal of Arts were not absent in the defense of this city,”
>>
>>2288612

“TAKE COVER!” A soldier screams.

Arrows rain down around the crusaders. They stick out of the snow, barely visible in the fading light.

In answer, catapults launch rocks and debris over the walls of Aeoch’s quarter.

Ragga leads the crusaders. He and his warriors have been dominating the ladders, climbing up them, fighting, and falling back off.

The ten-story drop is no matter, as the warriors simply get back up and knock people aside to get back up the ladders.

General Isha and Grand Marshal Baroque are also on the walls, fighting fiercely. Isha is surrounded by moon knights, and the Grand Marshal has his Yeti guard.

“Ayah!” Isha yells, separating the head from a crusader’s body. She swings her sword again, knocking an enemy from the wall. Her moon knights hack and plunge their weapons around her. Isha kicks a ladder with all her might, sending it careening away from the wall.

Baroque, farther down, swings a mighty warhammer. It catches the side of a soldier’s head, caving it in. The Grand Marshal brings the hammer around, raising it above his head and sending a crusader screaming off the walls.

General Isha finishing dragging her sword back out of a crusader. His body crumples onto the wall. She grips her sword and looks around wildly for more enemies.

A strange sound draws her attention.

A buzzing fills the air. General Isha leans over the ramparts, gazing down into the city below. In the fading light, she spies a cloud of black swarming around the neighborhoods. Screams and cries can be heard.

“Wha-“ Isha says, squinting. More screams are head, and Isha snaps her head up. This time is it coming from the other side of the wall, Aeoch’s side.

She looks down, and sees large mass of figures charging the city defenders below. The figures hobble and lurch, then suddenly spring into a frenzy, leaping like frogs onto the city soldiers.

“What is this,” General Isha says, looking from Aeoch’s side to the crusaders side. Her voice grows louder. “What foul Arts is this!”

One of the cabal sorcerers on the wall sends a score of fire balls screaming into the neighborhoods holding the crusaders. The fireballs briefly light up the streets below.

They’re swarming with the creatures.

General Isha looks back over to Aeoch’s side. There are thousands more of the figures charging the defenders.

“It’s all coming undone,” Isha says, murmuring to herself. “It’s all falling apart.” A scream snaps her out of it. “Grand Marshal!” General Isha yells.
>>
>>2288616

The Grand Marshal finishes bashing in the face of a knight, and looks to her. Isha points to the neighborhoods in Aeoch’s quarter. The Grand Marshal looks down, and spies the figures attacking.

“Sound the horn for your forces to retreat!” General Isha yells. “We must retreat back into Aeoch’s fortress!”

The Grand Marshal nods, and looks to one of his Yeti guards. The Yeti takes out a horn, and blows a long, steady note, followed by two short ones.

One of General Isha’s moon knights does the same with a horn.

The city defenders begin to fall back further into Aeoch’s fortress quarter.
>>
File: 1508450926864.jpg (455 KB, 1600x2096)
455 KB
455 KB JPG
>>2288623

Ragga the Conqueror swings his axes, lodging them both in city soldiers. He puts one foot on a soldier and pries the first one out, then puts his boot on the other soldiers and frees the second axe.

He turns and brings them back down on another soldier.

“HAHAHA!” Ragga yells. “Come! Come to Ragga!”

Two city soldiers charge Ragga with pikes. He turns just in time to be stabbed by both. They push Ragga off the wall, dangling him in the air with their pikes.

Ragga points his axe at them. “I’ll be back up to deal with you two in a bit,” He raises the axe and chops both of their pikes, plummeting into the neighborhoods below.

Ragga lands, sending up a cloud of snow that slowly rains down around him. He straightens up, looking for the nearest ladder.

A cry draws his attention. He stares down a side street, squinting his eyes. He hears the sound of buzzing.

A swarm of flies erupts from the side street, engulfing Ragga. He yells out in pain, swinging his axes wildly.

It does nothing.

Ragga grows angry, inhaling as deep as his lungs will let him. He sucks in many flies. Ragga blows out, sending out a wave of wind that scatters the flies.

Corpses charge out from the side street, screaming as they near Ragga.

“Finally!” Ragga yells. “Something I can cut!”

The corpses swarm him, and he begins to hack away. Whether he realizes it or not, Ragga raises dead crusaders around him, who pick themselves up and join the fight.

Ragga finishes off the last corpse, then looks around. He’s surrounded by undead.

“Well?” Ragga says, raising both axes. “What are you waiting for? Let’s go find more of them!”

Ragga charges off down the side street, the undead shuffling after him.
>>
File: 1490034246336.jpg (126 KB, 1250x569)
126 KB
126 KB JPG
>>2288625

Up, high in the air, two white dragons slip through the sky. On their backs are twelve warriors. Simon and Joshri are among them.

The dragons suddenly tuck in their wings, and drop from the skies like stones. The Dark City rushes up to meet them, and at the last second the dragons open their wings.

They flap wildly, landing inside Aeoch’s walled fortress. Simon, Joshri and the others slip off the dragons.

A band of Aeoch’s soldiers spies them, and charges towards them. One of the dragons rises up and lets out a stream of fire. The soldiers scream and claw at their armor, before falling into the melted snow beneath them.

“Forward brothers!” Simon says. “Forward!”

Joshri and the others follow Simon towards a gatehouse. One of the dragons barrels forward, passing them and slamming into the gate. The second one follows, crashing into the gate as well. Both grip onto with their claws, and pry the iron door away.

Simon, Joshri and the others rush through.

They’re suddenly attacked by more of the undead creatures. The creatures swarm around them, clawing at their armor. The dragons burn away most of the hoard, and the sword brothers kill the survivors.

A sound like rushing air is heard, then the ground shakes. At the other end of the courtyard, a massive giant, shaped like a man, crouches. It straightens up, unfurling two majestic wings. The creature lets out a long, jarring note. Simon and the others cover their ears.

The dragons rear up. The creature explodes from its spot, sprinting at impossible speeds. It tackles both dragons against the stone walls, shaking the stones and loosing bits of the ramparts.

Simon stares in horror at the creature.

“Brother Simon!” Joshri yells, grabbing his shoulder and shaking it. “We have no time, we must leave!”

Simon says a silent prayer while watching his dragons, then sprints with the others further into the fortress.

In the next courtyard, Simon, Joshri, and the sword brothers come face to face with Aeoch’s citadel. It rises up like a never-ending tower, black stone poking into the sky.

The sound of a gate opening is heard. Simon and Joshri turn.

Also coming into the courtyard is Isha, surrounded by twenty moon knights, as well as Grand Marshal Baroque and six Yeti.
>>
>>2288635

General Isha and the Grand Marshal stop in surprise. They stare at Simon, Joshri and the others.

The sword brothers stare back.

“What is this?” General Isha says.

The ground trembles. Screeches are heard, as well as harsh notes of singing. Everyone looks up, and sees the top of the winged creature over the walls. It’s wrestling with the dragons in the other courtyard.

“Give us the June Child,” Simon says, leveling his sword at General Isha. “Or I will slay you where you stand,”

“We have no time for this!” Isha yells. She points at the walls she just passed under. “Out there, the undead run wild!”

“Yes,” Simon says. “It is the sleeping sickness. It has mixed with some foul new Art. So give us the Child, and we will be gone of you, so that you may save this wretched city. Though I cannot speak for Ragga,”

“I will kill you,” General Isha says.

Grand Marshal Baroque holds up a hand. He takes a few steps towards Isha.

“Perhaps this could be an opportunity for negotiations, General,”

General Isha seems ready to protest. The cries of the undead mix with the cries of the dragon fighting the winged creature. She slowly nods, then looks at Simon.

“I cannot give up the June Child, for she feeds this city. However I would rescue her from the likes of Aeoch, before she disappears from this world forever. I will not fight you, if you mean to do the same. Let us go up and speak with the Master of Whispers, see if we cannot reason with him. What say you!”

Grand Marshal Baroque and General Isha stare at Simon and Joshri.

Joshri and Simon stare back.

The sounds of battle fill the air.
>>
Brief break while I do stuff, then we're back with Kinsee and Gaul, and Allatuis and Ruskiev
>>
oh and obviously I've run out of pictures that are even remotely related to the story, so just consider the pics, idk, unrelated looks at other parts of the world
>>
>>2288652
Have any of my temple guard fallen to the sickness?
>>
Rolled 17 (1d20)

>>2288641
Isha
FInd the child before whatever Aeoch plans comes to pass
>>
>>2288698

The Temple guard specifically will probably be some of the last to be infected, because they're from Syptia and the sickness spreads by dreaming of someone you know.

The temple servants, slaves, priests and priestess may fall ill sooner, because they've spent their whole lives in the city
>>
>>2288713
How much food can kinsee spare to the attackers? Also what news of the crusaders that I called for with a 20 a while ago
>>
>>2288721

You could actually ship a lot of food from Syptia to the Dark City.

As for the temple crusaders, I talk about it in some post further up thread when simon anon asked about numbers. They're among the groups that keep the crusader armies numbers up
>>
>>2288726
Can I redirect them to a new target?
>>
>>2288739

Sure during your next roll that should be fine
>>
>>2288753
Good
One last question how big can I make RaMeens walls? And how close is RaMeen pop to the dark city?
>>
>>2288756

RaMeen's walls are pretty sturdy by Syptian standards, if you wanted to make them better you'd probably have to knock down the old ones section by section and rebuild.

Dark City pop is probably hovering around 1,800,000 right now, RaMeen is around, with almost 100,000, with 60,000 being all the people Kinsee brought with her from the dark city, as well as the all the people who've since come after
>>
>>2288775
Ok then
>>
>>2288644
How long is brief?
>>
File: Go.jpg (327 KB, 1280x905)
327 KB
327 KB JPG
>>2286750
>>2286601

The streets of RaMeen are silent as night stretches on. A brilliant display of stars fills the skies above.

The streets are mostly empty, it being the day before market, with much work to be done and sleep required.

It is through these streets that a silent procession passes. Strange hulking soldiers, armed with large, two handed swords. Next in the procession are three large creatures shaped like deformed men. Riding them are three figures in silk robes and hoods.

Following them are two hundred warriors, marching in line. Outside RaMeen, three thousand more wait, standing stock still under the night sky.

The procession inside RaMeen reaches the inner city. It is lined with a wall of columns. The group passes underneath, and into an opulent ring of palaces and temples. Aqueducts pump water into a series of gardens, impossible oases in the desert kingdom.

High Priestess Kinsee stands on the steps of the largest palace in the city. The night sky twinkles above her. She gazes down from the steps as the procession finally arrives.

Kinsee walks down the steps, opening her arms wide.

“Welcome to RaMeen,” she says. “I am Kinsee, High Priestess of the New Temple,”

The three abnormal man-beasts shuffle forward. They stop, bowing to the ground, and letting their riders step down them onto the plaza. The three figures walk towards Kinsee, stopping a stone’s throw away.

“Hm,” Says the first.

“Ah,” Says the second.

“Herrr,” Says the third.

They clear their throats.

“We are the Magi,” The first says.

“Of WenWae,” The second adds.

“Welcome, Magi of WenWae,” High Priestess Kinsee says. She begins walking up the steps to her palace. “Please, join me inside for refreshments and rest,”
>>
>>2289037

The Magi silently follow her up the steps.

Inside the palace, strong columns are adorned with flowers and gold. Servants scurry over with plates full of goblets of water.

“Can my servants take your cloaks?” Kinsee says, accepting a glass of water.

The Magi shake their heads.

“No need,” The first one says, accepting a goblet.

“Indeed,” Says the second.

Kinsee motions a servant forward, holding a black jar.

“Ice for your drinks, Magi,” Kinsee says. “A luxury of the Dark City, brought to RaMeen by my servants,”

“Long have we slept,” the third one says. “What year by the sky is it?”

“I know not the calendars of old, only that it is the year 23 AL,”

“Twenty-three?” The second Magi says.

“Twenty-three what?” The first adds.

“Twenty three years of course,” Kinsee says, leading the Magi into a circular platform. It is ringed with cushions, hookahs and servants. The high priestess settles down on one of the cushions, and beckons for the Magi to do the same. They do, sitting cross-legged next to each other in a row.

“Twenty-three years since what,” The third one says.

“Well,” Kinsee says, putting a finger to her chin. “Since the crowning of our Dark Lord of course,”

“Dark Lord?” Says the first.

Kinsee holds up her hand, as if eager to cut them off before the other two repeat it.

“Yes Dark Lord,” Kinsee says. “King of Kings and Ruler of the Ten Lands,”

“There is only one Dark Lord,” The third Magi says. “And his name is Anrah, Father of Life,”

“Hmm I’m sure,” Kinsee says, gazing at a plate offered to her by a servant. She plucks olives off it and throws it in her mouth. The Magi wave away their offered plates.

Kinsee leans forward.

“So, Magi of WenWae, what do you plan to do now that you have awoken?”

“Restore our kingdom,” The first one says. The others say nothing.

“I see,” Kinsee says. A large, golden snake uncurls from the marble rafters. It lowers itself, nearly forty feet long, and curls around Kinsee’s shoulders. “Why hello Jake,” Kinsee says, itching his chin. “Did you hear us talking and want to see what was happening?”

Kinsee turns back to the Magi.

“The lands now are not the same as you remember,”

“That is to be expected,” The second Magi says.

“There are many enemies about, strange creatures and viscous monsters,” Kinsee picks up another olive, inspecting it. “You will need allies,”

“And are you proposing yourself as an ally?” The third one says.

“Why yes, I am,” Kinsee says, smiling. “I happen to make a very good ally. And allies help each other, don’t they?”

“If you help us,” The first Magi says.

“Then we will help you,” Says the second.

The third nods. “The Magi of WenWae will raise their towers once more,”
>>
File: Vambeast.jpg (117 KB, 1280x729)
117 KB
117 KB JPG
>>2289042

The Ivory Lord’s armies clash with orkcin hoards. It is a sudden attack, the orckin armies streaming out of Ubutu and taking the besiegers by surprise.

As the moon peeks out from behind the clouds, it reveals that a much larger Orckin hoard has joined the one in Ubutu. There are now golems, and creatures of the sky who dive down and cause havoc among the lines.

The Qarzen commanders oversee the battle from a ridge. They gaze down as the Orckin threaten to encircle their soldiers.

“We must break,” A commanders says. He holds his staff of office and points at the battle below. “The beasts have us with numbers, and we have no defense against their winged demons!”

“Nah,” The lead commander says. “We will stay. We will fight. I will not go back to the Ivory Lord in shame,”

The next morning the field is littered with corpses. King Gaul’s forces have won, and now gather outside Ubutu. Captain Ludgaw rides by his gathered army on his fangbeast. He holds up his sword.

“We march west!” He bellows. “We will burn Qarzen to the ground!”

The orckin erupt in yells and shouts of bloodlust. The Vampkin circle overhead.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d20)

>>2289042
With these new "things" we march east into not Gauls lands the propose is to relieve pressure from the ivory lord and to have our own gains at Gauls expense
Kinsee also hears of the news of the lack of food for the attackers which are also her ally's so she sends a daily shipment of food to relief some troubles off of them and to hopefully pick up some more civilians
>>
>>2289072
Well then
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2289072
Hehehe get ready for my new batch of orckin to intercept your armies
>>2289046
Continue to wipe out the ivory lords but send them a message saying that any will be sparred if they serve under my rule
>>
>>2286603

In the port city of Helebon in the northernmost coast of Abassa, eighty ships lay anchor.

The residents of the coast city are surprised and nervous as over a thousand pirates disembark and spread into the city. The pirates are solemn and purposeful in their steps, quickly finding drinking houses and disappearing inside.

Allatuis, Jin and Visys relax in a room in the top of an inn. The room is awash in the glow of candles.

The three of them sit silently, all staring at the mugs of ale they nurse. Jin smokes on a pipe, blowing slow smoke rings into the air.

"So," Allatuis says, breaking the silence and looking up. "That, was something,"

Jin and Visys just look at him. Jin puffs on his pipe.

"Now," Allatuis says, staring down at the contents of his mug. "I suppose the answer is what do we do next,"

"We should leave Abassa soon," Visys says, taking a long drink from her mug. "My crew has only been here a few hours, and already they tell me of a war to the south,"

"I've heard the same," Jin says, puffing on his pipe. "Something about orkin,"

"Orckin?" Allatuis says. "In Syptia?"

Jin nods.

"Aye, apparently they got a king now,"

"The gods have mercy," Allatuis says, drinking from his mug. "What else have you heard?"

"The sleeping sickness spreads in the Dark City," Visys says.

The mood of the room grows heavy. Allatuis nods slowly.

"Yes, we would be responsible for that,"

"We had no choice," Visys says, playing with her wrist bandages. "That creature in the Dark City has us by the balls,"

"Any other news from the Dark City?"

"The battle goes on," Jin says. "Least, that's what the Temple Guard here are saying,"

Allatuis stares at his mug, thinking, then sets it on the table. He stands.

"Well," He starts a pacing around the room. "We have eighty ships, a thousand pirates of varying loyalty, and are immune to the sleeping sickness. The Dark City is vulnerable."

"The siege could end soon," Visys says. "I don't want to sail back in just as there's a victor,"

"So we fuck with the victor," Jin says, saluting with his pipe.

"Maybe," Allatuis says, still pacing. "I asked around myself. There's thousands of ships in these waters, heading to and from the dark city, even with the siege. Prime pickings,"

Allatuis turns around, pacing back the way he came.

"Or we could take a chance elsewhere," he continues. "Yoptochl, Bal, Imeria, Fortilia,"

"Fortilia's got gold," Jin muses.

"And the ships to protect it," Visys says.

Allatuis finishes pacing and returns to his chair. He picks up his mug.

"For now, let us continue our drinking and rest, after the weeks we've had, I think we earned,"

"I'll drink to that" Visys says, knocking Allatuis's mug with her own.

"I almost died," Jin says, draining his mug.
>>
File: 1493527128083.png (600 KB, 693x656)
600 KB
600 KB PNG
>>2287835

The 1st Drolgan legion marches south through Ghomas, passing into hilland country.

The hills rise up around the legions, and mist clings to the ground during the mornings. It is slow going as the legion lines snake around the slopes.

The Drolgan general rides alongside the cataphracts. Their armored horses seem skittish in the hills.

"Polkza," The General says. One of the cataphracts raises his visor.

"General?"

"The map, we are headed towards the city of Vaupos are we not? I remember it being south of these hills,"

"As do I, general," Polkza says.

"Strange then, that we we have come across no roads. Only ancient dirt paths,"

"Is it strange, general?"

"It is," The general says. He looks around the hills, but the mists cling heavily to the ground. "Vaupos is one of the largest cities in Ghomas. You would think trade between it and Firs would have at least one road cutting through here,"

"I suppose that makes sense general," Polkza leans forward in his saddle. "You know, my father is a merchant lord, I seem to recall the major road in Ghomas curving around a spot on the map. I assumed it was because of forests or mountains, but perhaps noone wants to go through these hills,"

"And why would that be," The General says, more to himself than anyone else.

A strange clicking noise echoes through the hills. The clicking is followed by tapping.

"What is that?" Polkza says.

The General looks around the hills. The mist makes visibility impossible. The hairs stand up on his neck.

"Blow the horn for shield lines," The General says, his voice a whisper.

"General?" The cataphract says.

"I said blow the horn for shield lines!" The General says.

All around the hills, the clicking and tapping increases. Polkza takes out his horn and blows four, short bursts, then repeats it, then repeats it again.

All up and down the line, the thousands of soldiers unsling thier tower shields and stand back to back.

The army is spread out in a thin line all through the hillands, but for now their pikes and shields form walls in either direction.

The clicking and tapping stops. The General looks around wildly, as do the cataphracts.
>>
>>2289352

Shapes launch from the mists. Creatures, long and skinny, land on the shield walls.

The soldiers yell and jab with their pikes. More creatures leap on the cataphracts. The horses rear up, their riders hacking at the creatures.

The General's Auga beast growls and swipes at any shape who nears.

More and more shapes appear from the mist. They batter themselves against the shield walls. Archers peer out from behind soldiers and release arrows.

After two hours of fighting, the sun rises fully and the mists disappear.

The hillands are covered in bodies. Soldiers peer out from their shield walls, slowly moving their shields to step out further. The general wipes his brow, his sword dripping with a black liquid.

Polkza steers his horse over to the general.

"What are they?" The cataphract says.

The creatures are strange and frightening, thier wounds leaking a thick black substance.

"I cannot say," The General says. "But we must hurry through these lands,"
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>2288641
Barouqe would support General Isha in whatever action would come next. His hammer would be coated in the blood of holy men or demigods by the end of the day.

He was being to enjoy the cold these days, the fall of snow, the biting wind and the sight of men shivering as his legionaries cut them down.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2288641
Aeoch surely must have secret ways to move to and from his tower. He will use the Arts to create phantasmal copies of the June Child and make sure his newest guests catch glimpses of them being secreted away. Meanwhile he will meet with any who do not fall for the ruse and buy as much time as he needs.
>>
>>2289553
Welp... I’ll just stick to not trying to be cunning
>>
>>2289553
>>2289555

I should mention that Aeoch and Jusdus, are demi. They serve the Miar, but demi can absolutely wreck mortals. Don't be afraid to send in Aeoch or Jusdus with a sword and watch him work
>>
>>2289562
Well then, maybe once his attempts at trickery fail, he can offer that the others pick one from amongst them and duel him. Winner takes the June Child.
>>
>>2289562
Could you rate the characters in martial combat ability?
>>
Holy SHIT this is so hype. Is Jenwill a goddess, a star person? Didn't quit catch it

>>2288641
Does this foolish girl think you can reason with Aeoch, Eater of Whisperers? I will not let her bleed Laessea to death for her own goals, I will see my sword brothers take her back to Bal when I'm dead

Now she can stand in my way or let me past to Aeoch. I do not have the time to fight her unless necessary
>>
Rolled 13 (1d20)

>>2289757
Oh and I should roll too yeah

I'll probably end up fighting Isha at the end of this siege still
>>
Rolled 2 (1d20)

>>2288641
Start to use the undead against everyone, have Ragga slowly hallucinate enemy from ally and hellush creatures.
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

>>2289229
We'll let the crew rest for a few days; they have earned it. After that, we'll plunder every ship we can find heading to and from the Dark City, and interrogate those we capture to determine if another raid would be wise.
>>
Rolled 15 (1d20)

>>2289562
So basically, I have a band of immortals now, but i've also swarmed the city with uncontrollable zombies. Or have I taken control of them now?

Either way, Ragga and his Immortals storm Aeoch's citadel, Supporting Simon in taking the June Child before Aeoch or Isha can take her away.

His thunderous roars still echo through the citadel, promising battle, protection, death and more as the Conqueror moves forward.
>>
>>2289765
This is my third lowset roll in a row, I need modifiers!
>>
>>2289972
Ragga is stronk of soul.

He will not fall to your tricks.

Again.
>>
Rolled 3 (1d20)

>>2289356
Weird ass medieval caricatures. Continue with the campaign. Vauopos will fall.
>>
>>2289988
It sure will, pal.
>>
>>2289980
Just wait until your friends who returned turn on you! Muahahah
Or somethibg else lol
>>
>>2289990
Well, I had some good rolls on the beginning and it's only just that the Dice Gods give me worse ones now.

And I'm not your pal, buddy.
>>
>>2290004
Ragga is willing to murder fuckin' everyone if it really comes down to it.

>>2290004
I'm not your buddy, amigo.
>>
>>2289673
Okay this is Martial abilities and nothing else

>Skilled Mortal Tier
Gaul
Ruskiev
Allatuis
Hecate
Kinsee
>Master Mortal Tier
Isha
Baroque
Simon
>Beyond Mortal Tier
Orion
Ragga
>Demi Tier
Aeoch

>Depends on the day tier
Xtatlak
>>
>>2290199
wasnt expecting Boroque to be so far up and hecate/kinsee so far down desu
>>
>>2290264
This is without magic I believe
>>
>>2290264
>>2290265
Yup this is simply martial abilities
>>
I should mention I'm not sure if I'll get to updates today, we're getting to the point were updates are pretty long with me trying to wrap everything up in the event.

This is also the last turn of DLID before a brief hiatus in preperation for DLID: Ten Years Later

As I've mentioned earlier, I'm not going to try and kill off too many of the main characters in dark city siege, because I really want everyone to be there for the final event. That event however, will kill whoever the dice God's choose
>>
>>2290308
Goddamn 10 years later June Child will defo be an adult. Since Simon is a dead man walking do you think that if he manages to save her and send her to Bal I could play as her?
>>
>>2290323

That's definitely a possibility, but id wait for the final turns before you make a choice because that conclusivily sets up what's going to happen to everyone for the foreseeable future
>>
>>2290347
I've already had something in mind - Simon would tell his sword brothers to gather all the arts users in Bal and seal Bal off with a magic barrier to make sure she isn't taken again while she's a vulnerable child

The barrier could last for 10 years and open just as the next part begins. Would tie in nicely I think
>>
>>2290347
So about those three low rolls do I get a modifier next roll?
>>
I'm the only one who can cure the plague, and its spreading quickly now. In 10 years it will be a MAJOR problem. Assuming only I can cure the damn thing, in 10 years I'll be the most wanted man on the continent if the other characters somehow figure out how it works.
>>
>>2290358
>>2290359

Unfortunately there is no next roll, as this update is the last

But don't feel awful if you've had bad rolls, the rolls didn't really matter too much last turn at least, because at this point everything that's about to happen is the inevitable result of the player choices made earlier in the thread, and also stuff you guys have mentioned in your posts that you want for your characters

Some character are about to get plotted however
>>
>>2290366
But remind me next event and I'll give you the modifier

Also next event I think I'm going to incorporate 3d20 as opposed to 1d20
>>
>>2290376
Very interesting idea

Imagine rolling triple 20..
>>
>>2290366
Plotted?
>>
>>2290416

You'll see. You're fine though Ruskiev, the the kingdom of Drolga well be well on its way to its TYL incarnation by the end of this events updates
>>
>>2290422
Drolga is the best kingdom and it will be even better in 10 years.
>>
>>2290422
What does "plotted" entail though? Our actions in the coming turn define our positions at the beginning of the next event?
>>
>>2290422
I've been meaning to ask, does Simon come from the golden cities? Considering the slavic surname and all

Are there any other distant Paltrovs still kicking? Is Ruskiev himself a Paltrov? What a plot twist that would be
>>
>>2290431

Well certain characters, despite their actions, will be swept up in things bigger then them. Most characters will not though, they're just beginning the inevitable future their actions have begun
>>
>>2290436

Paltrov is from the Drolga area but not the golden cities. There is a paltrov family in a village but Simon will never go back

Lord Ruskiev's line is technically Ghomas conquerors from like 600 years ago, but by now obviously he's as Drolgan as anyone else
>>
>>2290437
Aw fuck, i'm worried now.

Look at what you've done, Lop.
>>
>>2290442
>Simon will never come back to his old village in Drolga to visit his poor relatives and eat babushka's cooking

it hurts bros
>>
>>2290473
Look at the bright side. At least your dad didn't sell you to a corsair when you were young.
>>
>>2290473
Well Simon's babushka is an ancient hag who eats children, and Simon killed her 218 years ago, so there's a good reason he's not welcome back.
>>
>>2290481
Oh my fuck that caught me off guard, Simon must have been one hothead fanatic in his youth. Just how old is he exactly anyway?

And why isn't he welcome back, do his people cooperate with hags?
>>
>>2290481
Wew lad. Are these hags a big thing in Drolga?
>>
>>2290486
>>2290490

Simon's grandmother was a bit of a rare case. But he actually killed her to prove himself to Jenwill's sister, who he was madly in love with. It's a complicated situation, because the Anya Boko was evil anyway you look at it, but she loved her grandchildren in her own, strange way.

Needless to say, her death set off a chain of events that resulted in Jenwill's sisters death, Simon goes on penance quest for twenty four years and other men looking for redemption follow, eventually Jenwill forgives him and invites him and his band into the star lands
>>
>>2290498
Deepest fucking lore

I got a bunch of other questions that spring to mind, mostly about Jenwill and the star lands but I'll stop pestering you now
>>
>>2290498
That's a pretty cool story. Maybe I should ask a poet to make an epic about it.
>>
>>2290498
That would make an excellent song, I must say. A ballad.
>>
File: the dragons.jpg (182 KB, 1280x663)
182 KB
182 KB JPG
Deep inside the rings of the Dark City, past walls and gates and soldiers running around in chaos, a handful of figures stand in the snowy courtyard outside Aeoch’s citadel.

The massive tower rises up into the sky, pointing directly at a full moon. Second Heaven’s moon. The moonbeams illuminate the figures in the courtyard; General Isha and her knights, Grand Marshal Baroque and his Yeti, and Simon and Joshri, with their sword brothers.

The two groups stare at each other, the sounds of battle echoing from other courtyards.

“I am going inside that tower,” Simon says, pointing at the citadel with his sword. “I will find the June Child, and I will take her back home to Bal,”

“Her home is here now,” General Isha says, taking a step forward in the snow and raising her sword in a guarded position. “This is the only city that matters in the ten lands, from here we will rebuild His kingdom,”

Simon slowly lowers the sword he was using to point. He shakes his head.

“You poor, misguided child,” Simon says. He turns away from Isha and Baroque and signals for the sword brothers to follow him into the tower.

“No!” Isha yells, charging forward.

The far wall of the courtyard explodes, stones and debris raining down around the two groups. The winged creature has been tackled by the dragons, and now struggles to wrestle the creatures off.

The dragons turn and flop, their tails kicking up snow and dirt. The winged creature knocks around the courtyard, flapping its wings.

Simon and his sword brothers have hit the ground to protect their heads. Isha and the Grand Marshal’s men have done the same.

“Go!” Simon says, scrambling to his feet. “Inside the tower!”

The other sword brothers get up, ducking their heads as they run towards the citadel.

“Follow them!” Isha yells, getting to her feet. She has to duck again as one of the dragon tail’s sails near her head.

The Grand Marshal and his yetis stand, running across the courtyard. The moon knights do the same. One of the yeti gets crushed by the winged one punching a dragon into the ground.

Brother Simon, Joshri and the sword brothers reach the door. It is an iron gate, but as some point one of the monsters fighting in the courtyard smashed into it. It now hangs by one hinge.

“Grab it!” Simon yells. Joshri and the others find a place to hold on, and the twelve sword brothers pry the iron gate from its last hinge.

Joshri kicks open the wooden doors behind the gate, and the sword brothers rush through. Isha and the Grand Marshal reach the stairs, charging up them and pursing the others into the tower.
>>
>>2292154

Laesea stands on a wooden box, gazing at herself in the mirror. Maldry, her lady-in-waiting, stands behind her, fussing over a ceremonial dress that Laesea is wearing.

The June Child’s hair is done up in the intricate Yan-ti style. Streaks of gold are painted across her face, in a pattern that slightly unnerves her.

In fact, the entire day has continuously gnawed at her like a butchir worm. Maldry has been acting strange, as have the other attendants. More formal, and no one has smiled.

If Laesea had to guess, it was either the battles raging outside, or the sickness. The June Child can hear the battle from her window, as well as what Maldry described as a dragon fight. Laesea wished to peer out the window and see if it was Simon’s dragons, who she loved dearly, but Maldry wouldn’t allow it.

The sickness made sense too. Maldry can no longer hide the bags under her eyes with petal paste. Many of the attendants show signs of the sickness as well.

Laesea peers at her sleeve, which has intricate patterns of gold woven into the fabric. It must have taken a team of master seamstresses months to make.

“What is the occasion again?” Laesea says, cocking her head at herself in the mirror. “For the dress and all this?”

“I told you,” Maldry says, several pins in her mouth. She’s messing with Laesea’s sleeve length. “It’s second Heaven’s moon,”

“Yes, well no, I understand. I was just wondering what we’re going to be doing?”

Maldry finishes adjusting Laesea’s sleeve, and stands up, taking the pins out of her mouth.

“You’re going to walk out there pretty as a jusie flower, and Master Aeoch and his guest will take you to your new home,”

“But my home is back in Bal!”

“Yes,” Maldry says, inspecting Laesea’s hair pattern one last time. “And I am from Novandra, but that didn’t stop me ending up here,”

Laesea sniffs, trying to keep the tears in. She can’t help it though.

Maldry notices and comes around to look at Laesea.

“There there child,” Maldry says, wiping away the June Child’s tears. “No eye water please, it’ll ruin your makeup. We must be brave on this day of days,”

Maldry suddenly remembers something.

“Ah, I forgot the veil!” She puts her arms gently on Laesea’s shoulders. “Stay right here, don’t move or you’ll mess up your dress,”

Laesea nods, but stops when she feels her hair pattern shift.

“Ah curse me,” Maldry says, biting her lip. “We’ll fix that too, just don’t move!”

Maldry runs out of the room. Laesea does her best to stay very still, and gazes once more at herself in the mirror.
>>
File: Xtatlak.jpg (103 KB, 900x675)
103 KB
103 KB JPG
>>2292162

“You know,” A voice says. “Your lady is trying to imitate the Su-Su style of the eastern imperial lines. That’s why you’re wearing the yellow paint on your face,”

Laesea spots the source of the voice; Xtatlak, standing in the middle of her chamber. The June Child looks around at the attendants, but all of them seem to be staring off in the distance.

“But she didn’t get it quite right though,” Xtatlak says, walking leisurely towards the mirror. He stares at Laesea reflection with her. “Hm yes,” the mummy says, pointing a boney finger at the mirror. “You can see on the cheeks, the stripes are rarely horizontal unless you’re dead,” Xtatlak turns away from the mirror and looks at the June Child. “Are you dead?”

Laesea stares up at Xtatlak from the corner of her eyes, almost haughty.

“I am not,” Laesea says.

“That’s strange,” Xtatlak says, putting a finger to his chin and tapping it. “You seem very pale,”

“I’m scared,” Laesea says, though she still regards Xtatlak with any pride she can muster.

“Ahhhh,” Xtatlak says, turning and walking away. “Now I understand, pray, tell an old man, why would such a strong child as yourself be afraid?”

“There is war,” Laesea says. “And sickness. And those around me have been acting strangely,”

“Must be the moon,” Xtatlak says, inspecting an attendant who seems frozen to the spot. “I’ve heard the moon has, special powers over the minds of mortals,”

“Maldry said the same thing,” Laesea says, watching Xtatlak in the mirror. “She said it was second heaven’s moon,”

The mummy lord nods, turning back to the June Child.

“Oh my, second Heaven’s moon is a very important date for the old traditions. You wouldn’t happen to be a June Child, would you?”

Laesea is silent for a moment.

“I hate that name,” She says. “People use it when they’re talking about me. They never use my real name,”

“What does it mean?” Xtatlak says. “The name June Child?”

“I don’t know,” Laesea says, her shoulders sinking slightly. “I can make things grow, everyone wants my blood. They poke me and draw it out, staring at it like its gold. I hate it. I hate it!”

“You have every reason to be angry,” Xtatlak says. “You have every reason to be scared,”

“Please don’t say such things,”

Xtatlak walks back over to her, and kneels down so he’s her height. They both stare at each other’s reflections.

“You want to know what I do when I’m scared?”

Laesea meets his gaze in the mirror with a guarded expression.

“What,”

“I sing a song. Singing is how people communed with the gods in the old traditions, you know,”

“I like to sing,” Laesea says, her voice softening.

“Then listen very carefully, and let me teach you a song,”
>>
>>2292167

Maldry opens the door and walks back into the room. All the attendants shake their heads, as if waking up. Maldry approaches Laesea, and notices she’s mumbling something.

“Laesea?” Maldry says, a puzzled look on her face. “Are you saying something?”

Xtatlak stares at the June Child.

“Do you remember it?”

The June Child nods her head.

“Good,” Xtatlak says.

“Laesea!”

The June Child looks around to see Maldry.

“Oh, hello,” Laesea says.

Maldry looks at her with a skeptical expression as she approaches.

“Were you just talking to yourself?”

“I was,” Laesea looks back, but Xtatlak is gone. She turns back to Maldry. “I was just singing a song to myself,”

The door to the room splinters inward and falls over. The attendants, as well as Laesea and Maldry, look over.

Mala, agent of Xtatlak, steps over the door into the room. She points her sword and singles out all the attendants.

“Nobody moves,” Mala says, eyeing them all. “Nobody dies,”

“You are a fool to come here,” Maldry says, standing in front of Laesea. “Master Aeoch will kill you!”

“He is welcome to try,” Mala says. She walks over to Maldry and mover her out of the way with the flat of her blade.

“Come now little bird,” Mala says. “Let’s get the hell out of here,”

“Who are you?” Laesea says, staring in surprise.

“Does it matter? I’m your knight in shining armor, now let’s go,”

Laesea slowly gets off the box, then hikes up her dress and walks towards Mala.

“No no, not with that dress tripping you up.” Mala says. She steps on the fringe of Laesea’s dress and cuts it away with her sword. The June Child can now see her own feet poking out from the dress. “Now run,” Mala says.

The two of them sprint out of the room, then down the hall. The guards are all stranding strangely. One falls down in front of her.
>>
>>2292176

“Oh!” Laesea says. “They’re dead!”

“Yeah,” Mala says, grabbing her hand and leading her faster.

The two run into a long hall lined with tables. Mala slows down, staring at the opposite side.

Standing in front of the door is Jusdus, Aeoch’s brother.

“Now this is a strange sight,” Jusdus says, raising his lantern and peering past it. “The June Child should be in her room. And Xtatlak’s dogs should be very, very far away from this tower,”

“I don’t have time for banter candle boy,” Mala says. She unties her sleeve, and Koah, lord of worms, shoots out from under her wrist. The spirit expands, coiling around Jusdus and flinging him across the hall.

“That’s our cue,” Mala says, grabbing Laesea’s hand again and running to the far door.

The pair rush through it, the sounds of Koah and Jusdus’s fight echoing behind them. Mala leads her down a spiral staircase, into another hall. This one is nearly empty, save for tapestries lining the walls.

“I had expected the mummy to try something,” A voice says.

Mala and Laesea turn around. Blocking the entrance is Aeoch, Master of Whispers. Mala backs slowly into the hall, gripping Laesea’s hand.

“I had not expected it to be something so cliché as sneaking around my citadel,” Aeoch says. He points at Laesea. “Let go of her hand, and send her away. I do not wish for her to see what I do with thieves,”

Mala slowly smiles.

“You must be out of your mind if you think this is going to end any other way than your death,”

Aeoch draws his sword, his robes swaying from the motion.

“So be it. Laesea, cover your eyes if you so desire,”

Mala pushes Laesea away from her, then charges Aeoch. The demi swings his sword, knocking her back. She manages to keep her balance.

“That ancient sword will not save you,” Aeoch says, twirling his sword and lashing out. Mala ducks and lunges in. She stabs the demi through the chest, driving it farther and farther in.

“Stop. Talking,” Mala says, pushing with all her might.

“I’m afraid the Master of Whispers is not so easily killed,” Aeoch says. He grips Mala’s sword, and the metal begins to frost over. It shatters.

Mala is left holding the hilt of a broken sword. Aeoch lashes out with his gauntlet, knocking her back. She stumbles. Aeoch dives after her and stabs her through the stomach.
>>
>>2292178

“No!” Laesea screams.

Aeoch withdraws his sword from Mala, and her body crumples backwards. The June Child runs over to her and falls to her knees.

“I’m sorry I’m sorry,” Laesea says, pressing her forehead to Mala’s. “I’m sorry please don’t die. Everyone dies because of me no more people can die please don’t die,”

Mala grips her stomach.

“Hell child you don’t even know me, get a hold of yourself,”

“Just please don’t die, you seem nice-”

“I’m not, I’ve killed a lot of people and this is kind of how it ends in my business,”

“Fine!” Leasea says, still pressing her head against Mala’s. “Fine,” She says softer, sniffing.

“Laesea,” Aeoch says. “Come,”

The June Child stands, staring down at Mala.

“I’m sorry,” Laesea says.

Mala suddenly grabs Laesea’s hand, and drags her back down so their heads are close again.

“What do you do when you’re scared?” Mala whispers.

“Ow!” Laesea says. She looks down. Mala has pricked her finger with the broken sword. Some blood drips onto the blade. Mala holds a finger to her lips, then licks the blade.

“Come Laesea,” Aoech says, approaching. The June Child stands, and walks to meet him. Aeoch looks over her at Mala. “I’ll send in some men to see your passing is hastened,”

“An honorable host,” Mala says, gripping her stomach.

Aeoch and the June Child walk out of the chamber. They descend a staircase lined with tourches. Soldiers run up past them.

“Master,” One says, pausing. Aeoch simply points upwards. The soldiers continue.

Aeoch reaches the bottom. They are now in a grand hall, taking up the entire floor of the citadel. Narrow windows reveal slivers of night sky. There are chandeliers of candles, illuminating fine tapestries.

In the center of the hall is a circular stone platform. It is lined with carpets. Standing along the walls are soldiers, all holding halberds at attention.

There are also lords and ladies gathered around the platform. Laesea tries not to stare at their finery. She has not seen such luxury since her earliest memories in Umbar.

The lords and ladies part to let Aeoch and Laesea pass by. The pair ascend onto the circular platform. Aeoch motions towards the center, and the June Child goes to where he points.
>>
>>2292181

“Lords and Ladies of the red quarter,” Aeoch says, his robes and hood swinging as he addresses those gathered. “I have invited you to a ceremony unlike anything you have ever seen or ever will see.” Aeoch slowly presents Laesea. “I present to you the June Child, the restoration of our His Kingdom,”

The lords and ladies clap politely. Laesea gets the impression they are simply here for the party, and do not care what the occasion may be.

“For tonight, is the second Heaven’s moon,” Aeoch says, pointing his gauntleted finger in the air. “And we shall receive in these halls a visitor,”

The lords and ladies, well acquainted with party tricks, lean in, their interest peaked.

“For this evening we will be blessed by the presence of a powerful spirit of the realm of dreams!”

The people around ooh and ahh.

“Well it cure us of the sickness?” A lord shouts. The others murmur.

“It will cure everything,” Aeoch says.

The doors at the far end of the hall bend inward, then splinter. The lords and ladies cry out in surprise.

Simon Paltrov, Joshri the reborn, and ten sword brothers walk into the great hall.

“Simon!” Laesea yells, gesturing wildly.

Aeoch hisses, pointing a gauntlet.

“Kill them,”

The soldiers lining the walls snap to attention and charge towards the sword brothers.

“Hold them off!” Simon yells, running ahead.

Two dark tendrils begin to descend from the ceiling, slowly spiraling around each other as they lower. Simon notices them, pushing past lords and ladies who cry out in protest. The sword brother reaches the stage, leaping onto it.
>>
>>2292184

Aeoch draws his sword.

“Again I find thieves. Bold thieves, foolish thieves,”

“Still your tongue, servant of evil,” Simon says. “For today your dark deeds end,”

Aeoch hisses, laughing.

“I think not,”

Aeoch launches across the platform, knocking Simon back into the crowd of lords and ladies. They scream, running for the exits. The two dark tendrils grow lower, seemingly aimed at the June Child.

Simon gets back up, charging back towards the stage.

Joshri and the other Sword brothers fight as well, surrounded by halberds that stab and lunge.

A new group enters the hall; The Moon Knights and the Black Legion.

Isha looks around the chaos of the hall.

“Gods have mercy,” She says, gripping her sword. She looks at her knights “Forward! We need to secure the child!”

Simon Paltrov is battered off the stage again. His armored body lands in the now empty space around the platform. He grunts, getting back up.

“Again and again does the thief try to steal,” Aeoch says, approaching the edge of the platform. “Not realizing he only has the opportunity because I allow it,”

“I said still your tongue,” Simon says, rushing the stone platform.

Laesea looks at Simon, then suddenly notices the dark tendrils. She yells in surprise and jumps off the stage. The tendrils follow her, a dark cloud growing in the ceiling of the hall.

Joshri the reborn and the sword brothers finish off the last of Aeoch’s soldiers. They’re suddenly face to face with Isha and Baroque. Both sides ready their weapons.

Fire roars from one of the entrances to the hall. A figure vaguely resembling Jusdus explodes like a cork across the floor, obliterating one of the sword brothers with his body. The demi impacts on the far wall, rolling off it. He slowly gets to his feet.

“Forgive me,” Jusdus says, adjusting his robes. “But I’ve gone and lost my temper.”

He explodes again in the rescuers direction, hitting and killing a moon knight. The others charge Jusdus, weapons raised.

On the stage Simon and Aeoch relentlessly bash at each other. Aeoch’s hand shoots out, gripping Simon and flinging him away.

Laesea keeps trying to find an exit, but every doorway she runs to gets blocked by a black tendril. She looks up at the ceiling. A strange patchwork of eyes stares back at her from the dark cloud. The June Child gulps.

Aeoch walks over to where Simon has landed, and picks him up by his shoulder guard. The Eater of Whispers dangles Simon in front of him.

“Look up, mortal,”

Simon’s eyes flicker upwards. A creature is slowly emerging from the dark cloud. It fills up the ceiling, and the more pokes out, the closer it gets to the ground.

“It is the drinker of dreams,” Aeoch says. “And the singer of nightmares,”
>>
>>2292187

Simon stabs Aeoch with his sword. The demi tosses Simon away again. The warrior lands with a grunt on the ground.

“You keep tossing me like that,” Simon says, struggling to get to his feet. “And I’m going to really hurt you,”

“Enough!” General Isha says, running towards the stage. “Aeoch!” She yells. “Stop this madness!”

“Isha, you of all people should be joining me in this,” Aeoch says, holding his sword out. “I hear your words spoken in the darkness. I know what troubles plague you in the night. I do this to restore His kingdom!”

“Not like this Aeoch!” Isha yells, vaulting onto the stage. She jerks her hand upward, towards the thing emerging from the cloud. “Not like this!”

A buzzing fills the air, and strange lanky creatures begin pouring into the hall from the narrow windows.

“Oh for fuck’s sake,” Grand Marshal Baroque says, watching the creatures climb in. He turns and knocks a sword brother back with his warhammer, then gestures at his three remaining yeti. “Get to the stage!”

Laesea grips herself, crouched by one of the statues lining the hall. She hears a buzzing and looks up. Creatures are climbing down the walls towards her.

“No!” Laesea says, scrambling to her feet and running towards the center of the room. She runs smack into a body.

Laesea looks up and sees Mala.

“You’re alive!” Laesea says. She squints. “How?”

“You child,” Mala says. “Now come on,”

Simon Paltrov leaps onto the stage. He and Isha take turns swinging their swords down on Aeoch. The demi deflects each blow, spinning and striking out with his sword. He sends both Isha and Simon sliding across the stone platform.

“Cease these inane actions,” Aeoch says. “Even the lowest of demi is greater than the greatest of mortals,”

Isha grips her sword and charges Aeoch. She raises the weapon, but Aeoch throws out his robes as he spins. He sword lashes out, decapitating Isha and sending her body to the floor.

Mala stops running with Laesea. She stares in shock at the stage. The shock turns to anger.

“AHHHHHH,” Mala yells, charging the stage with her broken sword.

Laesea watches her. The room spins, and suddenly she realizes she’s been found by the black tendrils. The grip her tightly, bringing her up towards the many eyes.
>>
>>2292189

“No!” Laesea says, kicking. “No!”

The black tendrils around the room all recede, rising up as if to hold Laesea aloft towards the creature. Laesea watches more of the tendrils approaching her. She is scared. She is terrified.

She hears singing.

It’s music, drifting down from the black cloud. Laesea takes deep breaths, closing her eyes as she rises up. Slowly, she begins a song. A song to sing when you are scared.

Grand Marshal Baroque, as well as the moon knights and the sword brothers, are surrounded by the undead creatures. The gnats and flies buzz around, diving at anything that moves.

“Dammit all!” Baroque says, pulverizing an undead creature with his warhammer. “We can’t hold them off!”

Joshri swings his sword next to Baroque, engaging Jusdus. The demi continues to throw his body at Joshri, no matter how many times the reborn knight drives his sword in.

On the stage, Simon and Mala are circling Aeoch. The demi lowers his sword, and simply gazes up.

“You have lost, drop your weapons,” Aeoch says.

Around the stage, the undead creatures are mobbing as they fight the rescuers. Above the stage, Laesea rises closer and closer to the creature. Singing can be heard. Two songs, growing louder and louder.

Aeoch hisses as the music reaches his ears.

Simon unstraps his breastplate, taking it off. The Eater of Whispers looks at him.

“Taking off your armor will not make you fast enough,” Aeoch says.

“This armor was not made for me,” Simon says. He charges across the stage. Aeoch brings up his sword, and drives it into Simon’s chest.

Simon grunts, coughing up blood. He slowly walks along the blade, pushing it farther and farther into his body. He reaches Aeoch, and presses the breastplate to him.

Aeoch shrieks. It is a sound that shakes the hall. The demi falls back, writhing on the floor as the breastplate seems to grow and envelope him.
>>
>>2292191

A bright light explodes above. It’s brighter than the brightest star. Brighter than the sun. It rains down light, small embers falling to the floor.

The undead creatures seem to blow away, their bodies turning to dust.

The black cloud is sucked into the ceiling, whatever beast it held crying out in pain and fury.

Laesea falls from the air.

Simon gets to his feet and catches Laesea, then falls back down. The June Child tumbles off him.

She gets to her feet. Jusdus leaps into the air, landing on the stage.

“Begone,” Laesea says, her eyes shining like stars. Jusdus blows away like the undead creatures.

Aeoch lies dead on the stage, as does Isha. Grand Marshal Baroque and Joshri run up, scrambling to get onto it. Mala kneels on the platform, cradling Isha’s head.

Joshri runs over to Simon. Laesea is already there, bending down next to him. She holds his head.

“Is he?” Joshri says.

Simon coughs up blood, motioning for Joshri to bend down next to him. Joshri does, leaning his ear close to Simon’s mouth.

“You must,” Simon says, coughing. “You must take up my sword,” Simon coughs again.

“Rest brother,” Joshri says. “You have earned it,”

Simon shakes his head, wincing. “No, Sir Joshri. You must protect Laesea as I would have. You must,” He gasps for air. “You must be just, you must be,” He gasps. “good.”
>>
>>2292197

Simon stares past Joshri. Standing behind the reborn knight is Jenwill and another lady adorned in stars. Joshri looks to where Simon stares, but sees nothing.

“ahh,” Simon says. “and so I go into the never-ending fields of summer.” He turns back to Joshri. “p-promise sir knight,” He closes his eyes. “promise me,”

“I promise, Simon Paltrov,” Joshri says. “To be just and good, to protect Laesea with my life.” Simon stops breathing. “To take up your sword,” Joshri finishes.

Grand Marshal Baroque walks over to Mala. He stares at Isha’s headless body, then stares over at where Aeoch’s body previously was. Now it is nothing more than an empty robe. Baroque turns his gaze to where the June Child leans over Simon with Joshri.

Baroque sighs and shakes his head, putting a hand to his forehead.

“What a fucking mess,” He says.

Mala, Joshri and Laesea all look up at him. Mala’s and Laesea’s eyes are both stained with tears. Joshri simply stares at the Grand Marshal.

“Our general is gone,” Baroque says, gesturing at Isha’s body. “The Master of Whispers is gone,” He says, pointing at the breastplate. “The city has lost all its leaders and is overrun by undead and invaders,”

“Still thy tongue,” Joshri says.

“My point,” Grand Marshal Baroque says. “Is what now?”

Mala looks at Laesea, who looks at Joshri. The reborn knight is at a loss for words.

Grand Marshal Baroque paces around the stage. He finally stops.

“If the June Child leaves,” Baroque says. “The city will starve,” He turns to those gathered on the stage. “If she stays, she’ll be sought after like a rare jewel for the rest of her days.”
>>
>>2292201

“So what say you,” Joshri says.

Baroque stares at Laesea. She stares back, unsure but masking it with courage.

“Why don’t we crown the June Child?” Baroque says.

“What?” Joshri and Laesea say at the same time.

“We crown the June Child,” The Grand Marshal says, opening his arms wide. “A new ruler of the Dark City, and the Ten Lands,”

“A new Dark Lord,” Mala murmurs.

“I don’t want to be a Dark Lord!” Laesea says.

“It solves all our problems,” the Grand Marshal says, pacing again. “The west already worships her, so the crusaders will leave and the fighting will end.”

“There are crusaders here who are here for plunder,” Joshri says. “They will not leave without it,”

“We’ll pay them off,” Baroque says, gesturing in the air as he paces. “And we have enough vials of the June Child’s blood to bless all the fields in Romaes,”

“My name is Laesea,” the girl says, slowly getting to her feet.

“Pardon?” Baroque says, pausing.

“Don’t call me the June Child,” Laesea says. “If I am to be your queen, you will call me Laesea,”

“You cannot be serious,” Joshri whispers loudly, putting his head by Laesea’s. “You are not safe here,”

“I am never safe,” Laesea says, almost tired. She regains her resolve. “And I want to stop the fighting. All of it. Nobody is allowed to fight over me anymore. Nobody is allowed to fight ever.”

“There you have it,” Grand Marshal Baroque says.

Mala wraps Isha’s head in her cloak, then sets the bundle on Isha’s body. She stands.

“I no longer wish to serve Xtatlak.” Mala says, gazing at the girl. “I will serve Laesea, Dark Queen of the Ten Lands,”

“Regular queen,” Laesea says, holding up a finger.

Joshri kneels down in front of her, bowing his head.

“I too swear allegiance to you,” Joshri says. “And ask that I may stay at your side, protecting you and watching over you,”

“I accept,” Laesea says. She gazes at Simon’s body.

“And I swear the Black Legion and the Cabal of Arts to you my Queen,” Grand Marshal Baroque says, bowing in front of her.

“This too, I accept,” Laesea says.
>>
>>2292204

Grand Marshal Baroque points at Joshri and Mala.

“Go then and take our new Queen to the Black Legion Towers, she will be safe there,”

“No,” Mala says, quietly. She repeats herself, louder. “No. If we are do have a Queen, then we shall have a Queen. Let us take her to His Citadel, to the balcony of Kings.”

Grand Marshal Baroque stares at her.

“Those doors have been locked since He disappeared,”

Mala glances around the hall. A yeti and a sword brother stand, watching. The only survivors of Jusdus and the undead.

Mala points at the yeti.

“Then let us break them down,”

The Grand Marshal thinks, then nods. “Very well,” He says, signaling his Yeti. “As for me, I will go and spread the word, everyone in this city, and the ten lands, will soon hear this news,”

Laesea walks away from the group as they talk, leaning down next to Simon’s body.

“Thank you,” She whispers, “My most bravest of warriors.” She kisses his forehead, the stars twinkling through the narrow windows
>>
>>2292211

The sun rises on the Dark City. It’s rays shoot over the walls, where only hours ago death and terror reigned.

Ragga the Conqueror stands on a hill outside of the Dark City, watching it. He had spent the night fighting in glorious combat, but the bloodlust left him in a moment. He knew in that moment that the holy man had died.

Ragga had left the Dark City, and went to the hill to sit and think. Throughout the early morning, the undead slowly streamed out of the city towards the hill Ragga occupied.

Now two-hundred thousand undead stand gathered in a hoard around the barbarian. Undead Ragga had raised, as well as the strange undead who exploded with flies. Even Simon’s dragons, both of their necks snapped, now stand near the hill, reborn again.

All stare at him.

Ragga does not seem to notice the army surrounding him. He simply stares as the sun rises over the Dark City.

“Has Ragga the Conqueror finished conquering?”

Ragga looks up, and sees Xtatlak standing behind him on the hilltop.

“Oh,” Ragga says, seemingly uninterested. “It’s you. I should cleave your head from your body, sorcerer,”

“Did you find my gift so distasteful?”

“All Arts anger Ragga, except that which makes more warriors for glory and battle,”

Xtatlak nods, still standing behind Ragga.

“Why do you pester me so mummy,” Ragga says, his tone gruff.

“My army was passing by, I thought I might greet you and see how you fare,”

Ragga looks out from the hill and sees the Southern Juxulan Army leaving the city. It trails out from the gates, heading south.

“Hmph,” Ragga says. “Retreating sorcerer?”
>>
>>2292213

“I have done all I had come to do,” Xtatlak says. “Though things did not unfold as I had planned. Tell me though, what plans does Ragga hold for his future?”

Ragga stares off at the city.

“I do not know,” He says finally. He gestures at the city. “I no longer find the fighting in that place to my liking. The holy man is dead, a worthy warrior. Who is there to replace him at Ragga’s side?”

“Yes,” Xtatlak says. “He has gone to the land of the dead,”

“Bah,” Ragga says. “That I could bring him back like the others. But I know the holy man. I know that is not his way,”

“Hmm yes,” Xtatlak says. “The lands of the dead hide him too well regardless. You could never even fight your way to him, let alone ask him if he wishes to come back,”

“Fight? Ask?” Ragga says. “What foolishness do you speak of?”

“I was just saying, if Ragga were to go to the land of the dead to find his friend, he would never last,”

Ragga turns on the sorcerer, towering over him. The melancholy that gripped him is gone, replaced with pride and power.

“Know this mummy,” Ragga says. “Where Ragga goes, he conquerors,”

Xtatlak bows slightly, then gestures with his hand towards the bottom of the hill.

A stone arch has appeared, surrounded by mist. The undead give the arch space, though they still stare at Ragga.

“What is that foul smell,” Ragga says, putting an arm to his face.

“The smell of death,” Xtatlak says. “See, I have brought a gate to the land of the dead,”

“And that is where Simon is?”

“Perhaps,” Xtatlak says. “Unless he was claimed by some ethereal being he had fallen in love with, and was taken to a land of eternal sun.” Xtatlak coughs. “But I could never see that happening, no, he’s probably in there,” Xtatlak points at the arch.

“Very well,” Ragga says, bending down and picking up his axes. He turns to Xtatlak. “After I kill whatever stands between me and the holy man, I will come back and we will have words, sorcerer,”

“Of course,” Xtatlak says, bowing.

Ragga strides down the hill towards the gate. The two-hundred thousand undead begin to shuffle after him.

Ragga reaches the arch, and looks it over. He bangs his chest once.

“I am coming, holy man!” Simon roars.

He passes through the arch and disappears.

Xtatlak stands on the hill, watching as the army Ragga failed to acknowledge shuffles in after him.

“See now, lords of the dead,” The mummy says. “Xtatlak sends you a present. A present you will not be able to get rid of, nor defeat,”

Xtatlak turns away and walks down the hill towards his army in the distance.

“Know that soon we will be even,” He says, then disappears into the wind.
>>
>>2292218

Hecate, coven mistress of the witches’ kingdom, stands alone in a field. Grain dips in the wind around her. She stares up at the sky, the wind tugging at her hat.

“Sister,” A voice says.

Hecate turns and spies Zama and Ekeen standing behind her. The grain blows around them, pressing against their cloaks.

Hecate nods.

“Sisters,” She says. “How did the spell go?”

“It failed,” Ekeen says, her voice muffled by her mask. “Much to the anger of the daughters of Freja,”

Hecate nods. She stares back up at the sky. Zama steps closer to her, taking Hecate in her arms.

“Sister,” She says. “We do not win every battle,”

Hecate rests her head against Zama.

“I finally understand my mother,” Hecate says. “I hated her all my life. I thought her so wicked. But I understand now,”

“Yesma was an awful bitch,” Zama says, letting go of Hecate and slowly turning her. “I would not see my friend turn into her,”

“I said I understand her,” Hecate says. “Not that I was going to turn into her,”

Ekeen takes of her mask. The almond eyes of the eastern people gaze at Hecate.

“I wish I could take the sorrow from you,” Ekeen says. “But I can only be here as your friend,”

Hecate looks behind Ekeen and sees figures in the distance.

“Who are they?”

“Lords of men and fey,” Zama says.

“What are they waiting for?”

“They want to make you Queen,” Ekeen says.

Hecate wears a strange expression.

“Queen? I am the coven mistress,”
>>
>>2292220

“They would have you lead the kingdom, and be a leader in the eyes of the Ten Lands” Zama says. “By making your bloodline royalty,”

“I failed to avenge our lost friends,” Hecate says, her voice growing strained. “I cannot be their Queen,”

“You forget,” Ekeen says softly. “We all stood and watched you fight Orion,”

“They saw your power,” Zama says plainly. “They want that power to lead them,”

Hecate stares at the distant figures.

“We need to get stronger,” She says. “If I am to be a queen, my kingdom must become unassailable. My people must always be protected,”

“So be it then,” Zama says, throwing her hands up. “We have a queen!”

“The Queen of Witches,” Ekeen says softly.

Hecate nods. Her eyes burn with a black fire.
>>
>>2292221

Allatuis the sea lord stands on the deck of his ship, the Bone Saw. Around him sail eighty ships, all flying the flags of their respective corsair creeds.

Next to Allatuis stands Visys and Jin. The waters are calming, the wind strong.

The flotilla sails.

“So what’s the plan exactly?” Jin says, peering around at the other ships with a periscope,”

“Oh, a little plunder here, a little plunder there,” Allatuis says. “And then, I don’t know, maybe we’ll sail south,”

Visys smirks at Allatuis through her wrappings. Jin lower his spyglass.

“South captain?”

“Yes, south,” Allatuis says, taking the periscope from Jin and looking through it.

“But captain, there ain’t nothing south but,” Jin pauses, then his eyes grow wide.

“The God’s Jewel isles?”

“That’s right,” Allatuis says. “I figured it would make a good base for our future endeavors,”

“But captain!” Jin says. “There’s already a pirate there, with castles and everything! He has a good forty ships at his command.

Visys cocks her head.

“Jin?” She says. “Can you not count?”

“Ah yes,” Jin says. “I keep forgetting we,” He looks around. “Grew a bit,”

“Go on and signal the flagsmen, tell them to signal the fleet,” Allatuis says. “We’re headed for a kingdom ripe for plunder,”

“Aye captain,” Jin says, smiling. He shuffles away and down to the main deck.

“You have a good crew,” Visys says, leaning into Allatuis. He puts his arm around her, gazing out at the fleet.

“They are,” Allatuis says. “I would trust them all with my life,”

“Even the new ones?”

“I’m responsible for their lives aren’t eye?” Allatuis holds up his palm with the mark of the sickness.

“Hm,” Visys says. “We’ll see how well your plans go, the Isle of Jewels is a pirate horror story for a reason,”

“Aye, but I figure with a few ships, and a few familiar faces, I can’t be bad can it?”

“No Visys says. “I suppose not,”

The winds buffet the sails, carrying the fleet into the setting sun.

“Allatuis?”

“Yes Visys?”

“You’re going to be a father,”
>>
>>2292244

Lord Ruskiev sits in his hall. Gentle snows fall outside the windows of his castle. Candles are held up by sticks all over the hall, illuminating the scrolls that lay scattered out on the desk.

The Lord of Drolga leans over his desk, inking out some figures in a ledger. He hears the taps of a staff on stone, and looks up.

St. Niccea crosses the hall, stopping in front of Lord Ruskiev’s desk. He takes in the parchments.

“My,” He says, taking it in. “No rest for the kings nor commoners I suppose,”

“Hello my good friend,” Lord Ruskiev says. He motions for Niccea to sit. The man of the Arts does, taking a seat across from the lord.

“How goes the kingdom?” St. Niccea says, leaning back in his chair and getting comfortable.

“Oh what can be said,” Lord Ruskiev says, gesturing at the scrolls. “The times are bearing fast on us, and they are uncertain. But the trade grows, as does our list of allies,” Lord Ruskiev winks. "And our coffers,"

St. Niccae laughs. “Oh? And the southern campaign?”

Lord Ruskiev smiles. A servant appears, bearing a plate with goblets on it. The servant sets one in front of Lord Ruskeiv, and the other in front of St. Niccea.

The sorcerer takes the mug.

“I take it by that smile things go well,” Niccea says, drinking.

“West Ghomas belongs to Drolga now,” Lord Ruskiev says. “The first legion is proving apt at sieges,”

“Ahh,” St. Niccea says, knocking his goblet against Ruskiev’s. “And what now?”

“Now?” Lord Ruskiev says, leaning back. “Now we go east,”
>>
>>2292266

Orion stands on the deck of a ship. One of many, sailing along the coast of Yopotchl. The Tree Father’s army stands on the decks of the other ships. All watch the seas ahead. Soon Messan coasts will be in sight.

Gaila Milan, the Blood Queen, comes up to the deck where Orion stands. The Wood Father has not spoken much since the burial of his friend Blackfur.

“My lord?” Gailia Milan says.

“Hello,” Orion says, still looking at the coast.

“I had wondered, and perhaps, some of the other commanders as well, what we are going to do once we return to Messa. Are we going to Layyold, to the halls of your father?”

Orion turns, gazing down at Gaila Milan.

“Do you know what I am going to do?” He says. Gaila shakes her head. “I have conquered all of Messa. I am the Wood Father, and now, I am going to close Messa off from the world,”

“My lord?” Gaila says, surprised.

“Yes,” Orion says. “The more I dwell on it, the more I am sure on it. The Ten Lands will no longer be allowed into the land of Messa. We shall rebuild ourselves. We shall become a kingdom worthy of my line,”

Gaila Milan stares out at the sea in surprise, then finally nods.

“Very well my King, your army and people will serve your will to the end,”
>>
>>2292290

King Gaul sits on his throne in the King’s hall in the fortress city of Bandeer. Around the hall are trophies of war. Gold from Tambri, artifacts from Fortilia. Many things from Imeria.

The doors at the end of the hall open. A single orckin captain walks along the hall, approaching King Gaul’s throne.

“My king,” The captain says, dropping to one knee.

“Rise,” Gaul says. “What news,”

“Your newest subjects are gathered in the plaza outside the palace,” The captain says, his gruff voice echoing around the hall. “I thought it might please your majesty to examine them,”

“Hm,” King Gaul says, rising. “Very well. Take me to them,”

King Gaul passes along the hall. Past the jewels of Imeria and the artifacts of Fortilia. Past the gold of Tambri and the weapons of the Kushluk.

As he nears the doors, Gaul can hear chanting. The doors to the entrance are opened by two orckin blackguards. King Gaul walks out of the hall, and onto the balcony. The cheers are thunderous.

“GAUL GAUL GAUL GAUL GAUL”

Below, in the plaza, stand thousands of orckin. They stand proudly in the harsh Syptia sun, pumping their fists in the air as they cry out their king’s name.

“Are they to your liking, my king,” The captain says, bowing.

King Gaul looks over them.

“They will do.” He says. “For now,”
>>
>>2292305

The sun hangs high in a clear sky over the Dark City. The city has suffered much. Neighborhoods burned, things taken. Life that was lost, resurrected and then gone.

Past the outer ring, and the middle ring. Rising high into the air in the inner ring, is the Citadel of He.

It is the highest tower in the city. Its shadow stretches to the outer ring and beyond as the sun sets.

Around the citadel, overflowing the inner ring beyond capacity, are nearly a million people. They stare up at the Dark Lord’s tower. Watching. Waiting. There are more people on the walls and beyond, struggling for a view of the tower.

Near the base is a balcony. The King’s balcony. On it stands Laesea. On her left stands Mala. On her right stands Joshri.

Before her, powerful sorcerers from the Cabal of Arts, as well as Grand Marshal Baroque.

The High Priest Amedden is there as well. He is flanked by priests and priestesses of the Temple.

“Traitors,” Grand Marshal Baroque growls.

High Priest Amedden gives Baroque the side eye.

“None of that,” Laesea commands. “I will have no fighting, not between my trusted counselors,”

“Well then,” Amedden says, clearing his throat and raising an ornate and intricate crown over Laesea’s head. “By the power granted me by the absent gods, as well as He who has passed, I, a servant of the New Temple, do hereby crown Laesea Queen of the Dark City, and heir to the Ten Lands.”

Amedden places the crown on her head.

“Long may she reign,” He says, dusting his hands.

Url the Trollog walks to the balcony edge.

“All hail the Queen!” Url bellows.

A million people shout in reply.

“LONG MAY SHE REIGN!”
>>
>>2292337

The High Priestess Kinsee lays by a pool. She is surrounded by a courtyard, as well as columns and fountains. Servants fan her, while others stand ready with plates of food and drink.

A temple guard captain strolls along the pool. He stops a respectable distance from the High Priestess.

“High Priestess,” He says.

“Hm?” Kinsee says, looking up and gazing at the captain. “Yes? What is it?”

“The Magi are here,”


“Ah yes,” Kinsee says, rising. “Good, show them in,”

The Magi walk in, one after the other. Servants bring out more cushions, and the Magi sit across from the High Priestess.

“Your city is one of wonder,” The first one says.

“A jewel in the sea that is Syptia,” says the second.

“Soon we will have raised our towers in the white wastes,” The third Magi says. “You have chosen good allies, you will be worthy of the world that is to come,”

“Oh,?” High Priestess Kinsee says, feeding herself a grape. “I’m already at the top of the world to come. I serve Queen Laesea now. She is the object of my temple. The Temple will last forever, under a Dark Lord, or a child, it matters not,”

“What we do is for a Dark Lord far greater than you can possibly imagine,” The third Magi says, growing excited. “When we bring our kingdom up from the depths, we will begin our great works to ease our lord’s passing into the world. And should you serve him High Priestess, you will be awarded unto eternity,”

“Oh?” Kinsees says, feeding herself another grape smiling. “Do tell me more,”
>>
This concludes Dark City Siege.

Thank you all for playing, I hope you had fun and enjoyed worldbuilding with me. For my part, you guys were great, damn good and driving the story forward.

With that said, please join me in a few weeks for The Dark Lord is Dead: Ten Years Later
>>
File: 1517507522891.jpg (34 KB, 519x473)
34 KB
34 KB JPG
>>2292360
It's beautiful

[F] to all the fallen, its gonna be a long wait for Ten Years Later
>>
>>2292360
Goddamn, charging right into death's domain to save Simon. No Holy Man will be found, but that's fine. Ragga will conquer all of it if he has to.

Fucking hell, dude. I couldn't imagine a better end for the characters. You are a master.

[F]
>>
>>2292360
That was a nice ending. Shame about Isha but with the way here rolls have been that was the only future that made sense
>>
File: 1480089860248.png (477 KB, 834x685)
477 KB
477 KB PNG
>>2292356
Thanks for running LOP. Loved the ending and loved the characters. I can see many more players in the future. Many picking minor characters already in place like the June child and joshri, Mala could he a replacement for Isha. Whatever happens I'll be here to make Messa a haven for all Druids and Nature's kind.
>>
>>2292360
There has been a lot of dead
[F]
>>
>>2292360
GAUL GAUL GAUL GAUL
This has been a great quest, the ending was spectacular never saw it coming! Can't wait what's in store for us 10 years after.
>>
>>2292360
A pretty ending, I must say. I can't wait to see the world after 10 years.

[F]
>>
>>2292360
That was really incredible, I’m definitely looking forward to seeing what comes next.
>>
>>2292360
>Baroque sighs and shakes his head, putting a hand to his forehead. “What a fucking mess,” He says.

I loved it, the Black Legion as pragmatic as ever, long live Queen Laesea!
>>
Well Allatius, you looking forward to being a dad? hurr hurr hurr
>>
>>2292360
This has been wonderful, and I look forward to the next installment.

F for the dead, as well. Isha dying really surprised me, I thought it would be Ragga or Xlatlak.
>>
>>2293142
I am going to be a horrible parent.
>>
>>2292356
Magi is going to be the next threat
And good thing High Priest Amedden was the one who crowned her Simon would have but he's dead
[F]
>>
File: 1422488559855.gif (388 KB, 267x199)
388 KB
388 KB GIF
>>2292154
>“Forgive me,” Jusdus says, adjusting his robes. “But I’ve gone and lost my temper.”
Koah you'll be missed!

>Slowly, she begins a song. A song to sing when you are scared.
Was that a spell that made her unlock her powers or is there something more sinister further down the road?
Simon grunts, coughing up blood. He slowly walks along the blade, pushing it farther and farther into his body. He reaches Aeoch, and presses the breastplate to him.

>Aeoch shrieks. It is a sound that shakes the hall. The demi falls back, writhing on the floor as the breastplate seems to grow and envelope him.
Respect [F]

>“See now, lords of the dead,” The mummy says. “Xtatlak sends you a present. A present you will not be able to get rid of, nor defeat,”
Hehehe my funny bone is acting up

From beginning to now it's been a exciting ride, loved the ending! I wish I could reread the whole quest!
I befriended the Queen haha I wonder how Xtatlak will use it for his advantage the next 10 years
>>
File: Spoiler Image (1.04 MB, 2721x2009)
1.04 MB
1.04 MB JPG
Warning, TYL preview, spoilers ahead

Dark City Characters, from left to right

Queen Laesea, Joshri, Mala, Mala's daughter Isha, Baroque, Baroque's daughter Sama, Tartus, Omez
>>
>>2294175
Who's Tartus and Omez?
>>
>>2294175
Are other characters besides the main posse still allowed in, as with this run?
>>
>>2294221
>>2294215

More previews coming with the rest of the characters
>>
>>2294175
I think you have a fetish for young girls with swords, I want a son :V
>>
>>2294254
No heir for you, pal.
>>
>>2294215

Tartus is the captain of the Queen Guard (Ragga's immortal warriors he left behind)
Omez is the greatest Arts user in the Cabal
>>
>>2294175
Mala is was best girl now her daughter will become best girl
It's time for Xtatlak to get best girl
>>
>>2294254

You're probably not wrong, but Isha and Sami are both around 18, same with Laesea. And you have a son, it's Tartus kind of
>>
File: Spoiler Image (1.27 MB, 2961x2049)
1.27 MB
1.27 MB JPG
"High Priestess Kinsee, Sinlaun The Unkillable, The Voice of the Magi, Gaul, Gaul's son Prince Karam, Gaul's adopted human son Mosas, Orion's son Prince Helios, Orion

This is the only good picture of Gaul I ever get. He won't look like that in 10 years
>>
>>2294302
Wait Orion is a tree now?
>>
File: Spoiler Image (1.07 MB, 2705x1977)
1.07 MB
1.07 MB JPG
Allatuis, Visys, their son Mathius (Matt), Xtatlak, The Imperial Siblings, Lord Ruskiev's son Lord Ivan, His only friend in the whole world, Garr

>>2294340
Yes
>>
File: Spoiler Image (1.01 MB, 2881x2033)
1.01 MB
1.01 MB JPG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pmb1dDB2tak

Geltry of the witch's kingdom, Zimiya,
also of the kingdom, Tabla Chasa Highest Mother, Emperor Alsalon of the Lovanocha Empire, Lord Kindle, Prophet of Bal, The First Herald, The Second Herald
>>
>>2294266
Tartus better not be fucking my daughter
>>
>>2294423

He is most certainly trying to, but alas Sam is having none of it
>>
File: Spoiler Image (1.02 MB, 1920x1080)
1.02 MB
1.02 MB JPG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xAZE9qoll7o&list=PL21zCSyqLCMMtdu-1vgxtq85-lB6_ONw9&index=56

Semi spoilers, these are TYL bio posts

Isha’s mother, Mala, has been grooming her to take over the Order of the Moon for ten years. The only problem is, Isha doesn’t want to be the Grand Master of the greatest knightly order in the Ten Lands. Can she navigate the treacherous politics of the Dark City and honor her aunt’s legacy? Or will the perils of leadership and friendship bring her low?

Grand Marshal Baroque was told he would be a father the day he left for Stom Teppe. By the time he had returned and helped establish the New Kingdom, his wife had left him for a Lord. Samma was his child though, and despite the fact that Baroque desired a son, he became resolute in molding Sama for the role of Grand Marshal. But life is not so easy in the Dark City. Can Sam and her best friend Isha rise to the expectations of their parents? Will Sama succeed her father? Or will betrayal and malice destroy her family?

King Gaul has established the kingdom of Gaulamed, and along the way converted to the Junta faith. Now his kingdom, along with his Imerian allies in the faith, fight an ongoing war against the New Temple in the lands of Syptia. Can his two sons, Karam and Mosas, navigate becoming princes of Gaulamed, as well as the changes starting in the East?

The land of Messa has been closed off to the world for ten years. Now Prince Helios has succeeded his father. Can the Messan prince open the borders of Messa again? Or will he find dangers lurking both without and within?

Lord Ruskiev has died, passing his title of Lord Protectorate onto his son, Ivan. Can Ivan rule his kingdom without it being seized by generals who don’t respect him? And can he do it while continuing the proxy war The Golden Empire is fighting with the Lovanochans in Tambri?

High Priestess Kinsee’s New Temple has reasserted itself throughout much of the Ten Lands. RaMeen is growing into the most powerful city in Syptia, and Kinsee’s servant Silaun is proving an unstoppable agent for the faith. Can Kinsee navigate the enemies of the Temple, as well as her Magi allies to the east?”

Sealord Allatuis is King of the southern God Jewel Islands. But the pirate captain has been plagued with dreams of late. Dreams that remind him of another life. Can he and his family take the Sea’King’s fleet north and discover the source of his troubles? Or will his past catch up with him?

Geltry of the Witch’s Kingdom is the only male witch in the Ten Lands. Hecate trusts him, but the other witches hate him. Can Geltry serve Hecate and the kingdom, with the help of the strange but powerful Zimiya? Can he stop the witches from what they are becoming, before it is too late?
>>
And that's it for the previews, which actually gives you a pretty good idea of how many characters will be starting out. I'll see you guys in a couple weeks, and of course, let me know if you have any questions

lopofthewoods for all your lore needs
>>
>>2294468

And to contact me of course, I'm also on discord but I gotta figure out how to share my profile without simply saying "It's called lop"
>>
>>2294474
What happened to Hecate?
>>
>>2294485
Also, I guess I may as well become Isha/ Geltry. Hopefully, the bad luck of those who came before them doesn't rub off on them.
>>
>>2294485

She's in the Dark City as the Queen of the Witch Kingdom and the new Master of Whispers. The running of the day to day kingdom has been entrusted to Geltry
>>
>>2294492
Ah neat
>>
>>2294462

Oh shit I forgot Xtatlak

Xtatlak has not been idle these last ten years. Nor has he been seen. The mummy lord has been locked in his tower for many years. But the new Malcoalta Empire is a staunch ally of the New Kingdom, and the Imperial siblings have proved apt rulers. But things are not as they seem, and soon events will unfold in the Empire that will have dire consequences for the Juxulan people and those beyond
>>
>>2294468
Just a note here I didn't really get to do but I wanted to richly reward the men of Rhata Ghast and the Yeti tribes, like loots of gold, artifacts and June child blood. The Yetis were the true MVP and that last yeti to survive deserves a medal and a lordship.
>>
>>2294507

That's actually a plot point you'll have to deal with. Not the rewarding part but the fact that Baroque heavily draws on soldiers from Stom Teppes for his legions in TYL. It's proven excellent for quality of soldiers, but there will be hurdles. And Yeti exclusively make his elite guard companies now
>>
>>2294175
I'll be taking Laessea since Simon was the closest to her and all that

I assume she would abolish slavery yeah? And maybe the sword brothers should be expanded, with an actual name this time. How about "Order of our Martyred Father"

Is Joshri a sword brother?
>>
>>2294595

I'm leaning pretty heavily towards Laesea being an NPC just cause I keep realizing I'll need her for plot directions I want to explore. But custom character and factions are still allowed.

Also yes Joshri is a sword brother but he also has a lot of other titles now
>>
>>2294634
And yes she abolished slavery, and the sword brothers are now a little...different, in their roles
>>
>>2294462
What about me, nigga?
>>
>>2294462
Also, dibs on Tartus and maybe Joshri if i'm allowed to play two characters.
>>
>>2294634
Well if Laesea is an NPC I'll be taking Joshri since he's a sword brother. I hope it's cool?>>2294666

How are the sword brothers different?
>>
>>2294670
Yeah, it's cool, my dude.
>>
>>2294462
How did King Gaul meet his human son and why did he adopt him? How are the numbers in his empire, have the alchemists been working hard? Who the heck did King Gaul fuck....
>>
>>2294634
What is Orion up to? Do I have to play as Helios?
>>
>>2294764
iirc he went all isolationist and is now probably wanking it in the bushes or something
>>
>>2294769
Nevermind, he's become a plant or something.
>>
>>2294764
Guess becoming a magical tree is part of the whole wood father thing

Suppose Helios is now the true ruler, Orion helps out with magic and shit
>>
>>2294784
Unrelated, but I want to hope that Tartus and Joshri end up as bros like Ragga and Simon.
>>
>>2294788
Both served under Simon and Ragga, both serve the queen, command either the queen's guard or her devoted sword brothers etc

They'll be the best of bros

Also the more you think about it the more sense it makes for Laesea to be an NPC. I support this notion Lop
>>
>>2294801
Don't forget that both are basically immortal warriors.

Fuck, now i'm getting emotional by imagining Ragga and Simon chilling and drinking together.

Why do I do this to myself?
>>
>>2294462
I think I made a mistake waking the magi up
And I'm still being my snake kinsee
>>2294807
Have fun where ever you are I guess
>>
>>2294462
Well, I'll need to continue the legacy of Ruskiev through my son it seems. I will teach those Lovanochans who the real top dog in Tambri is.
>>
>>2294860
Land of the dead.

Man, I can't wait until I become the Grim Reaper or some shit.

If I return, Xtatlak's ass will be mine but not in the gay way.
>>
>>2294670
Absolutely, Joshri by TYL is Laesea most trusted agent of the crown. She doesn't really need him to guard her anymore what with her Queen Guard and all.

The Sword Brothers, after a certain incident, are tasked with finding a monster and freeing the land of its terror. They do it, slowly morph into a monster hunting outfit, which slowly morphs into a kind of secret order that hunts the very worst of the worst monsters and spirits

>>2294701
Gaul's human son he took under his wing after buying him from a slaves. Gaul's real son is jar-born like the other orckin. Gaul's number are huge, especially because he's now equal parts conqueror and pious, and his kingdom followed suit. Think the Vikings converting to Hindu or something and then going on a conquest spree

>>2294764
Orion is onto the next stage of woodfather. And no you don't have to play as Helios, there's one other guy you can, but Helios is a bit of a fucker because he's half werewolf half miar, and is much more dangerous than his age would let us. Think Artemis Fowl kind of

>>2294764
The adventures of Ragga in the land of the dead is playable, it'll just take you awhile to rejoin the others
>>
>>2295103
So Lop, who's Garr? Is he the bodyguard of Ivan? And tell me about the Lovanochans and this emperor Alsalon.
>>
>>2295119

Ivan's in a really tough spot. Hes not particularly skilled with a sword, He's got to continue his father's legacy but no one, and I mean no one, wants him as lord protectorate because they think he's weak, and the generals of the Golden Imperial legions are one bad day away from performing a coup. Ivan literally has no one.

That is with the exception of Garr. Garr is one of the refugees who came into Drolga at the beginning of DLID, and he and Ivan are best friends. Garr is also the most exceptional killer in Drolga, and will project Ivan with his life. And when i say he's good at murder....I mean he's good.

Lovanocha is an old Empire with a lot of history. They've always been the main power in Fortilia, and lots of ideas, customs and sciences have started in Fortilia and spread west.

They were humbled a bit by the Dark Lord, but just barely. After his dissapeance they were back to their old ways. The rise of the Golden Empire represents a direct threat to their influence, so right now they're fighting a proxy war with Drolga in Tambri. Each supports a different side in a civil war.
>>
>>2295135
>literally no one
Fuck me, this is going to be a challenge but I like a good challenge. Maybe I should proclaim myself Tsar when I stabilize my rule. Shit, this reminds me too much of Ivan the Terrible.
>>
>>2295135
What "other titles" does Joshi have? I imagine the sword brothers are influential in Bal thanks to Simon but im assuming things here
>>
>>2295153

Queens Blade, Knight of the Order of the Sword, Servant of the Crown, The Undying (unofficial) The Deathless (unofficial) Slayer of Dragons and Beasts (unoffical)
>>
>>2295161

And they're not so influential, but they do hold authority over pretty much everyone to go into any kingdom and investigate funny business related to the Arts, monsters and worse
>>
>>2295103
Fuck yeah nigga, I wanna play as Ragga again!
>>
>>2294302
Sinlaun the unkillable sounds interesting, what’s his story?
>>
>>2295248

He's a RaMeen man who rose up through the Temple Gaurd to become an unstoppable warrior and general. Very faithful, doesn't speak, unrelenting in serving Kinsee
>>
>>2295289
How many Sword Brothers are there now? What is their headquarters? And Joshri is the grandmaster yeah?
>>
>>2295289
What are the God Jewel Isles? Are they like an independent civilization/country from the jurisdiction of the Dark City?
>>
>>2295344

Eh probably about 100 actual sword brothers from the star lands, and around 4,000 regular sword brethren. But they're pretty spread out between the ten lands doing stuff for the Queen. Most of the time a sword brother elite can just coopt a local Lord's army if things are getting out of hand, or call in the legion
>>
>>2295375

Yeah it's south of the map, so you can't see it, but it's southwest of Syptia. About nine islands, the size of Hawaii. Lots of strange shit there, ancient civilizations that was killed of by invaders. Later taken over by a pirate dynasty. Now ruled by Attalus and Visys
>>
>>2294906
Save me a cool spot there
>>2295289
I'm going to make him general grievous
>>2295388
What does the church of He do now?
>>
>>2295415

There's a quasi religion around Laesea though she resists it. The temple is going tjrough kind of a transformation, adopting different bits of different faiths and kind of just cramming them all to a new Kingdom religion for the ten lands (except the east)
>>
>>2295427
What about the magi? And how powerful are they? Are they tomb king levels of OP
>>
>>2295427
Also, what's Ragga currently doing?

What's Tartus like, personality and ability wise?
>>
>>2294505
Does Xtatlak have and influence over the Malcoalta Empire or is related to the Imperial siblings in some way? Does he still talk to Laessea?

>>2294906
Bring it, I tricked you twice already!

>>2295103
Are the sword brothers going to try hunting Xtatlak?
>>
>>2295427
What areas does the "Dark" Empire control now?
>>
>>2295103
So is Helios a Nature Druid like Orion? Also is Helios the bastard son of a Miar and the blood queen? Being a werewolf / Miar is cool and all but what's the other guy like?
>>
>>2295433
Magi are stupid powerful but mostly keep to themselves. If they want to do something outside the white wastes they contact Kinsee

>>2295443
Ragga has been traveling among the six gates of the land if the dead and getting really pissed off people keep trying to stop him
>>2295539
Xtatlak rules the land but mostly entrusted it to the siblings. His Empire is a huge ally to Laesea's kingdom, but she doesn't necessarily trust Xtatlak. She does listen to his counsel at times when he spirit visits her.
And no, though the sword brothers would LOVE to take a crack at Juxulan and Xtatlak, Laesea relies on his armies to keep Gaul's holy wars from spilling out if Syptia and Imeria
>>2295560
The Dark Empire controls or at least mostly controls every land but Messa, Imeria, and Fortilia
>>
>>2295610

It's not known that Helios is the blood queens son because Orion married another Messan queen and Helios hasn't turned into a wolf yet. The Blood Queen knows

The other guys is Fenwald's replacement. Whereas Helios is a calm and measured child prodigy, the other guys is a wild force of nature
>>
>>2295611
Kek, classic Ragga.

Is there an actual chance of my boi Ragga getting out or actually fucking conquering the place?
>>
File: 1480499588479.jpg (73 KB, 564x739)
73 KB
73 KB JPG
>>2295618
So there's no playing as Orion in his new Wood Father form? I liked being able to he all about nature and the Beasts. Helios sounds like a cool dude tho. As long as I can create Treant warriors and appeal to the spirits, than I'm good.
>>
>>2295623
Xtatlak certainly gambled a lot on one of those things happening
>>2295633
I can make an Orion-like character to serve Helios if you like that playstyle. I'm doing an overall meta and setting, but the ten lands are fucking huge and with ninety kingdoms. If you have a fantasy trope you like with a character type you enjoy, I'll definitely work it in. For instance the setting didn't have vampire till Regis anon played, now we have nostri
>>
>>2295611
So I'm basicly there parent watching over them making sure they don't do dumb shit
>>2295611
Can I make a portal to bring back ragga?
>>
>>2295650
I think I'll stick with Helios than. Sounds like more of a progressive dude trying to step out if his father's shadow. What's his playstyle like? I don't have much other than

>he's a secret wolf dude who has powerful Miar blood in his veins

Thanks for answering all these questions lop, I'm just really excited for TYL.
>>
>>2295666
More like they're your cranky ancient allies who are gonna get you wrapped up in some crazy shit
>>2295666
Whereas Orion was a powerful druid guided by a sense of being wronged and also some guilt, Helios is a master tactician and a thinker. People both fear and respect the Prince of Messa

And your questions are fine, I'm writing down notes as I do this so you're helping me plan out the story for when we finally start
>>
>>2295699
And I meant to say that Kinsee can certainly role towards creating a portal, especially if she gets the magi's help
>>
>>2295700
What warbeasts do the magi have?
Also what other special characters are there serving kinsee
>>
>>2295611
>but she doesn't necessarily trust Xtatlak
What did he do to lose her trust and what was the song all about? Does he have plans to still use her?

Can you give me anything of what Xtatlak has been doing in his tower?

Magi vs Xtatlak, who will win? Do they know each other since they're both from the past?

I want to play Mala's daughter too
>>
>>2295707
The Magi's big hitters are whatever warbeasts they buy from RaMeen, they also use the wind demons that Gaul's just figuring out how to breed, as well as something known as Niphilim.

Kinsee's main "fuck shit up" character is Silaun, but she also has the High priest Amedden, who has the most impressive life story ever (slave to butchersewer to High Preist? Damn I get he feels good) and he's proven an apt servant to Kinsee. Then there's the priestess Ulayssa, who's a wild child like Kinsee and is pretty competent in the Arts
>>
>>2295722

Well Laesea's most trusted advisor is Joshri, and Joshri's pretty much constantly telling her to beware Xtatlak. But again Xtatlak has helped more than a couple times, and Laesea genuinely seeks his counsel for some things. And again, she relies on his armies at times too.

Magi was before the Malcoalta blood line's time. Xtatlak has probably read a bit about their Empire though. Xtatlak would also come out on top against one Magi. There's three though
>>
>>2295730
Wooot!
Have I figured how to make more files and vampbeasts? I will extinguish all other religions for their blasphsmy! I hope I improved King Gaul improved himself somehow with magic or alchemy.
>>
>>2295740
Haha I don't blame you, Isha's going to have a time trying to get her life in order with all the daily chaos in the Dark City. I think Isha anon wants to play her, but I know you guys will figure it out. Playing two character is more than okay
>>
>>2295746

King Gaul could potentially live to a very old age thanks to the practices of his royal Arts users. And he just buys most of his Vampkin from Tambrin breeders. The other word I couldnt make sense of
>>
>>2295761
What about Tartus, what's his relationship with Laesea?
>>
>>2295767
Tartus is the only one of Ragga's immortal northern warriors who isn't from Ragga's homeland. He's from Bal, but he was big and fought well so Ragga brought him into the tribe so to speak. He was also the only warrior you could trust with being the captain of Laesea's guard, or anything really.

Tartus is brash, likes to boast, but can back it up too. He and Laesea get along well enough, but Tartus really is interest ed in Samma. Samma does not feel the same way. Tartus is nonplussed, and will continue trying.

There's a running bet as to who would win, Tartus or Joshri, but if the two have sparred they've never spoken of it, and they'll likely never face each other for real
>>
>>2295793
Hey Lop, can you tell me about the Civil War in Tambri, who I'm supporting and the story behind it? It sounds pretty interesting and knowledge about it would be useful.
>>
>>2295793
Kek, Baroque better watch the fuck out.

Also, can I get a little backstory on Akelies, why he joined Ragga and why he betrayed him?
>>
>>2295740
>Ignores the song question
Hmmmm so that's still in play after 10 years, I think.

What's his relationship with his dead predecessors, does he just chat with them in his pass time?
Which type of sorcery does he mainly excel on, abyssal?

Where do you plan on taking Xtatlak, what goals is he trying to accomplish, godhood?
>>
>>2295793
How many troops do the magi even have?
>>
>>2295817
Does anyone trust Xtatlak, are there any potential allies out there? haha
>>
>>2295761
But can he become more than an orckin, maybe a demigod?
Golems
DESU VULT!
>>
>>2295802
Yup. Ruskiev started heavily trading with the kingdom of Myona, and it looked like they were about to get pretty cozy. Lovonocha said fuck that and got have of the lords in Myona to rebel against the ruling family. The Golden Empire supports the Myonans with gold and soldiers, the Lovonochans do the same thing with the rebels. Every other Tambrin kingdom has sided with the rebel lords for various reasons, except for the Tambrin kingdom that was conquered by Hecate. As obviously the Witch's Kingdom and the Golden Empire are allies.

>>2295810
Askelies was working off some information that Ragga was the key to unlocking the power of death. Obviously he didn't quite understand what that really meant, and jumped at an opportunity to capture Ragga and experiment

>>2295817
Ha, the song will definitely come up in one of Laesea's and Xtatlak's spirit talks.

Most of the Malacolta bloodline despise Xtatlak, and it all has do do with the Malacoltan's relationship with death, as well as why Xtatlak hates the lords of death. There are some of the Malacoalta who are seriously entertained by Xtatlak's endoverors, or just don't care one way or the other, and those are mostly the skulls you saw Xtatlak talking to in beginning DLID threads

Xtatlak's goal is to settle up with his family and the lords of death, then gain true undeath, a weird Malacolta concept with complicated. His Arts ability is best summed up by the words "general mastery"
Say what you will about him, but Xtatlak seriously works to uncover all sorts of knowledge and learn it. The Dark Lord and he bonded over the uncovering knowledge part, because the Dark Lord's whole singular purpose was to uncover the answers he wanted.

The only Arts he can't really do is Witch Arts, for various reasons.

>>2295820
Troop numbers will be calculated as we get closer to the run weekend. There's some serious factors to consider over ten years

>>2295821
Yeah Xtatlak's got plenty of noble allies in the Dark City, he can be charming when he wants to be. But there are people who hated the southern Juxulan Empire, whether because of ancient history or more recent events, and they'll hate whatever it's called under Xtatlak as well.

Southern Bal lords for example, are all tied up with the Malcolta Empire through trade and some marriages

>>2295846
Yes the Golems he can produce with his Art's users, which has now grown to be a respectable cabal in Gaul's kingdom.
As for more than an orckin, he can, you just have to ask yourself how far your willing to go
>>
>>2295864
Unlock the power of death, huh?

Sounds pretty cool.

Do you have a pic of his appearance after 10 years like the rest of the characters or does he look the same?
>>
>>2295878

you wouldn't believe how much time I've spent looking for pictures that look like the original cast but older. Gaul and Ragga have proven especially difficult
>>
>>2295882
Aw.
>>
>>2295864
Balancing my right to rule over the Empire and the proxy war will be a hell of a time, won't it?
>>
>>2295915

Oh you have no idea. Ivan's not the type to enjoy violence or war, though he knows they're necessary and understands both. Garr on the other hand would murder every single individual in a city if he thought it would help Ivan. Not that Ivan would ever ask him to.
>>
File: 1441931672885.jpg (265 KB, 730x934)
265 KB
265 KB JPG
>>2295882
>Xtatlak's goal is to settle up with his family and the lords of death, then gain true undeath
Elaborate, try to fuck over his bloodline?
I guess Laesea or Ragga might be the key to his goal, does he know about the rumors of unlocking the powers of death from Ragga?
I don't mind messing with the Malacoalta, maybe force them to reincarnate into lesser being every time they die? bahaha

What are some rare knowledge he has discovered so far?

I might have images that could work for you
Joshri?
>>
File: 1461694638838.jpg (276 KB, 800x1132)
276 KB
276 KB JPG
>>2295943
Ragga?
>>
>>2295943
Ragga's jimmies have been rustled.

Keep your bony ass away.
>>
File: 1408692547290.jpg (307 KB, 934x1248)
307 KB
307 KB JPG
>>2295956
>>
File: 1445937916595.jpg (106 KB, 718x932)
106 KB
106 KB JPG
>>2295965
>>
>>2295940
I will succeed, dammit. Ivan will claim his right to rule and no pesky generals or foreign emperors will stop me. I'm fucking hyped.
>>
File: Joshri.jpg (358 KB, 707x1000)
358 KB
358 KB JPG
>>2295943

Pic related is how I always envisioned him, but I also steal your guys's images you post because I like to use how the players see it

As for his family deal, fuck, it's too complicated. The Malacoalta are a messed up line. During a certain period when there were many active mummified Malacolatas around, Xtatlak gambled on a certain plan but was betrayed (no surprise with this family, but it was especially brutal and vindictive) Xtatlak and some others get tossed into the land of the dead, and the Malacolta winners, which were most of them, used their weird and toxic relationship with the lords of undeath to get the lords to humiliate the losers in the afterlife. It was bad, but they especially dishonored and tortured Xtatlak.

Now, when the Dark Lord broke into the Juxulan Tower-Tomb of Kings, he could have chosen any of the skulls lining the wall. For whatever reason, he picked Xtatlak.

The mummy lord's in no rush. He's alive, the others aren't. He's always played the long game anyways

As for rare knowledge? Well most Arts users don't use singing style invocation anymore, so that's pretty rare that Xtatlak knew any spell songs, let alone one that was especially applicable. He also is probably the only Arts user in the Ten Lands who knows what kilter-tongue is and can practice it

>>2295956
>>2295965
>>2295970
thank you, saved
>>
File: 1511996514460.jpg (46 KB, 564x796)
46 KB
46 KB JPG
>>2295984
>I'm fucking hyped.
I can't contain my excitement, willing to drop kick a child if it guarantees an earlier date. haha

>>2295958
hehehehe come come let me touch that potential power with my bony fingers

>>2295988
>Xtatlak and some others get tossed into the land of the dead, and the Malacolta winners, which were most of them, used their weird and toxic relationship with the lords of undeath to get the lords to humiliate the losers in the afterlife. It was bad, but they especially dishonored and tortured Xtatlak
Holy hell I wouldn't doubt he's in no hurry, I'll do my best to get revenge!
>kilter-tongue
Is this the name of the singing invocation?

I have more if you want them
Awww younger Mala and Isha
>>
>>2296061
>I'm willing to drop kick a child if it guarantees an earlier date.

Send a video.

Also, stop being so gay.
>>
>>2296061
Can't wait to see what the magi do
>>2296081
It's ok ragga with the magis help I will get you out of that place
>>
>>2296061

Kilter-tongue is an ancient way to interact with the Arts. Most people invoke it with words, those who can't talk or don't want to use hand motions, but it's really all about what's going on in your mind, the words and hand motions don't matter so much except for how they help you focus. Staffs are needed too, or things can get dicey. Some people are good enough that they don't need to speak or sign anything to use Arts. Xtatlak's one of those people.

Kilter tongue is a weird kind of mind fuckery that results in some pretty interesting interactions with the Arts. Xtatlak's had arguments with his skulls as to whether it's the superior method, and to a certain ancient race it certainly was. But as with everything, it's up for debate
>>
>>2296090
Keep that eldritch shit away from me, and don't act like I wanna escape.

WHAT RAGGA SEES, RAGGA CONQUERS
>>
>>2296109
Bring back a sovinear then
>>
>>2296116
Maybe.
>>
>>2296124
Maybe?
>>
>>2296130
Maybe.
>>
>>2296132
Maybe
>>
File: 1441950145540.jpg (73 KB, 945x690)
73 KB
73 KB JPG
>>2296081
>Also, stop being so gay.
The anon who keeps mentioning my ass hahaha what a faggot

>>2296090
The magi sound very interesting, can;t wait to see what they can do.
Pic related?
>>2296103
Has he dabbled in time, demonology, mystic martial arts, or void magic?

Make up some quick lore, the time Xtatlak messed with one of the major characters. lol
>>
File: Marm-page-001.jpg (616 KB, 2161x1857)
616 KB
616 KB JPG
>>2296124
>>2296130

>Here, I brought you back the last known soul of an creature I can't remember the name of

>You said you'd bring me back a hundred rare souls!

>Then it is not rare snake woman!
>>
>>2296166
I can see kinsee doing this
>>
>>2296164

Ahh I have no notes on the specific Arts, most of my answers I have at least typed a snippet of at some point in my lore files. I have my own I think of and its mostly old magic, and then you guys suggest magic types and I incorporate it.

Xtatlak probably used almost every Art available to him in his duel with Poko Topec, a duel that noone will ever know about but is probably Xtatlak's most out of left field victory for him. He can easily summon though, and invoke. Mystic martial arts, not his style, easier to hire a masters. Void Arts are generally for the suicidal or the insane

The magi look like pic related way back in the day >>2289037
at least in my mind
>>
>>2296214
The magi do seem like good allies going to have to use them more against gaul
>>
>>2296214
I always had a thought of where kinsee would marry the ivory lord
>>
>>2296242

The Ivory Lord offered, but Kinsee's juggling a lot of suitors in the Dark City, obviously the Ivory Lord as well, even one of the Magi. She thinks. It's hard to know.
But yeah It's a game she plays, to keep her power and keep things interesting.
>>
>>2296255
Why am I not surprised
>>
>>2296255
Wait one of the magi?
What type of atrocity can kinsee procreate with that thing
>>
File: 1458827022740.jpg (263 KB, 1500x1187)
263 KB
263 KB JPG
>>2296214
What are you going to do after the final the TYL arc, another hiatus?

>>2296166
Not bringing a scorpion woman
>>2296214
I can't wait for Xtatlak to be in a battle against another arts user!
>>
>>2296270

Yeah she's not too sure either, but players gotta play

>>2296597
TYL is either going to be one long super-thread, or I may have to split up the event into two threads. Either way, TYL will probably be the last Dark Lord quest for a long, long time.

Although, I keep saying that and the setting keeps dragging me back.
>>
File: 1434676431534.jpg (542 KB, 773x1082)
542 KB
542 KB JPG
>>2296618
>TYL will probably be the last Dark Lord quest for a long, long time.
Will there be other quest similar to it, like a post apocalyptic or a modern fantasy themed?

>Inb4 the BBEG is the dark lord
>>
>>2296654
I've been wondering that as well, DLID is a unique format that I reallly enjoy.
>>
>>2296654
>>2296668

Yeah probably, this quest works well for me cause I have a lot of pictures of random fantasy stuff that I look at and go "Damn yeah that character's got a story," so I'd have to do some digging before I was ready for post apoc. Modern fantasy is a little easier
>>
>>2296618
Ivory lord it is then
>>2296728
Why not do one in space? I would be happy to become imperium of man
>>
>>2296757
Modern fantasy yields more unique plot options, I think. It's his choice what to next, obviously, but that's my two cents on the matter.
>>
File: 1450585783986.jpg (73 KB, 621x1050)
73 KB
73 KB JPG
>>2296757
He did one while taking a break with DLID quest, it was fun! I was an AI android running an empire behind the scenes with holograms of some kind since the original leaders died from some kind of accident, was slowly realizing that the AI were superior than everyone else, quest was amazing.
>>
File: The Big Leagues.jpg (127 KB, 800x552)
127 KB
127 KB JPG
>>2296757
>>2296830
>>2296850

Yeah I did space, that was fun because theres lots of good character pictures to work with. I could urban too, but I also enjoy the weird gray area between multi-civs and character stories
>>
>>2296876
As long as there's something like that I don't care about the setting. You could make anything interesting.
>>
>>2296884

I didn't always use do it that way, my first quests were the standard format

http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive/1661977/

and most recently

http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive/2146818/

but I think I'm going to stick with DLID format, because sweeping settings and good characters seem to keep my the most engaged, which keeps quests going
>>
>>2296894
Cave man quest next I'm confinement you can make it interesting
>>
File: 1450585569987.png (2.38 MB, 1920x1080)
2.38 MB
2.38 MB PNG
>>2296876
But but but I can go with a urban setting!
>>
>>2296934
*confident
>>
File: 1424827075475.jpg (394 KB, 702x992)
394 KB
394 KB JPG
>>2296934
Oh shit a stone age setting, maybe just maybe.
>>
>>2296955
Steampunk ww1 setting
>>
>>2296894
Modern fantasy, just regular modern, one where we're actual gods, maybe a wild west one?

Just throwing out ideas I think might be cool.
>>
>>2297798
A fantasy wild west where we play as bandits, sheriffs, prospectors and bussinesmen. Would be fun.
>>
>>2297801
Bandits vs desert dragon
>>
>>2296894
A lovecraft-themed thing set in the modern world, where only certain people can see what is truly going on and they can use eldritch magic and shit?
>>
>>2297801
That sounds awesome, actually.
>>
When this thread dies look for TYL promo material on twitter @lopofthewoods. I'll let you know when I'm running the next thread there, possibly soon. I use the hypetrain too for motivation, and you gotta use it while you can
>>
>>2301355
So I got a question. Are the sword brothers that came with Simon from the star lands part star people? Since you said they were "the sons of Simon's brothers" if I recall correctly

Just who are the star people anyway
>>
>>2301396

Yes but not like Jenwill or her sister. There's star people, who are just mortals who were invited into the star lands, and then there's Star People, the real inhabitants that mostly populate the land. Very, very rarely would or could the two intermingle and have children

Also holy shit guys, I found an archive with all the Dark Lord threads

https://archived.moe/qst/search/subject/The%20Dark%20Lord/

I didn't think they still existed
>>
>>2301408

https://archived.moe/qst/search/subject/The%20Dark%20Lord%20is%20Dead/

This is actually the better link
>>
>>2301424
Fuck yeah, boi.
>>
>>2301408
How far and to what extent has that plague spread? Has it died out, or reached continental crisis-tier?
>>
>>2303081
It's spread to the ten lands, not epidemic proportions, and not the fly-undead version, but you'll find it in every city
>>
>>2303172
Is it regarded as a serious issue by the rulers of the ten lands?
>>
>>2303213

Yeah it's a pretty serious issue. Not to the nobility because they can transfer their sickness to others through the Arts every time they get it, but noone knows how to combat it.
>>
>>2303229
Is Allatius's involvement with the sickness known? Tracking down some pirate who is the cure would be a fun mission to undertake
>>
>>2303895

It is known actually, some of the pirates Allatuis cured are no longer in his service, having joined other ships and sailed elsewhere. So word got around that there is a "cure" on the southern jewel islands.

Here's the thing about the sleeping sickness. It spreads to people you dream about, and it'll drive you mad and eventually kill you from sleep loss due to nightmares and such.

But the Ten Lands, as always, has a dark underside to it. Using Arts, you can transfer your sickness to someone else.

Now, mind you, this is incredibly expensive to do, but during the height of the sickness during Dark City Siege, inner-ring nobles were catching the sleeping sickness, transferring it to hapless slaves, who would then dream about their loved ones nearby and give it to them.

And then the nobles would catch it again when someone dreamed about them.

So Allatuis being the cure isn't that big a deal at the moment because all of the insanely rich people who could actually take over the God's Jewel islands can just spend less money and give the sickness to someone else.

If Allatuis leaves the island however, and word reaches people that a "cure" is sailing around the ten lands, well then, that's a whole nother story.

But yeah Joshri could also hunt him if he wanted to, since that's the kind of missions Joshri does now for the Queen
>>
Ah fuck, just went through the previous threads. Can you believe I completely forgot about Umbar, or the hippos, or the comedy routine shit, or the early times as R-Raggy?

Hit me right in the feels, man.




Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.